Latest / THE SECRET LAW OF ATTRACTION: Manifest Wealth, Success & Abundance / MIND-POWER – SECRET OF MENTAL MAGIC 1: Secret Science Behind Law of Attraction - William Walker Atkinson

Transcript

MIND-POWER – SECRET OF MENTAL MAGIC 1: Secret Science Behind Law of Attraction - William Walker Atkinson · THE SECRET LAW OF ATTRACTION: Manifest Wealth, Success & Abundance

0:00
Speaker 1: Mind Power. The Secret of Mental Magic by William Walker Atkinson,
0:06
Speaker 1: nineteen twelve. Epigraph. The universe is a great organism controlled
0:12
Speaker 1: by a dynamism of the psychical order. Mind gleams through
0:16
Speaker 1: its every atom. There is mind in everything, not only
0:20
Speaker 1: in human and animal life, but in plants, in minerals,
0:24
Speaker 1: in space. Flamarau, Chapter one, The Mental Dynamo. I wish
0:31
Speaker 1: to invite you to the consideration of a great principle
0:34
Speaker 1: of nature, a great natural force that manifests its activities
0:37
Speaker 1: in the phenomena of dynamic mentation, A great something, the
0:40
Speaker 1: energies of which I have called mind power. My thought
0:44
Speaker 1: on the subject is based upon the fundamental conception that
0:48
Speaker 1: there exists in nature a dynamic mental principle, a mind
0:51
Speaker 1: power pervading all space, imminent in all things, manifesting in
0:57
Speaker 1: an infinite variety of forms, degree, ease, and phases. I
1:02
Speaker 1: hold that this energy or force, or dynamic principle is
1:06
Speaker 1: no respector of persons. Its service, like that of the
1:10
Speaker 1: sun and rain and all natural forces, is open to
1:13
Speaker 1: all just and unjust, good and bad, high and low,
1:17
Speaker 1: rich and poor. It responds to the proper efforts, no
1:21
Speaker 1: matter by whom exerted or for what purpose called into effect.
1:26
Speaker 1: But the proper effort must be exerted consciously or unconsciously,
1:30
Speaker 1: else there will be no operation of the force. I
1:33
Speaker 1: believe that the activities of this dynamic mental principle are
1:36
Speaker 1: intimately correlated to manifestations of the mental operations known to
1:40
Speaker 1: us as desire, will, and imagination. We shall learn something
1:44
Speaker 1: of the laws and principles and modes of operation of
1:47
Speaker 1: its energies and activities as we proceed with our consideration
1:51
Speaker 1: of it in this work. It may be difficult for
1:54
Speaker 1: you to grasp this conception of mind power at the start,
1:57
Speaker 1: but it will grow upon your understanding as its ax
2:00
Speaker 1: activities are presented to you one by one, like a
2:02
Speaker 1: great panorama. My terms will be explained and illustrated by
2:07
Speaker 1: examples as we proceed, so you need not analyze them
2:10
Speaker 1: at this point. It may be as well, however, to
2:14
Speaker 1: state that I have used the term dynamic in its
2:16
Speaker 1: original Greek sense, i e. Powerful, possessing power, et cetera.
2:23
Speaker 1: I have postulated of my conception of mind power that
2:26
Speaker 1: it pervades all space, is imminent in all things, and
2:29
Speaker 1: manifests in an infinite variety of forms, degrees and phases.
2:34
Speaker 1: But it may be urged this is nothing more than
2:37
Speaker 1: science claims for the principle of physical energy. Than is
2:40
Speaker 1: mind power identical with the physical energy of science. Is
2:44
Speaker 1: it nothing more than a high form of mechanical or
2:46
Speaker 1: material energy. No. Mind power is very far from being
2:50
Speaker 1: a blind mechanical energy. It is a living mental force
2:55
Speaker 1: which I hold as behind the manifestations of physical energy
2:59
Speaker 1: and mechanical forms. It is not the physical energy of science,
3:03
Speaker 1: but is something of the nature of a living will,
3:05
Speaker 1: which is rather the cause of physical energy than identical
3:09
Speaker 1: with it. Let us take a familiar example. You desire
3:13
Speaker 1: to move your hand, and it moves. Why because of
3:18
Speaker 1: the manifestation of the wonderful and mysterious force called will,
3:22
Speaker 1: which is stored up within you, and which you have released.
3:25
Speaker 1: To move the hand, you send a current of nerve force,
3:28
Speaker 1: which is really a manifestation of mind power or will
3:31
Speaker 1: force from your brain along the nerves of the arm,
3:34
Speaker 1: which contracts the muscles of the arm and hand, and
3:36
Speaker 1: your desire is gratified. Your desire or wish set into
3:41
Speaker 1: motion the mind power which acted upon the material substance
3:44
Speaker 1: of your body and caused it to act What was
3:48
Speaker 1: it that flowed along the nerve wires. Was it electricity
3:52
Speaker 1: or magnetism. No, it was that subtle and mysterious thing
3:57
Speaker 1: that I am calling mind power, and which is bound
3:59
Speaker 1: up with the Woll principle of mind. Mind power is
4:03
Speaker 1: an actual living force. It is the force that makes
4:06
Speaker 1: plants grow and animal bodies grow, and which enables all
4:10
Speaker 1: living things to move and act. It is the force
4:14
Speaker 1: which enables the growing mushroom to raise up the slabs
4:16
Speaker 1: of paving stone, or causes the roots of a tree
4:19
Speaker 1: to split open the great boulders into the crevices of
4:22
Speaker 1: which they have crept. Mind power is not an abstraction
4:26
Speaker 1: or speculative nothing. It is an existent, living, mental, acting force,
4:31
Speaker 1: manifesting sometimes with an appalling power and sometimes with a delicate,
4:35
Speaker 1: subtle touch that is almost imperceptible, but which accomplishes its purpose.
4:40
Speaker 1: In order to reach a clear conception of the universality
4:43
Speaker 1: of mind power, let us consider its manifestations as we
4:46
Speaker 1: see them unquestioned in the universe on the many planes
4:50
Speaker 1: of life and activity. Beginning with the more familiar instances
4:54
Speaker 1: of its operation and manifestation, let us then proceed to
4:57
Speaker 1: delve still deeper until we reach instances in none not
5:00
Speaker 1: so easily perceived, and then still further back until we
5:03
Speaker 1: find it in places and in things that are generally
5:05
Speaker 1: regarded as lacking in mind power in life. And here
5:10
Speaker 1: let me say that I hold that life and mind
5:12
Speaker 1: power are always found in company with each other. There
5:15
Speaker 1: is some close relationship between the two. They are probably
5:18
Speaker 1: twin phases of the same thing, or else twin manifestations
5:21
Speaker 1: of the same underlying reality. There is no life without
5:25
Speaker 1: mind and mind power, and no mind power or mind
5:28
Speaker 1: without life. And further, I claim that there is nothing
5:33
Speaker 1: without life in the universe, nothing lifeless there or anywhere.
5:38
Speaker 1: The universe is alive and has mind and mind power
5:41
Speaker 1: in every part and particle of itself. This is not
5:44
Speaker 1: an original idea of my own. Of course, the leading
5:48
Speaker 1: scientific thinkers admit it today, and the Hindu philosophers have
5:51
Speaker 1: known it for fifty centuries. Do you doubt this, then
5:56
Speaker 1: listen to these authorities who ably express the thought of
5:58
Speaker 1: their scientific school. Luther Burbank, that most wonderful man who
6:04
Speaker 1: has revolutionized our conceptions of plant life, and who has
6:07
Speaker 1: practically held plant life in the palm of his hand,
6:10
Speaker 1: says all my investigations have led me away from the
6:13
Speaker 1: idea of a dead material universe tossed about by various forces,
6:17
Speaker 1: to that of a universe which is absolutely all force, life, soul, thought,
6:21
Speaker 1: or whatever name we choose to call it. Every atom, molecule, plant, animal,
6:28
Speaker 1: or planet is only an aggregation of organized unit forces
6:31
Speaker 1: held in place by stronger forces, thus holding them for
6:34
Speaker 1: a time latent, though teeming with inconceivable power. All life
6:39
Speaker 1: on our planet is, so to speak, just on the
6:41
Speaker 1: outer fringe of this infinite ocean of force. The universe
6:45
Speaker 1: is not half dead, but all alive. Doctor Salibe, in
6:50
Speaker 1: his important scientific work Evolution the Master Key goes even
6:54
Speaker 1: still further in his claim of a living universe and
6:58
Speaker 1: life accompanied by mind. He says, among other things, life
7:03
Speaker 1: is potential in matter. Life energy is not a thing
7:06
Speaker 1: unique and created at a particular time in the past.
7:09
Speaker 1: If evolution be true, living matter has been evolved by
7:12
Speaker 1: natural processes from matter, which is apparently not alive. But
7:17
Speaker 1: if life is a potential in matter, it is a
7:19
Speaker 1: thousand times more evident that mind is potential in life.
7:23
Speaker 1: The evolutionist is impelled to believe that mind is potential
7:26
Speaker 1: in matter. I adopt that form of words for the moment,
7:31
Speaker 1: but not without future criticism. The microscopic cell, a minute
7:35
Speaker 1: speck of matter that is to become man, has in
7:38
Speaker 1: it the promise and germ of mind. May we not
7:41
Speaker 1: then draw the inference that the elements of mind are
7:43
Speaker 1: present in those chemical elements carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, sodium, potassium,
7:52
Speaker 1: chlorine that are found in the cell. Not only must
7:56
Speaker 1: we do so, but we must go further, since we
7:59
Speaker 1: know that each of these less and every other is
8:01
Speaker 1: built up out of one invariable unit, the electron, and
8:04
Speaker 1: we must therefore assert that mind is potential in the
8:07
Speaker 1: unit of matter, the electron itself. Flamarau, the eminent French scientist, says,
8:13
Speaker 1: the universe is a dynamism life itself, from the most
8:18
Speaker 1: rudimentary sell up to the most complicated organism, is a
8:21
Speaker 1: special kind of movement, a movement determined and organized by
8:24
Speaker 1: a directing force, visible matter, which stands to us at
8:28
Speaker 1: the present moment for the universe, and which certain classic
8:32
Speaker 1: doctrines consider as the origin of all things movement life.
8:36
Speaker 1: Thought is only a word void of meaning. The universe
8:39
Speaker 1: is a great organism controlled by a dynamism of the
8:42
Speaker 1: psychical order, Mind gleams through its every atom. There is
8:48
Speaker 1: mind in everything, not only in human and animal life,
8:51
Speaker 1: but in plants, in minerals, in space. Professor J. Fleming,
8:57
Speaker 1: in his work on waves, air and ether says, in
9:00
Speaker 1: its ultimate essence, energy may be incomprehensible by us except
9:04
Speaker 1: as an exhibition of the direct operation of that which
9:06
Speaker 1: we call mind and will. Let us then follow the
9:10
Speaker 1: hint given by the scientists. Let us proceed to examine
9:13
Speaker 1: the evidences of the imminence of life and mind power
9:16
Speaker 1: in all of the things of the universe, things organic,
9:20
Speaker 1: things inorganic, and things beyond organism, shape and form, back
9:25
Speaker 1: into the very ether of space itself. And in the
9:28
Speaker 1: search we shall find these evidences everywhere in all things.
9:33
Speaker 1: Nowhere does life and mind power escape us. Imminent in
9:37
Speaker 1: all things, manifesting in an infinite variety of forms, degrees,
9:41
Speaker 1: and phases, we find these twin principles. I invite you
9:45
Speaker 1: to join in one of the most interesting and fascinating
9:48
Speaker 1: explorations known to modern science. We do not need any
9:53
Speaker 1: proof to demonstrate the existence of life, mind, and mind
9:56
Speaker 1: power in man or in the lower animals. The the
10:00
Speaker 1: activities resulting from its presence are in constant evidence, and
10:04
Speaker 1: if we examine the plant kingdom, we will see manifestations
10:07
Speaker 1: of life, mind and mind power. There also plants not
10:12
Speaker 1: only manifest appotency, or the instinctive tendency on the part
10:16
Speaker 1: of low forms of organic life to perform certain acts
10:19
Speaker 1: necessary for their well being, particularly in the selection and
10:23
Speaker 1: absorption of the material substance is necessary for their support
10:26
Speaker 1: and nutriments. Not only instinct or involuntary and unreasoning prompting
10:31
Speaker 1: or impulse and the response there too, but also in
10:34
Speaker 1: certain cases there appears mental action closely akin to conscious choice.
10:38
Speaker 1: And will I refer you to the many recent works
10:42
Speaker 1: on mind and plant life for illustrations and proofs of
10:45
Speaker 1: this statement. And biology shows us that there is life, mind,
10:49
Speaker 1: and mind power inherent in the cells of which are bodies, blood,
10:53
Speaker 1: and the material of animal and plant life is composed.
10:57
Speaker 1: These cells are little lives and manifest best mental power
11:01
Speaker 1: and faculty. They perform their particular functions and live, grow,
11:06
Speaker 1: reproduce themselves, and act, just as do the tiny forms
11:09
Speaker 1: of animal life at the bottom of sea, the latter
11:13
Speaker 1: being but little more than single cells or cell groups.
11:17
Speaker 1: The possession of memory on the part of the cells
11:19
Speaker 1: of organic matter is an accepted scientific fact. At this point,
11:24
Speaker 1: the orthodox and conservative scientists usually stops drawing a line
11:28
Speaker 1: between organic and inorganic matter. But the daring minds of
11:33
Speaker 1: advanced scientists of today have brushed aside the dividing line
11:37
Speaker 1: and have moved to a position where they meet the
11:39
Speaker 1: Hindu philosophers and the occultists, and now admit and teach
11:42
Speaker 1: that life, mind, and mind power invade the inorganic world
11:46
Speaker 1: to its utmost limits, and that universe is indeed alive
11:49
Speaker 1: and possesses mind. Some of the lower forms of organic life,
11:54
Speaker 1: so called, possess no organs and are but masses of
11:58
Speaker 1: jelly like matter without signs of even rudimentary organs. And
12:02
Speaker 1: yet these life forms show evidences of desire, choice, and will,
12:07
Speaker 1: and science has admitted the existence of life and mind
12:10
Speaker 1: in the crystals, the latter growing in a manner showing
12:14
Speaker 1: vital and selective energy and even rudimentary sex. More than this,
12:19
Speaker 1: the metals and minerals under scientific tests have shown responses
12:24
Speaker 1: that are similar to the same action in organic life,
12:27
Speaker 1: showing life and rudimentary sensation, the latter, of course being
12:30
Speaker 1: a manifestation of mind. Some of the cold, careful scientific
12:36
Speaker 1: records read like fairy tales to those not familiar with
12:39
Speaker 1: the wonderful achievements of recent science. I wish that I
12:42
Speaker 1: had the time and space to recount these tests, but
12:45
Speaker 1: I must hasten on enough to say that in mineral
12:49
Speaker 1: and metallic forms there has been found response indicating the
12:52
Speaker 1: existence of sensation in varying degrees, and that in the
12:57
Speaker 1: crystallization of minerals and metals there has been evidence the
13:00
Speaker 1: action of the same instinctive mental life energy, which as
13:03
Speaker 1: appotency or instinct builds up the bodies of living organic forms.
13:08
Speaker 1: If you wonder at this, think of the miracle which
13:10
Speaker 1: is performed every second by plants absorbing the minerals of
13:13
Speaker 1: the earth, which are then converted into living plant cells.
13:18
Speaker 1: Then we eat the plants and convert the plant cells
13:20
Speaker 1: into animal cells, which serve as the basis of our blood, muscles, organs,
13:25
Speaker 1: and even our brains. In fact, every particle of organic
13:29
Speaker 1: substance was evolved in this way. Think over this and
13:33
Speaker 1: you will see that nature is one in her essence,
13:35
Speaker 1: and that she is alive and possesses mind power. But
13:39
Speaker 1: we do not stop even at this advanced point. Minerals
13:43
Speaker 1: and all forms of matter are composed of infinitesimal atoms
13:46
Speaker 1: or particles. The particles combined by reason of some inherent
13:51
Speaker 1: attraction existing between certain of them, known as chemical affinity,
13:56
Speaker 1: et cetera. Chemical affinity is a peculiar thing. It manifests
14:01
Speaker 1: in likes and dislikes, loves and hates. It is impossible
14:04
Speaker 1: to study these manifestations without recognizing an elementary manifestation of
14:09
Speaker 1: like and dislike, love and hate. You think that this
14:12
Speaker 1: is far fetched, Do you well listen to these words
14:17
Speaker 1: from some of the leading scientists about this power to
14:19
Speaker 1: receive sensations and power to respond to the same, and
14:23
Speaker 1: maybe you will change your mind. Heckel, the great German scientist,
14:27
Speaker 1: holds that the atoms of which matter is composed may
14:30
Speaker 1: receive sensations and respond to sensations. He dwells upon this
14:36
Speaker 1: fact in his latest works The Riddle of the Universe
14:39
Speaker 1: and the Wonders of Life, and writes as follows, regarding
14:42
Speaker 1: sensation in the inorganic world, I cannot imagine, Heckel says,
14:48
Speaker 1: the simplest chemical and physical process without attributing the movements
14:51
Speaker 1: of the material particles to unconscious sensation. He also says
14:56
Speaker 1: in another place, the idea of chemical affinity consists in
15:00
Speaker 1: the fact that the various chemical elements perceive the qualitative
15:03
Speaker 1: differences in other elements, experience pleasure or revulsion at contact
15:08
Speaker 1: with them, and execute specific movements on this ground. He
15:12
Speaker 1: adds later that the sensations and responses in plant and
15:17
Speaker 1: animal life are connected by a long series of evolutionary
15:20
Speaker 1: stages with the simpler forms of sensation that we find
15:23
Speaker 1: in the inorganic elements and that reveal themselves in chemical affinity. Naguilai,
15:28
Speaker 1: another scientist, says, if the molecules possess something that is related,
15:33
Speaker 1: however distantly, to sensation, it must be comfortable to be
15:36
Speaker 1: able to follow their attractions and repulsions, uncomfortable when they
15:41
Speaker 1: are forced to do otherwise. And so you see that
15:45
Speaker 1: science now is preparing to admit elementary life and mind
15:48
Speaker 1: power in the atoms and particles of matter. But we
15:51
Speaker 1: have not as yet reached the utmost limit of scientific
15:54
Speaker 1: investigation regarding the presence of mind in the universe further
15:58
Speaker 1: than the atoms. U may ask, yes, further than the atoms.
16:04
Speaker 1: What is true regarding the atoms? Is true? Of the
16:07
Speaker 1: ions or electrons of which they are composed. These tinier
16:11
Speaker 1: particles are attracted and repelled form groups and combinations which
16:15
Speaker 1: regulate the kind of atom produced, and manifest the same
16:18
Speaker 1: kind of affinity that is noticeable in the atoms. And
16:22
Speaker 1: more than this, these particles, as well as all forms
16:26
Speaker 1: of physical energy, are believed to emerge from the ether,
16:29
Speaker 1: that subtle, tenuous, universal substance, which, although unseen and intangible,
16:35
Speaker 1: is held to exist in order to account for the
16:37
Speaker 1: phenomena of the universe. If there is mind in the
16:41
Speaker 1: particles that emerge from the ether, is it too much
16:43
Speaker 1: to claim that there must be mind in the ether itself?
16:47
Speaker 1: Is this preposterous? Not so? Listen to the words of
16:51
Speaker 1: the following scientific authorities on the subject. Flamarau says, mind
16:57
Speaker 1: gleams in every atom. There is mind in everything, not
17:01
Speaker 1: only in human and animal life, but in plants, in minerals,
17:04
Speaker 1: in space. Cope says the basis of life and mind
17:08
Speaker 1: lies back of the atoms and may be found in
17:11
Speaker 1: the universal ether. Hemstreet says mind in the ether is
17:16
Speaker 1: no more unnatural than mind in flesh and blood. Stockwell
17:20
Speaker 1: says the ether is coming to be apprehended as an immaterial,
17:24
Speaker 1: superphysical substance filling all space, carrying in its infinite throbbing
17:28
Speaker 1: bosom the specks of aggregated dynamic force called worlds. It
17:33
Speaker 1: embodies the ultimate spiritual principle and represents the unity of
17:37
Speaker 1: those forces and energies from which spring as their source
17:40
Speaker 1: all phenomena physical, mental, and spiritual, as they are known
17:44
Speaker 1: to man. Duhlhere says, possibly the ether may be the
17:48
Speaker 1: medium through which mind and matter react. Out of the
17:50
Speaker 1: ether could emerge under proper circumstances, other phenomena such as
17:55
Speaker 1: life or mind or whatever, may be in a substratumn.
18:00
Speaker 1: So we have the best of authority to support the
18:02
Speaker 1: inevitable conclusion that there must be mind power even in
18:05
Speaker 1: the ether. For my own part, I go still further,
18:09
Speaker 1: and for several years back have been claiming that the
18:11
Speaker 1: ether and the universal mind power principle are one and
18:14
Speaker 1: the same thing. That is, that that theoretical something that
18:18
Speaker 1: science has called the ether is in reality the universal
18:21
Speaker 1: mind power principle from which all manifestations of activities emerge,
18:25
Speaker 1: the universal mental dynamo. I cannot prove this, of course,
18:30
Speaker 1: but it is logical. But my argument does not depend
18:34
Speaker 1: even upon this. For admit that there is mind power
18:36
Speaker 1: in the ether, and my case is one, and in
18:39
Speaker 1: the ether it must be, even if the ether is
18:42
Speaker 1: not but another name for it. For if mind power
18:45
Speaker 1: is not in the ether, from whence does it come
18:47
Speaker 1: into the particles of matter, and in matter itself organic
18:51
Speaker 1: and inorganic. Resting the consideration for a moment, let me
18:55
Speaker 1: say that with minds, reason, intellect, et cetera, I have
19:00
Speaker 1: nothing to do in this book. For this is a
19:02
Speaker 1: consideration of the dynamic phase of mind, the power phase,
19:06
Speaker 1: mind power, or dynamic mentation. I am trying to show
19:10
Speaker 1: you that mind power exists everywhere and is manifest in
19:13
Speaker 1: every activity of the universe. In every activity of the universe,
19:18
Speaker 1: You say, surely you do not include physical activity and
19:21
Speaker 1: energy such as natural forces, et cetera. Yes, I do
19:26
Speaker 1: mean just that. How can that be? You ask, what
19:31
Speaker 1: has mind power to do with electricity, light, heat, magnetism, gravitation,
19:36
Speaker 1: et cetera. It has everything to do with them, in
19:39
Speaker 1: my opinion, I will explain it to you in a
19:42
Speaker 1: few words, for I cannot go into this subject at
19:45
Speaker 1: length in this book, but must hasten on to the
19:47
Speaker 1: other parts of my subject. Here it is in a nutshell.
19:51
Speaker 1: All the forms of natural physical energy or forces known
19:55
Speaker 1: as light, heat, electricity, magnetism, et cetera, are held by
20:01
Speaker 1: science to be forms of energy arising from the vibration
20:04
Speaker 1: of the particles of matter. Now what causes the vibration
20:09
Speaker 1: motion of the particles, of course, and what causes the
20:13
Speaker 1: particles to move just this, the attraction and repulsion existing
20:17
Speaker 1: between them, and what causes the particles to exhibit this
20:21
Speaker 1: attraction and repulsion toward each other? Now here is where
20:25
Speaker 1: we get to the heart of the matter. Listen, well,
20:28
Speaker 1: we have seen that the particles are attracted to or
20:31
Speaker 1: repelled by each other in the matter of likes and dislikes,
20:35
Speaker 1: love and hates, or pleasure or revulsion, or comfortable and
20:39
Speaker 1: uncomfortable experiences related however distant to sensation, et cetera. And
20:45
Speaker 1: these attractions and repulsions are held to result from capacity
20:48
Speaker 1: to experience sensations and the power to respond to sensations,
20:54
Speaker 1: and both the power to receive and experience sensations and
20:57
Speaker 1: to respond. There too, are manifestation of mentality, which Heckel
21:02
Speaker 1: has compared to desire and will. And if mentality is
21:06
Speaker 1: the cause of the sensations and of the response there
21:09
Speaker 1: and the latter are the causes of the attractions and repulsions,
21:12
Speaker 1: and the latter are the causes of the motion to
21:14
Speaker 1: and fro of the particles of matter, And the latter,
21:17
Speaker 1: in turn, is the cause of the vibrations, and the
21:21
Speaker 1: vibrations are the causes of the manifestations of light, heat, electricity, magnetism,
21:27
Speaker 1: et cetera. Then am I not justified in claiming that
21:30
Speaker 1: mind and mind power are the motive force of all
21:32
Speaker 1: physical energy? And am I not justified in postulating the
21:36
Speaker 1: existence of an universal mental dynamic principle. I tell you, friends,
21:42
Speaker 1: that the future will show that this dynamic mental principle
21:45
Speaker 1: is the source of energy, not energy, the source of mind.
21:49
Speaker 1: I know that this is revolutionary, but I believe that
21:51
Speaker 1: it will meet the requirements of the future. I have
21:54
Speaker 1: been preaching this thing for several years now, and many
21:57
Speaker 1: have been the smiles, the jeers, and the sneers. But
22:02
Speaker 1: from the beginning I have felt a keen appreciation of
22:05
Speaker 1: the words of Galvini when he said, bitterly, I am
22:09
Speaker 1: attacked by two very opposite sects, the scientists and the
22:12
Speaker 1: know nothings, both laugh at me calling me the frog's
22:15
Speaker 1: dancing master. But I know that I have discovered one
22:18
Speaker 1: of the greatest forces in nature. And now, in conclusion,
22:23
Speaker 1: I must ask you to form a mental picture of
22:25
Speaker 1: this great, universal, dynamic mental principle, pervading all space, imminent
22:29
Speaker 1: in all things, and manifesting in an infinite variety of forms, degrees,
22:35
Speaker 1: and phases. We can think of it only by means
22:38
Speaker 1: of symbols. Let us then consider it as a great, living, throbbing, pulsating,
22:44
Speaker 1: menating ocean of dynamic mind power. In the depths of
22:48
Speaker 1: that ocean of mind power, there is quiet and calm
22:51
Speaker 1: and peace. The embodiment of latent power and potential energy.
22:56
Speaker 1: On its surface are ripples, waves, great movements of energy, currents, whirlpools, eddies,
23:03
Speaker 1: phases of fierce tempest, alternating with phases of calm and quiet.
23:08
Speaker 1: And from the depths of that ocean of mind power,
23:10
Speaker 1: all mental and physical power emerges, and to its bosom
23:14
Speaker 1: all must return. And in that ocean there is an
23:17
Speaker 1: infinite store of energy from which may be drawn that
23:20
Speaker 1: which the human centers of consciousness and power require when
23:23
Speaker 1: they learn the secret. This ocean of mind power is
23:27
Speaker 1: our only source of dynamic energy, but we have at
23:31
Speaker 1: our disposal as much of its force as we can
23:33
Speaker 1: carry off over our channels of supply. It is the
23:36
Speaker 1: use of this power that we call dynamic mentation. Now
23:40
Speaker 1: do you understand what I mean by the universal principle
23:43
Speaker 1: of dynamic mind power, this universal mental dynamo. Several years
23:48
Speaker 1: ago I told a friend of this conception, and after
23:50
Speaker 1: he had listened to me attentively and with interest, he
23:53
Speaker 1: reflected a few moments, and then suddenly asked, but where
23:56
Speaker 1: do I come in? And that is the question that
24:00
Speaker 1: many of you are asking now, no doubt. Well, while
24:04
Speaker 1: here I cannot dip into metaphysics or philosophical speculation, or
24:07
Speaker 1: even into my favorite occult sources, I will say that
24:10
Speaker 1: each of you is a center of power in that
24:12
Speaker 1: ocean of dynamic mind power. In each eye is a
24:15
Speaker 1: master of the power. You have the whole thing back
24:18
Speaker 1: of you, and you are free to draw upon it
24:20
Speaker 1: for all that your channel will carry to you, and
24:24
Speaker 1: you are allowed to enlarge your channel. That is enough
24:28
Speaker 1: for this time. More will follow as we proceed Chapter two,
24:33
Speaker 1: the nature of mind power. At this point I am
24:36
Speaker 1: confronted with the question that naturally arises when one begins
24:40
Speaker 1: to consider an unfamiliar object, subject, or principle. The question
24:44
Speaker 1: of what is it? What is mind power, is a
24:48
Speaker 1: difficult question to answer, for it implies a knowledge of
24:51
Speaker 1: the thing in itself apart from its activities and manifestations.
24:55
Speaker 1: And this thing itselfness is something that the candid scientific
24:59
Speaker 1: think admits is beyond the range of his thought and knowledge.
25:04
Speaker 1: Any attempt to answer such a question must involve one
25:06
Speaker 1: in a maze of metaphysical and philosophical speculation regarding something
25:10
Speaker 1: which is by nature unknowable. And so I may as
25:14
Speaker 1: well frankly state here that I do not purpose guessing
25:17
Speaker 1: at the thing in itselfness of mind power, for at
25:21
Speaker 1: the best, any attempt at an answer would be merely
25:24
Speaker 1: a guess, for I do not know, neither do I
25:26
Speaker 1: know anyone else who knows. I am acquainted with the
25:30
Speaker 1: numerous speculations of the ancient and modern philosophers and metaphysicians
25:34
Speaker 1: on the subject. I have read and studied them, and
25:37
Speaker 1: have rejected them as mere theories, unsupported by facts. And
25:41
Speaker 1: I have made and rejected a dozen or more theories
25:43
Speaker 1: of my own on the subject, all vague, foolish speculations.
25:49
Speaker 1: I have studied the best of what has been written
25:51
Speaker 1: in thought regarding this thing in it selfness of mind
25:53
Speaker 1: and mind power. So you see, my ignorance is not
25:56
Speaker 1: the ignorance that comes from lack of thought or lack
25:59
Speaker 1: of acquaintance with the thoughts of others, but is rather
26:01
Speaker 1: the ignorance that comes as the result of much thought
26:04
Speaker 1: and much study of the thoughts of others, the ignorance
26:07
Speaker 1: that is only realized through knowledge regarding these ultimate questions.
26:12
Speaker 1: The best thinkers freely confess their ignorance, knowing that, as
26:15
Speaker 1: Nordel has said, they have plucked that supremest fruit of
26:18
Speaker 1: the tree of knowledge, the consciousness of our ignorance. Like
26:23
Speaker 1: Pirin some twenty five centuries ago, they say, uden Horizo,
26:27
Speaker 1: I do not decide. We do not know things in themselves.
26:31
Speaker 1: We cannot know them. If we knew the ultimate truths
26:35
Speaker 1: regarding the tiniest and most insignificant thing in the universe,
26:39
Speaker 1: we would know everything that is, for that tiniest thing
26:42
Speaker 1: is connected with and related to everything in the universe
26:45
Speaker 1: and that which underlies the universe. And to know the
26:48
Speaker 1: thing in itself of anything would be to know the
26:50
Speaker 1: great thing in itself of the all. All that we
26:53
Speaker 1: can do is to know and consider things by what
26:55
Speaker 1: they do and how they act, and through their manifestations
26:59
Speaker 1: and activity, and the results and effects of the same,
27:03
Speaker 1: rather than by what they are in the abstract or
27:06
Speaker 1: apart from their activities, manifestations, and the phenomena proceeding from them.
27:11
Speaker 1: Apart from their activities, manifestations, and phenomena, things are but abstract,
27:16
Speaker 1: no thing, so far as our understanding is concerned, airy
27:19
Speaker 1: words coined by the metaphysicians and philosophers in order to
27:23
Speaker 1: provide food for speculation, argument, and dispute without end. And
27:28
Speaker 1: we may as well admit the fact that all consideration
27:31
Speaker 1: of ultimate things things in themselves inevitably leads us to
27:35
Speaker 1: the conclusion that the only real thing in itself is
27:37
Speaker 1: a something underlying all things, and yet a no thing,
27:40
Speaker 1: and which transcends all of our experience, knowledge, reason, thought,
27:45
Speaker 1: and even imagination. And therein lies the folly of attempting
27:49
Speaker 1: to tell just what anything is. In view of the
27:53
Speaker 1: facts mentioned, and which are held to be correct by
27:55
Speaker 1: the world's best thinkers, how much saner is it to
27:58
Speaker 1: devote our attention to the consider ration of things as
28:01
Speaker 1: known through their activities manifestations and phenomena, knowing them by
28:05
Speaker 1: what they do, and then how they act by the
28:08
Speaker 1: laws and principles of the activities and operations, rather than
28:11
Speaker 1: by speculations concerning their nature as abstract thing in themselves.
28:16
Speaker 1: This is the method of modern science, as compared with
28:19
Speaker 1: those of speculative philosophy and metaphysics. But a little learning
28:24
Speaker 1: is a dangerous thing, and fools rush in where angels
28:27
Speaker 1: fear to tread, And so we shall never be at
28:30
Speaker 1: a loss for ingenious theories and solutions of ultimate problems.
28:35
Speaker 1: We have among us some who glibly inform us that
28:38
Speaker 1: they know just what mind is. Such add to the
28:41
Speaker 1: gaiety of the nations, and therefore are useful and interesting.
28:46
Speaker 1: Did you ever hear of the youth at college, who,
28:48
Speaker 1: when asked by his professor what is electricity? Answered well, Sir,
28:53
Speaker 1: I did know, but I have forgotten. The professor answered dryly,
28:58
Speaker 1: Now isn't that too bad? Here is the only person
29:02
Speaker 1: in the world who ever knew just what electricity is,
29:05
Speaker 1: and he has forgotten. What a loss to the race.
29:09
Speaker 1: Why do we not have courage enough to leave off
29:12
Speaker 1: this making of the speculative soap bubbles with which we
29:14
Speaker 1: have been amusing ourselves, and learn to answer honestly, I
29:17
Speaker 1: do not know, or at least like modern science, learn
29:21
Speaker 1: to frankly state, here are knowledge of the subject. Ends
29:24
Speaker 1: Tomorrow we may know more, but sufficient for the day
29:27
Speaker 1: is the knowledge thereof. And an inch of knowledge of
29:30
Speaker 1: facts is worth a mile of unsupported speculation and theory.
29:34
Speaker 1: As Thomas L. Harris has said, the theorist who dreams
29:38
Speaker 1: a rainbow dream and calls hypothesis philosophy at best is
29:43
Speaker 1: but a paper financier who palms his specious promises for gold.
29:47
Speaker 1: Facts are the basis of philosophy. Philosophy the harmony of
29:51
Speaker 1: facts seen in their right relation. And now, having confessed
29:57
Speaker 1: your ignorance in mind, let us proceed to consideration of
30:00
Speaker 1: mind power, as known by its activities. In the first place,
30:05
Speaker 1: let me say that I do not hold that mind
30:07
Speaker 1: power is identical with mind. Rather, does it seem to
30:11
Speaker 1: me to be correlated to mind, particularly in the operation
30:14
Speaker 1: of mind known as desire, will, and imagination. If you like,
30:19
Speaker 1: we may consider it to be the acting aspect of mind.
30:23
Speaker 1: Mind has three aspects, the aspect of being or substance,
30:27
Speaker 1: the aspect of thought, with the subdivisions of reason, feeling, emotion, desire, will,
30:33
Speaker 1: et cetera, on both conscious and subconscious planes. And third,
30:37
Speaker 1: the aspect of acting. And it is in this aspect
30:41
Speaker 1: of action that mind is known as mind power. While
30:45
Speaker 1: it is extremely likely that there is a certain employment
30:47
Speaker 1: and manifestation of mind power in the ordinary processes of reasoning,
30:51
Speaker 1: intellectual effort, et cetera, still mind power seems to be
30:55
Speaker 1: more closely connected with the more elementary phase of mentation,
30:58
Speaker 1: such as feeling and particularly desire and will. We know
31:03
Speaker 1: that it is possessed by the lower forms of animal
31:06
Speaker 1: and plant life, even the inorganic forms, all of which
31:10
Speaker 1: existed and employed the force before intellect and reason manifested
31:14
Speaker 1: itself in man. And so I would impress upon you
31:17
Speaker 1: that while mind power may be called into operation by,
31:20
Speaker 1: and still more certainly may be directed by the intellect,
31:23
Speaker 1: still you must not make the mistake of identifying it
31:26
Speaker 1: with that phase of mind, or attributing it solely to
31:28
Speaker 1: creatures possessing the same. It is a far more elementary
31:32
Speaker 1: and basic force, as you have seen in the preceding chapter. Indeed,
31:38
Speaker 1: in order that you may understand the operations of mind power,
31:41
Speaker 1: you may as well get into the habit of considering
31:43
Speaker 1: it as correlated to that which we call will, as
31:45
Speaker 1: distinguished from intellect and reason. By will, I do not
31:49
Speaker 1: mean that phase or faculty of the mind which decides, determines,
31:53
Speaker 1: or chooses, although this customary use of the term is
31:56
Speaker 1: quite correct as applied to one phase of will. This deciding, choosing,
32:02
Speaker 1: determining faculty is one of the attributes of intellect and
32:05
Speaker 1: self consciousness superimposed upon the elemental will in the direction
32:08
Speaker 1: of guiding, directing, turning, and restraining. It is the ego
32:12
Speaker 1: at the wheel directing the ship of life by the
32:15
Speaker 1: chart of reason, the motive power being will or mind power.
32:19
Speaker 1: Choice in the lower forms of life and activity simply
32:22
Speaker 1: means yielding to the strongest desire or aggregate of strongest
32:26
Speaker 1: desires or average of strongest desires. No, I did not
32:31
Speaker 1: mean will in the above sense, but in the more
32:33
Speaker 1: elementary sense of the term. The original sense for the
32:37
Speaker 1: word is derived from the root meaning to wish, to
32:39
Speaker 1: desire strongly, and in this elementary sense, the word will
32:45
Speaker 1: is used to designate that primitive, original, universal mental principle
32:49
Speaker 1: in life which manifests in desire for action and in
32:52
Speaker 1: the response to that desire. In this sense will may
32:55
Speaker 1: be considered as desire, will, both being held to be
32:58
Speaker 1: phases of the same thing, or rather the two poles
33:02
Speaker 1: of the same thing. The desire pole of this desire
33:06
Speaker 1: will is connected with that which we call emotion, feeling,
33:09
Speaker 1: et cetera, which arouses it into action. The will pole
33:13
Speaker 1: of this desire will is connected with that principle of
33:15
Speaker 1: mental activity which we are considering under the name of
33:18
Speaker 1: mind power, the dynamic aspect of mind. I ask that
33:23
Speaker 1: you reread this paragraph, that you may fix this idea
33:26
Speaker 1: firmly in your mind, for upon it depends the correct
33:29
Speaker 1: understanding of much that I shall have to say. In
33:31
Speaker 1: this work. In desire we find the first step toward
33:34
Speaker 1: dynamic mentation. Desire precedes action of will, which releases the
33:39
Speaker 1: dynamic force of the mind, the mind power. Desire is
33:43
Speaker 1: the coiling up the steel spring of will. There is
33:46
Speaker 1: always a state of tension about desire, a state of
33:50
Speaker 1: coiled up energy caused by feeling, emotion, or similar state
33:55
Speaker 1: which has been aroused by the side of, or memory of,
33:58
Speaker 1: or thought of some attractive object. The feeling inspired by
34:03
Speaker 1: the attractive object coils up the spring of desire, and
34:06
Speaker 1: this coiled up energy supplies the motive power of the will.
34:11
Speaker 1: But remember this, some desires are acted upon while others
34:15
Speaker 1: are rejected. Neither men nor things act upon every desire.
34:20
Speaker 1: There is the other poll of the desire, will, which
34:22
Speaker 1: must be called into action. And this leads us to
34:24
Speaker 1: a consideration of the matter of choice, determination, or decision,
34:28
Speaker 1: which is so often expressed by the term will. As
34:31
Speaker 1: I set a little further back, this choosing or determining
34:35
Speaker 1: phase of will is little more than an empty name
34:38
Speaker 1: or term, so far as is concerned the relation between
34:41
Speaker 1: desire and will action in the cases of things and
34:43
Speaker 1: creatures lower in the scale than man. For in these
34:47
Speaker 1: cases this choice, determination, or decision is based entirely upon
34:51
Speaker 1: the degree of feeling or the degree of attractiveness of
34:54
Speaker 1: the objects presenting themselves to the attention the strongest feeling, attraction,
34:59
Speaker 1: or motive interest winning the day. Fear is one of
35:02
Speaker 1: the strongest feelings influencing desire, and acts usually as a
35:05
Speaker 1: neutralizer of other feelings and desires, and is most potent
35:09
Speaker 1: as a motive influencing choice or decision. In fact, one
35:14
Speaker 1: is justified in regarding fear as the negative form of desire,
35:17
Speaker 1: being really a desire not to with the advent of
35:21
Speaker 1: reason and intellect, particularly when the self conscious ego appears.
35:25
Speaker 1: New elements are introduced by reason of which man is
35:28
Speaker 1: enabled to deliberate and weigh motives, desires, feelings, emotions, et cetera.
35:34
Speaker 1: And thus the will of man is held to contain
35:36
Speaker 1: elements lacking in a general principle of will. But the
35:40
Speaker 1: aspect of will with which we are much concerned is
35:42
Speaker 1: the aspect of action, the willpole of desire will. Just
35:46
Speaker 1: where desire passes into will is impossible to decide. The
35:50
Speaker 1: chances are that they blend into each other. But this
35:53
Speaker 1: we do know. That something happens at a certain stage
35:57
Speaker 1: of the mental operation whereby the attention of the thing
36:00
Speaker 1: or ego passes from the pull of desire to the
36:02
Speaker 1: poll of will, and then one of two things happens
36:06
Speaker 1: i e. One, Either the coiled up spring of desire
36:11
Speaker 1: is released by the will and the energy of desire
36:13
Speaker 1: is transmuted into the energy of will, which thus releases
36:16
Speaker 1: the mind power or dynamic quality of mind into action.
36:20
Speaker 1: Or else ten the will refuses to be aroused, and
36:23
Speaker 1: desire slowly uncoils her spring, and the tension is relieved
36:27
Speaker 1: gradually or at once. The will may be cultivated and
36:31
Speaker 1: developed so as to refuse to release the spring of
36:33
Speaker 1: desire into action. And in this inhibiting quality lies much
36:38
Speaker 1: of that which is called strength of will. It often
36:41
Speaker 1: requires more will not to do than to do. The
36:44
Speaker 1: aspect of action is the true dynamic quality of will,
36:49
Speaker 1: and with action all will is intimately and inseparably connected.
36:53
Speaker 1: As Professor Halleck says, will concerns itself with action. The
36:57
Speaker 1: student must keep that fact before him, no matter how
37:00
Speaker 1: complex the matter seems. Action is there inner meaning and
37:05
Speaker 1: reason of the will, and it is with this phase
37:09
Speaker 1: that we are concerned in the present work. Action is
37:12
Speaker 1: the essential aspect of mind power. The latter exists for
37:16
Speaker 1: the purpose of acting. It is the essence of activity.
37:20
Speaker 1: And so you will see that this universal dynamic mental
37:23
Speaker 1: principle which I have called mind power, is not that
37:26
Speaker 1: phase of mind which manifests as intellectual reasoning processes, but
37:31
Speaker 1: is that phase of mind which is aroused by desire
37:33
Speaker 1: will and which acts. It is manifest in the universe
37:38
Speaker 1: among forms of life below the plane of reason, as
37:41
Speaker 1: well as among those on that plane, and therefore precedes
37:44
Speaker 1: reason in evolution. It also manifests along unconscious and automatic lines,
37:49
Speaker 1: and precedes the self conscious stage of man. It represents
37:53
Speaker 1: an elementary, primitive, fundamental, dynamic mental force. Be thought of
38:00
Speaker 1: as a raw, crude, undeveloped force manifesting along the lines
38:04
Speaker 1: of instinctive action or appendency, rather than along the lines
38:08
Speaker 1: of intellect, reason, or the higher cognitive faculties. It is
38:12
Speaker 1: something far more elemental and basic than intellect. It is
38:16
Speaker 1: more nearly akin to the elemental life forces which we
38:19
Speaker 1: personify under the name of nature. Whether or not that
38:23
Speaker 1: which we know as reason or intellect were evolved from
38:26
Speaker 1: an elemental mind stuff, or whether these higher forms of
38:30
Speaker 1: mentality are something of an entirely higher and distinct nature,
38:34
Speaker 1: or whether, as the occultists hold, intelligence is the result
38:37
Speaker 1: of the influence of a spiritual ego, something distinct from mind,
38:41
Speaker 1: upon an elementary mind stuff. These are questions belonging to
38:44
Speaker 1: other phases of the general subject of being, with which
38:47
Speaker 1: we have nothing to do in the consideration of the
38:50
Speaker 1: subject before us. I have my own opinions and beliefs
38:54
Speaker 1: on these points, and so have each of you. We
38:57
Speaker 1: may differ regarding the same, but may still will be
39:00
Speaker 1: able to examine the subject before us as coworkers. In
39:03
Speaker 1: spite of our lack of agreement regarding questions of philosophy, metaphysics,
39:07
Speaker 1: or religion. We are dealing with a natural force, a
39:11
Speaker 1: universal energy, now and here, and should examine and study
39:15
Speaker 1: its principles, just as we would were at electricity, magnetism, heat,
39:19
Speaker 1: or light that we were studying. I am inviting you
39:22
Speaker 1: to a scientific study, not a metaphysical or philosophical speculation, doctrine,
39:28
Speaker 1: or theory. These latter things have their own good places,
39:32
Speaker 1: but they have no place here at this time. Chapter
39:35
Speaker 1: three menative induction. As wonderful as is the manifestation of
39:41
Speaker 1: mind power within the limits of the form of the thing, sell, plant, animal,
39:46
Speaker 1: or person, and which produces the effects known as local action, movement,
39:50
Speaker 1: et cetera, there is still a greater wonder to be
39:52
Speaker 1: witnessed in the manifestation of the same power beyond the
39:55
Speaker 1: limits of the personality or form in which it originates.
39:59
Speaker 1: And it is to this its manifestation of mind power
40:01
Speaker 1: that I am about to apply the term telmentation. I
40:05
Speaker 1: may as well explain my terms at this place and time.
40:09
Speaker 1: In the first place, I use the term mentation in
40:12
Speaker 1: the sense of mental activity the term being derived from
40:15
Speaker 1: the Latin word mentis, meaning the mind, and the suffixation
40:19
Speaker 1: meaning action. So mentation means mental activity. From mentation, we
40:26
Speaker 1: derive mentative or relating to mental activity, mentate or to
40:31
Speaker 1: manifest mental activity, et cetera, et cetera. From mentation, also,
40:37
Speaker 1: I derive the term telementation, which so far as I know,
40:41
Speaker 1: was originally coined by me several years ago. The word
40:45
Speaker 1: is derived from the Greek word tella, meaning far off
40:48
Speaker 1: n thward mentation above explained, telementation means mental activity at
40:53
Speaker 1: a distance, or mentation exerted over space or long range
40:57
Speaker 1: mental influence, et cetera. I have been led to the
41:01
Speaker 1: coining of this new term designed to take the place
41:03
Speaker 1: of telepathy, for the reason that the latter term is
41:06
Speaker 1: improper and misleading. Telepathy, according to its root words, really
41:11
Speaker 1: means to suffer at a distance, or the feeling of
41:14
Speaker 1: the pain of another, the suffix pathy being derived from
41:17
Speaker 1: the Greek word meaning to suffer. It may be used
41:21
Speaker 1: properly in connection with the sympathetic transference of pain or
41:25
Speaker 1: disease or similar mental state, but its use otherwise is improper.
41:30
Speaker 1: It is being discarded by the best scientific authorities who
41:33
Speaker 1: prefer the term thought transference, et cetera. I have thought
41:37
Speaker 1: it advisable to use the term telementation in this connection,
41:41
Speaker 1: believing that it meets the requirements of the case better
41:44
Speaker 1: than any other term of which I have any knowledge.
41:47
Speaker 1: I expected to come into general use before long and
41:51
Speaker 1: now about the transference of mental states from one thing
41:54
Speaker 1: or person to another. I shall not attempt to go
41:57
Speaker 1: into a discussion of the phenomena of thought transferorrance in
42:00
Speaker 1: this work, for the reason that it is too well
42:02
Speaker 1: established and too generally known to require an argument in
42:05
Speaker 1: its favor from me to thousands of careful investigators. It
42:10
Speaker 1: is an established fact, and anyone who will take the
42:12
Speaker 1: time and trouble to conduct the experiments may reproduce the
42:15
Speaker 1: phenomena to his own satisfaction. Moreover, there are instances of
42:20
Speaker 1: telementation arising in the everyday life of nearly every person,
42:24
Speaker 1: such instances being of the spontaneous order, that is, not
42:27
Speaker 1: having been expected or sought after. Those who are desirous
42:32
Speaker 1: of obtaining proofs of telementation beyond their own personal experiences
42:37
Speaker 1: are referred to the records of the English Society for
42:39
Speaker 1: Psychical Research, which contain the carefully noted reports of many
42:43
Speaker 1: very interesting cases which have been conducted by the society
42:46
Speaker 1: under the most careful supervision and scientific requirements. The circulation
42:51
Speaker 1: of mind power is as real a natural phenomenon as
42:54
Speaker 1: the circulation of air, water, or the blood. There have
42:58
Speaker 1: been many theories advanced to account for telementation, and there
43:02
Speaker 1: has been much talk of two minds, dual mentality, et cetera.
43:05
Speaker 1: In this connection. In this work, I shall have very little,
43:09
Speaker 1: if anything to say regarding man's two minds. I of
43:14
Speaker 1: course am fully conversant with the subject of the subconscious
43:17
Speaker 1: and super conscious regions of the mind. But I find
43:20
Speaker 1: this principle of telementation to have its roots still further
43:23
Speaker 1: back in the scale of evolution, back before consciousness as
43:28
Speaker 1: we know it existed in the created forms of matter
43:31
Speaker 1: or life, back to the plane of mind and inorganic matter.
43:34
Speaker 1: And therefore I shall not attempt to urge any two
43:37
Speaker 1: mind theories to account for it. In fact, I believe
43:41
Speaker 1: that the mind of man is a far more complex
43:43
Speaker 1: thing than a dual mind combination. There are many more
43:46
Speaker 1: planes and regions of mind than the subjective and subjective
43:50
Speaker 1: minds of the dual mind authorities. I find the basis
43:54
Speaker 1: for the theory of telementation far back in the scale,
43:57
Speaker 1: in fact, at the lowest extreme of the scale things,
44:01
Speaker 1: I find it in the atoms, or in the particles
44:03
Speaker 1: of which the atoms are composed. In the first chapter
44:07
Speaker 1: of this work I called your attention to the manifestation
44:10
Speaker 1: of mind power among the atoms and particles of matter,
44:13
Speaker 1: which was evidenced by action, motion, and movements resulting from
44:16
Speaker 1: attraction and repulsion of these atoms and particles. In other words,
44:22
Speaker 1: I showed that physical forces were produced by the motions
44:24
Speaker 1: of the particles or vibrations of the atoms, which arose
44:28
Speaker 1: from states of like and dislike, love and hate, attraction
44:31
Speaker 1: and repulsion, pleasure and pain among these tiny particles of matter.
44:36
Speaker 1: And it is here that the elementary principle of telementation
44:39
Speaker 1: is noticeable. Here is where it may be seen in
44:42
Speaker 1: full primitive force and operation. If you will think for
44:46
Speaker 1: a moment, you will see that the motions of the
44:48
Speaker 1: atoms are twofold, viz. One, the voluntary motion of the
44:52
Speaker 1: atom toward the other atom to which it is attracted
44:55
Speaker 1: by chemical affinity, and two the movement of the atom
44:58
Speaker 1: occasioned by the attractive force exerted by the other atom
45:02
Speaker 1: in the same manner that a magnet draws the needle
45:05
Speaker 1: to it. Heckel has told us that there is the
45:08
Speaker 1: voluntary movement of the atom itself in response to the
45:11
Speaker 1: desire awakened in it by the attraction. How does it
45:15
Speaker 1: become aware of the presence of the other atom unless
45:18
Speaker 1: something passes between them, and that something must be in
45:21
Speaker 1: the nature of a manative current, for there is nothing
45:24
Speaker 1: else to pass because all other forms of energy being
45:27
Speaker 1: produced by vibrations of the atoms arising from mental states.
45:30
Speaker 1: The mind power must precede the physical energies, and must
45:34
Speaker 1: be there something that passes between the two atoms. Feeling
45:39
Speaker 1: the presence of the other atom, the first atom moves
45:41
Speaker 1: towards its affinity voluntarily, and just as you move your
45:45
Speaker 1: arm or walk, the atom probably exerting a push upon
45:48
Speaker 1: the ether, which must be to the atom or particle
45:50
Speaker 1: what the air is to the wing of the bird,
45:52
Speaker 1: or the water to the fin of the fish. But
45:55
Speaker 1: there is another cause of motion, as we have seen,
45:58
Speaker 1: the mutual pull of the attractive atoms. And what manner
46:02
Speaker 1: or kind of energy is it that thus draws or
46:05
Speaker 1: pulls the other atom. It cannot be electricity or magnetism,
46:10
Speaker 1: for those forces, as we have seen, are produced by
46:13
Speaker 1: a rate of vibration occasioned by the mind power in
46:16
Speaker 1: the atoms themselves. Therefore, we must go back to the
46:19
Speaker 1: antecedent force, which is mind power, and attribute to it
46:22
Speaker 1: the drawing or pulling force which moves the atoms toward
46:25
Speaker 1: each other. That this attracting or pulling force is in
46:29
Speaker 1: operation between the particles of matter, there can be no doubt.
46:33
Speaker 1: No two atoms of matter are in absolute touch with
46:36
Speaker 1: each other. There is always a distance between them, a
46:40
Speaker 1: space which thus separates them, which never can be traversed
46:43
Speaker 1: or overcome. There seems to be an individuality in these
46:47
Speaker 1: tiny particles, which, although allowing them to form combinations, nevertheless
46:51
Speaker 1: prevents absolute blending or amalgamation. There is always a keep
46:56
Speaker 1: your distance or thus far, and no further principle in nature,
47:00
Speaker 1: which holds every particle of matter individual and alone. Every ion, electron, atom,
47:06
Speaker 1: and molecule of matter is alone and separated even from
47:10
Speaker 1: its closest affinity by a touch me not circle of influence,
47:13
Speaker 1: which is also menative in its nature. In my opinion,
47:17
Speaker 1: even the hardest diamond or piece of steel is composed
47:21
Speaker 1: of molecules close together, but yet separated by this circle
47:24
Speaker 1: of influence. And every molecule is composed of several atoms
47:27
Speaker 1: between which the same law operates, and every atom is
47:32
Speaker 1: composed of many ions or electrons, which have distances between them.
47:37
Speaker 1: So true is nature in her proportions and laws that
47:40
Speaker 1: scientists assert that in the hundreds of ions of which
47:42
Speaker 1: the tiniest atom is composed, and which atom is invisible
47:46
Speaker 1: to the site by reason of its smallness, there is
47:49
Speaker 1: a distance between observed and maintained by these particles which
47:54
Speaker 1: bears the same proportion to their sizes, that the distance
47:56
Speaker 1: between the planets of our solar system bears to their
47:59
Speaker 1: particular side. In other words, that the ions composing an
48:03
Speaker 1: atom are akin to a minute solar system, each ion
48:06
Speaker 1: being attracted to the other and yet kept at its distance,
48:09
Speaker 1: the combined pull and push of the desire and the
48:12
Speaker 1: keep off, respectively, tending to cause them to circle round
48:16
Speaker 1: and round each other. And what is the force that
48:19
Speaker 1: traverses the space across which the particles themselves cannot travel.
48:23
Speaker 1: It is not electricity or magnetism, for those forces are
48:27
Speaker 1: but the results of these circling and vibrations and not
48:30
Speaker 1: their cause. And moreover, science has not discovered electricity or
48:34
Speaker 1: magnetism between the atoms, and what holds the atoms and
48:38
Speaker 1: molecules of matter together, or rather in proximity. What causes
48:42
Speaker 1: their propinquity. Science answers chemical affinity and cohesion, But these
48:49
Speaker 1: terms are merely names, and science does not explain the
48:52
Speaker 1: nature of the force employed. But it knows that it
48:54
Speaker 1: is not electricity or magnetism or any other known physical force.
48:59
Speaker 1: I answer it is mind power exerted over the intervening
49:03
Speaker 1: spaces by telementation, that attracts and holds these atoms and
49:06
Speaker 1: molecules in their places, and yet keeps them at their distance.
49:10
Speaker 1: Mind power, the existence of which in the atoms was
49:13
Speaker 1: postulated by Heckel, and which always has been taught by
49:16
Speaker 1: the occultists. And so, finding that telementation exists in the
49:21
Speaker 1: elementary forms of substance and physical things, I am justified
49:25
Speaker 1: in looking for its presence and manifestation from that point
49:28
Speaker 1: of the scale upward. And I believe that the vibrations
49:31
Speaker 1: of mental states, feelings, desires, et cetera, are transmitted from
49:36
Speaker 1: one mind to another by telementation, arousing similar states feelings, desires,
49:41
Speaker 1: et cetera in the receiving mind, along the lines of
49:44
Speaker 1: what we call induction in physical science. But before considering induction,
49:50
Speaker 1: I would ask you to consider the following quotation from Flamarau,
49:53
Speaker 1: the eminent French scientist, who says, we sum up therefore,
49:58
Speaker 1: are preceding observation by the conclusion that one mind can
50:01
Speaker 1: act at a distance upon another without the habitual medium
50:05
Speaker 1: of words or any other visible means of communication. It
50:09
Speaker 1: appears to us altogether unreasonable to reject this conclusion. If
50:12
Speaker 1: we accept the facts, this conclusion will be abundantly demonstrated.
50:18
Speaker 1: There is nothing unscientific, nothing romantic in admitting that an
50:22
Speaker 1: idea can influence a brain from a distance. The action
50:26
Speaker 1: of one human being upon another from a distance is
50:29
Speaker 1: a scientific fact. It is as certain as the existence
50:32
Speaker 1: of Paris, of Napoleon, of oxygen, or of Sirius. He
50:37
Speaker 1: further states, there can be no doubt that our psychical
50:40
Speaker 1: force creates a movement in the ether, which transmits itself
50:43
Speaker 1: afar like all movements of ether, and becomes perceptible to
50:46
Speaker 1: brains in harmony with our own. The transformation of a
50:50
Speaker 1: psychic action into an ethereal movement, and the reverse may
50:54
Speaker 1: be analogous to what takes place on a telephone, where
50:56
Speaker 1: the receptive plate, which is identical with the plate at
50:59
Speaker 1: the other end, reconstructs the sonorous movement transmitted not by
51:03
Speaker 1: means of sound, but by electricity. As I have said,
51:07
Speaker 1: I account for the transference of mental states, et cetera
51:12
Speaker 1: by the theory of menative induction, which I believe to
51:15
Speaker 1: be the theory more fully meeting the requirements of the
51:17
Speaker 1: case than any of the dual mind or similar hypotheses.
51:22
Speaker 1: The term menative induction will be readily understood by those
51:25
Speaker 1: familiar with the phenomena of electricity. The word induction comes
51:30
Speaker 1: from the word induce, which means to influence. In electrical science,
51:36
Speaker 1: the word induction is used in a sense of the
51:38
Speaker 1: process whereby one body possessing magnetic or electrical properties reproduces
51:43
Speaker 1: that property in another body without direct contact. In textbooks
51:47
Speaker 1: on physics, a simple experiment is often given students to
51:50
Speaker 1: illustrate magnetic induction. As follows. A magnet is so placed
51:54
Speaker 1: that its pulls project over the edge of a table
51:57
Speaker 1: upon which it rests. An iron nail or steel needle
52:02
Speaker 1: is held a little distance below the magnet, so that
52:04
Speaker 1: it will not actually touch the latter, but will be
52:06
Speaker 1: near enough to be magnetized by induction, that is, without
52:10
Speaker 1: direct contact, the nail or needle will have an induced
52:14
Speaker 1: property of magnetism produced by the current from the magnet,
52:17
Speaker 1: and will support another nail or needle by direct contact.
52:22
Speaker 1: This induced magnetism renders the nail or needle a magnet,
52:27
Speaker 1: possessing all the properties of the original magnet so long
52:30
Speaker 1: as the current flows. And just as a magnet may
52:33
Speaker 1: communicate its properties by induction, so may an electrified body
52:37
Speaker 1: communicate electrical states in another body without actual contact. The
52:42
Speaker 1: textbooks are full of examples to illustrate this law. The
52:46
Speaker 1: theory accepted by science is that the induction is the
52:49
Speaker 1: action of the electrical current through the ether by waves
52:52
Speaker 1: of vibration. And I hold that just as the vibratory
52:55
Speaker 1: waves of magnetism and electricity pass through the ether and
52:58
Speaker 1: produce similar property in other bodies by means of induction,
53:02
Speaker 1: so do the vibratory waves of mind power from one
53:05
Speaker 1: mind pass through the ether and by induction, set up
53:08
Speaker 1: similar mental states in the minds of other persons. Within
53:11
Speaker 1: the field of induction, I hold that just as the
53:15
Speaker 1: excitement of the particles of matter, excitement being merely aroused,
53:19
Speaker 1: activity may manifest an energy that may be transmitted to
53:22
Speaker 1: another object removed in space from the first, and then
53:26
Speaker 1: may arouse by induction a similar state of excitement in
53:29
Speaker 1: the particles of the second object. So may the excitement
53:34
Speaker 1: of the mind among the brain cells of the animal
53:36
Speaker 1: or person be transmitted by telementation to another animal or
53:39
Speaker 1: person in whom, by menative induction, a similar state of
53:43
Speaker 1: excitement is generated or induced. I hold that there is
53:46
Speaker 1: the closest possible relationship between motive energy and emotive energy,
53:51
Speaker 1: in fact, that both are forms of the same thing.
53:55
Speaker 1: I shall not attempt to go into details regarding telementation
53:58
Speaker 1: or menative induction at this place, for the reason that
54:01
Speaker 1: I shall bring out the principle in detail from time
54:03
Speaker 1: to time by pointing out the manifestations and activities of
54:07
Speaker 1: these principles. But I wish you to fix in your
54:10
Speaker 1: mind the elementary principles of mind power in its phases
54:13
Speaker 1: of telementation or long distance effect, and of menative induction,
54:17
Speaker 1: or the process by which like begets like on the
54:20
Speaker 1: mental plane is on the physical the machinery of the
54:23
Speaker 1: menative processes and activities being hidden from physical sight. We
54:27
Speaker 1: may understand these processes and activities better by using the
54:30
Speaker 1: illustration of corresponding physical processes and activities, particularly when the
54:35
Speaker 1: correspondences are more than mere resemblances, being operations of the
54:39
Speaker 1: same underlying natural laws. For this reason, the illustration or
54:44
Speaker 1: symbol of wireless telegraphy will help us to understand telementation.
54:49
Speaker 1: An electrical or magnetic induction will help us to understand
54:52
Speaker 1: the phenomena of menative induction. And now let us pass
54:56
Speaker 1: on to a consideration of the activities and manifestations of
54:59
Speaker 1: minds power in its phases of telementation and manative induction
55:03
Speaker 1: in living creatures, beginning with the lower animals, Chapter four
55:09
Speaker 1: Mental magic in animal life. I have spoken of the
55:13
Speaker 1: manifestation of mind power among the atoms and particles of matter,
55:16
Speaker 1: whereby the tiny corpusals become aware of each other's proximity,
55:20
Speaker 1: and whereby they move voluntarily in response to the desire
55:23
Speaker 1: aroused by the attraction or affinity of the other atoms,
55:27
Speaker 1: and whereby they also exert a pull or drawing power
55:30
Speaker 1: on the other atoms and respond to the same attracting
55:32
Speaker 1: force of the other particle. Ascending the scale, we find
55:37
Speaker 1: the crystals building up their forms by drawing material from
55:40
Speaker 1: the fluids in which they are immersed, and then building
55:42
Speaker 1: upon a set pattern and style, as truly as does
55:45
Speaker 1: the builder among the animals or among men. Passing on
55:49
Speaker 1: to the low forms of animal life, we find tiny
55:52
Speaker 1: life forms in the slime of the ocean bed, which
55:54
Speaker 1: are apparently no more than tiny drops of glue cells
55:58
Speaker 1: without a nucleus, which nevertheless perform the functions of all
56:02
Speaker 1: organic forms, being borne, taking nutrition, assimilating, eliminating, growing old,
56:08
Speaker 1: and finally dying after reproducing their kind by growth and division.
56:13
Speaker 1: But the point that most concerns us is that although
56:16
Speaker 1: these creatures have no senses or even rudimentary sense organs,
56:20
Speaker 1: they are aware of the approach of other creatures and
56:23
Speaker 1: of their food. In some way, they become aware of
56:26
Speaker 1: these things how man does not know. Moreover, they are
56:31
Speaker 1: possessed of the power of motion and exert there will
56:34
Speaker 1: in the direction of moving from place to place. Some
56:37
Speaker 1: of these forms of life, when viewed under even a
56:40
Speaker 1: strong microscope, are seen to move by gliding from place
56:43
Speaker 1: to place, apparently at will, and with no perceptible employment
56:46
Speaker 1: of organs of motion such as false feet, fins, et cetera.
56:51
Speaker 1: They seem simply to move by pure will. How do
56:54
Speaker 1: they do this? How do they become aware of the
56:58
Speaker 1: approach of other creatures with other out sense organs or
57:01
Speaker 1: the rudiments of the same. It seems that mentation and
57:04
Speaker 1: telementation are manifested here. Rising higher in the scale, we
57:09
Speaker 1: find many insects seemingly endowed with the faculty of becoming
57:13
Speaker 1: aware of the presence of other insects at distances so
57:15
Speaker 1: great as to render the ordinary senses of no avail.
57:19
Speaker 1: Students of ant life relate many remarkable instances of this kind.
57:24
Speaker 1: Ants at a distance seemed to be able to communicate
57:27
Speaker 1: with their fellows, summoning assistance and directing the movements of
57:30
Speaker 1: ant armies. A professor in an American university has related
57:35
Speaker 1: that upon one occasion he met with an instance of
57:37
Speaker 1: tealmentation on the part of a colony of ants. He
57:41
Speaker 1: stated that he had placed a breeding cage of ants
57:43
Speaker 1: inside of a stone house, the latter having walls sixteen
57:47
Speaker 1: inches thick, with no windows and but one door, the
57:50
Speaker 1: latter being so sealed and protected that it was impossible
57:53
Speaker 1: for even a tiny ant to enter its crevices. When
57:56
Speaker 1: approaching this house for the purpose of studying the progress
57:59
Speaker 1: of his ant comes, he would notice that other ants
58:02
Speaker 1: had collected on the outside of the walls and were
58:04
Speaker 1: running about trying to get through the stone blocks. Then
58:08
Speaker 1: he tried the experiment of moving his ant cage from
58:10
Speaker 1: one part of the house to another, first placing it
58:13
Speaker 1: beside one wall, and then another, and so on, trying
58:17
Speaker 1: all positions and places in each case. After each change,
58:21
Speaker 1: when he would emerge from the house, he would find
58:23
Speaker 1: the outside ants grouped on the stone wall as near
58:26
Speaker 1: to the inside ants as possible, changing their position from
58:29
Speaker 1: side to side according to the position of the ant
58:31
Speaker 1: cage inside of the house. Many other instances of the
58:35
Speaker 1: possession of the power of telmentation on the part of
58:38
Speaker 1: ants have been noted. Another authority relates that a pair
58:42
Speaker 1: of foreign moths were brought to England. There were no
58:45
Speaker 1: other moths of that kind in the country. One of them,
58:48
Speaker 1: the male, escaped in a part of England many miles
58:51
Speaker 1: distant from the place to which the remaining moth, the female,
58:55
Speaker 1: was taken. The female moth was placed in a tiny
58:58
Speaker 1: cage for security and then set out of doors during
59:01
Speaker 1: the night. In the morning, much to the entomologist's surprise,
59:06
Speaker 1: he found the male moth clinging to the tiny cage
59:08
Speaker 1: which contained the female. It was the same male, undoubtedly
59:13
Speaker 1: for in size, coloring, appearance, et cetera. It corresponded exactly,
59:18
Speaker 1: besides which there was not another moth of that particular
59:21
Speaker 1: species known to be in England. Similar experiments have been
59:25
Speaker 1: conducted with insects, and there is held to be ample
59:28
Speaker 1: grounds for believing that insects attract their mates by means
59:31
Speaker 1: of some mental power beyond the range of the ordinary senses.
59:35
Speaker 1: Schools of fish seem to have some method of instantaneous
59:38
Speaker 1: communication between the individual fishes composing them. For the entire
59:42
Speaker 1: school moves from side to side, turning sharply, et cetera,
59:45
Speaker 1: as if it were possessed of but a single mind.
59:49
Speaker 1: Some scientists have held that many of the lower animals
59:52
Speaker 1: who live in groups schools, et cetera, have mental relations
59:56
Speaker 1: similar to those of the colonies of cells, which seem
59:58
Speaker 1: to have a common mind. There is undoubtedly communication over
1:00:02
Speaker 1: distance of the cells of the blood and animals, and
1:00:05
Speaker 1: the phenomenon of the school of fish just noted may
1:00:08
Speaker 1: be analogous. At any rate, there is some sort of
1:00:11
Speaker 1: distant mental communication between the individual fishes. The same phenomenon
1:00:16
Speaker 1: is noted among flocks of birds, as many know who
1:00:19
Speaker 1: have witnessed the flights of large numbers of birds of
1:00:22
Speaker 1: different kinds. Wild animals undoubtedly have some subtle sense whereby
1:00:27
Speaker 1: they find each other when separated by long distances. The
1:00:30
Speaker 1: return of cats and dogs who have been carried miles
1:00:33
Speaker 1: from home, and the return of birds to their original
1:00:36
Speaker 1: places after their migrations may have a similar explanation. There
1:00:41
Speaker 1: may be subtle vibrations from places, people, and objects which
1:00:45
Speaker 1: the animals sense at a distance. That animals exert a
1:00:49
Speaker 1: mental control over their fellows by some form of manifestation
1:00:52
Speaker 1: of mind power. There seems to be but little doubt
1:00:55
Speaker 1: among those familiar with the ways of animals, particularly of
1:00:58
Speaker 1: wild animals, there is a manifestation of something besides physical
1:01:03
Speaker 1: strength and prowess on the part of the animal, There
1:01:05
Speaker 1: is a mental something displayed. A. E. Mac Farlane, in
1:01:11
Speaker 1: a recent magazine article on the subject of bad animals, says,
1:01:15
Speaker 1: put two male baboons into the same cage, and they
1:01:18
Speaker 1: will open their mouths, show all their teeth, and blow
1:01:21
Speaker 1: at each other. But one of them, even though he
1:01:24
Speaker 1: may possess the uglier dentician, will blow with a difference,
1:01:28
Speaker 1: with an inward shakiness that marks him for the under dog.
1:01:31
Speaker 1: At once. No test of battle is needed at all.
1:01:35
Speaker 1: It is the same with the big cats. Put two
1:01:39
Speaker 1: or four or a dozen lions in together, and they, also,
1:01:43
Speaker 1: probably without a single contest, will soon discover which one
1:01:46
Speaker 1: of them possesses the metal of the master. Thereafter he
1:01:50
Speaker 1: takes the choice of the meat. If he chooses the rest,
1:01:53
Speaker 1: shall not even begin to eat until he has finished.
1:01:56
Speaker 1: He goes first to the fresh pan of water. In short,
1:02:00
Speaker 1: he is king of the cage. Among the animals we
1:02:04
Speaker 1: find many instances of the power of charming or fascinating,
1:02:08
Speaker 1: both of which I hold to be but varying forms
1:02:10
Speaker 1: of manifestation of mind power in the direction of powerfully
1:02:13
Speaker 1: influencing the imagination, desire, or will of another by manative induction.
1:02:18
Speaker 1: This mental fascination among the animals manifests along two lines, viz.
1:02:24
Speaker 1: One along the lines of desire operating in the direction
1:02:27
Speaker 1: of sex manifestation such as the winning of mates, etc.
1:02:31
Speaker 1: And x along the lines of will operating in the
1:02:35
Speaker 1: direction of overcoming the prey of the animal, such as
1:02:38
Speaker 1: the charming of birds by serpents, or of smaller animals
1:02:41
Speaker 1: by tigers, etc. These cases are capable of liberal illustration
1:02:46
Speaker 1: and proof, and natural history affords us full authority for
1:02:50
Speaker 1: accepting the same. I recently read an account of a
1:02:53
Speaker 1: naturalist who related that one day in a tropical country,
1:02:56
Speaker 1: he noticed a winged insect circling around and around a scorpion.
1:03:01
Speaker 1: After a bit, the insect made a series of desperate
1:03:04
Speaker 1: plunges at the scorpion, as if in a frantic desire
1:03:07
Speaker 1: to terminate the charm. The scorpion soon striking down the
1:03:10
Speaker 1: insect and afterwards devouring it. It is related by travelers
1:03:14
Speaker 1: that when one comes suddenly in the presence of a lion, tiger,
1:03:18
Speaker 1: or leopard, his legs seem paralyzed, and the eyes of
1:03:21
Speaker 1: the beast seem to exert a peculiar fascination and power
1:03:24
Speaker 1: over him. I have seen a mouse manifest the same
1:03:27
Speaker 1: emotion in the presence of a cat, and the same
1:03:31
Speaker 1: is true of a rat in the presence of a
1:03:33
Speaker 1: ferret or similar enemy. On the other hand, every observer
1:03:37
Speaker 1: has noticed the wonderful charming power that animals exert over
1:03:41
Speaker 1: others of their kind of the opposite sex. If you
1:03:45
Speaker 1: have ever witnessed the courting of a bird during the
1:03:47
Speaker 1: mating season, you will have a keen sense of the
1:03:49
Speaker 1: reality of the power employed. One of the birds, and
1:03:54
Speaker 1: it may be either a male or female, will be
1:03:56
Speaker 1: seen to actually fascinate or charm the one of the
1:03:59
Speaker 1: opposite sex, the latter lying still with quivering wings and
1:04:03
Speaker 1: a helpless expression in its eyes. When compared with the
1:04:07
Speaker 1: attitude of the same bird when charmed by a serpent,
1:04:10
Speaker 1: the resemblance will be striking. I have before me a
1:04:13
Speaker 1: book written in eighteen q seven, which relates quite a
1:04:17
Speaker 1: number of instances of the operation of mental fascination among
1:04:20
Speaker 1: the lower animals. I will give you a few of them,
1:04:24
Speaker 1: condensed and abbreviated. Professor Silliman is quoted as stating that
1:04:29
Speaker 1: one day, while crossing the Hudson River at Catskill, he
1:04:32
Speaker 1: passed along a narrow road with the river on one
1:04:35
Speaker 1: side and a steep bank covered by bushes on the
1:04:38
Speaker 1: other side. His attention was attracted by the sight of
1:04:42
Speaker 1: a number of birds of a variety of species, who
1:04:45
Speaker 1: were flying forward and backward across the road. Turning and
1:04:48
Speaker 1: wheeling in strange gerations, and with noisy chirpings, seemingly centering
1:04:53
Speaker 1: over a particular point of the road. Upon examination, the
1:04:57
Speaker 1: professor found an enormous black snake, partly coiled and partly erect,
1:05:01
Speaker 1: showing an appearance of great animation, with his eyes flashing
1:05:05
Speaker 1: like a brilliant diamond, and his tongue darting in and out.
1:05:09
Speaker 1: The snake was the center of the motion of the birds.
1:05:13
Speaker 1: The professor adds that although the snake disappeared in the bushes,
1:05:16
Speaker 1: frightened at the approach of the men, still the bird
1:05:19
Speaker 1: seemed two days to escape and perched on the nearby bushes,
1:05:22
Speaker 1: evidently awaiting the reappearance of their charmer. The same book
1:05:26
Speaker 1: relates an incident of a man in Pennsylvania who saw
1:05:29
Speaker 1: a large black snake charming a bird. The bird described
1:05:34
Speaker 1: gradually decreasing circles around the snake, at the same time
1:05:37
Speaker 1: uttering piteous cries. It seemed almost ready to drop into
1:05:41
Speaker 1: the jaws of the snake when the man drove off,
1:05:44
Speaker 1: the latter when the bird arose with a song of joy.
1:05:47
Speaker 1: Another case is related of a ground squirrel which was
1:05:50
Speaker 1: observed running to anfro between a creek and a large
1:05:53
Speaker 1: tree a few yards distant. The squirrel's fur was badly ruffled,
1:05:58
Speaker 1: and he exhibited fright and distress. Investigation disclosed the head
1:06:03
Speaker 1: and neck of a rattlesnake protruding from the whole of
1:06:05
Speaker 1: the tree and pointing directly at the squirrel. The poor
1:06:09
Speaker 1: squirrel at last gave up the fight, and, yielding to
1:06:12
Speaker 1: the fascination, laid himself down with his head very close
1:06:15
Speaker 1: to the snake's mouth. The snake then proceeded to swallow
1:06:19
Speaker 1: the squirrel. When his meal was interrupted with the cut
1:06:22
Speaker 1: of a carriage whip in the hands of the observer,
1:06:24
Speaker 1: and the squirrel, released from the spell, ran briskly away.
1:06:28
Speaker 1: Dar Good is quoted as having made quite a study
1:06:32
Speaker 1: of the curious, fascinating power that rattlesnakes manifest over small
1:06:36
Speaker 1: animals such as birds, squirrels, young hairs, et cetera. He
1:06:41
Speaker 1: relates that these animals seem incapable of drawing their eyes
1:06:44
Speaker 1: away from those of the snake, and although seemingly struggling
1:06:47
Speaker 1: to get away, they still gradually approached the snake, as
1:06:51
Speaker 1: though urged toward him or attracted by a power superior
1:06:54
Speaker 1: to their natural instincts. He goes on to state that
1:06:58
Speaker 1: the animal creeps nearer and nearer, until at last it
1:07:01
Speaker 1: is drawn into the serpent's mouth, which has been open
1:07:03
Speaker 1: all the while to receive it. Doctor Barrow is quoted
1:07:07
Speaker 1: as relating many instances of this kind known to peasants
1:07:10
Speaker 1: in all parts of the world. Vulliant, the African traveler,
1:07:15
Speaker 1: tells of an instance in which he witnessed a shrike
1:07:17
Speaker 1: in the very act of being fascinated by a large
1:07:20
Speaker 1: snake at a distance, the fiery eyes and open mouth
1:07:23
Speaker 1: of which were gradually approaching the bird, the latter manifesting
1:07:26
Speaker 1: convulsive trembling and uttering, piercing shrieks of distress. The traveler
1:07:31
Speaker 1: shot the snake, but upon picking up the bird, he
1:07:33
Speaker 1: found it dead, killed either by fear or the power
1:07:36
Speaker 1: of the serpent, or perhaps by the violent breaking of
1:07:39
Speaker 1: the spell. He measured the distance between the snake and
1:07:43
Speaker 1: the bird and found it to be three and one
1:07:45
Speaker 1: half feet. A case is related in one of the
1:07:48
Speaker 1: early reports of the Philosophical Society, in which a mouse
1:07:52
Speaker 1: was put in a cage with a viper by way
1:07:54
Speaker 1: of an experiment. The mouse at first seemed greatly agitated,
1:07:58
Speaker 1: which state was followed by a condition of fascination, the
1:08:01
Speaker 1: mouse drawing nearer and nearer to the viper, which remained
1:08:04
Speaker 1: motionless with distended jaws and glistening eyes. The mouse finally
1:08:10
Speaker 1: actually entered the jaws of the viper and was devoured.
1:08:14
Speaker 1: Bruce the African traveler relates that the natives of an
1:08:18
Speaker 1: interior tribe seemed to be protected by nature against the
1:08:20
Speaker 1: bite of scorpions and vipers. They are said to handle
1:08:24
Speaker 1: these creatures fearlessly, the latter seeming to be robbed of
1:08:27
Speaker 1: their power of resistance. He states that the creatures seemed
1:08:32
Speaker 1: to sicken the moment they are touched by these natives,
1:08:34
Speaker 1: and are sometimes so exhausted by the invisible fascinating power
1:08:38
Speaker 1: that they perish shortly. He says, I have constantly observed that,
1:08:42
Speaker 1: however lively the viper was before, upon being seized by
1:08:45
Speaker 1: any of these barbarians, he seemed as if taken with
1:08:48
Speaker 1: sickness and feebleness, and frequently would shut his eyes and
1:08:52
Speaker 1: would never turn his mouth toward the arm that held him. Personally,
1:08:58
Speaker 1: I have seen a somewhat similar case. When I was
1:09:01
Speaker 1: a boy in Maryland. I knew of a farm hand
1:09:04
Speaker 1: who was called a snake charmer. How he did it
1:09:07
Speaker 1: I never could find out. But he would exert some
1:09:10
Speaker 1: kind of influence over all kinds of snakes, poisonous ones included,
1:09:14
Speaker 1: and would cause them to remain fascinated until with a
1:09:17
Speaker 1: quick movement he would grab them by the neck with
1:09:19
Speaker 1: his bare hands. This man generally carried a few pet
1:09:22
Speaker 1: snakes around with him for company. They seemed perfectly contented,
1:09:27
Speaker 1: and would poke their heads up from out of his
1:09:29
Speaker 1: pockets in order to look at someone else with whom
1:09:32
Speaker 1: he might be talking. The negroes on the farm had
1:09:35
Speaker 1: a mortal terror of this man, and would walk a
1:09:37
Speaker 1: couple of miles rather than pass by his house. The
1:09:41
Speaker 1: power of charming animals, dogs and wild beasts is undoubtedly
1:09:45
Speaker 1: possessed by some men in varying degrees, and nearly everyone
1:09:49
Speaker 1: has known of men who could charm the wildest horses
1:09:53
Speaker 1: as if by magic. I have read of some burglars
1:09:57
Speaker 1: who seemed able to quiet the most ferocious watchdogs. The
1:10:01
Speaker 1: Swedish writer Lindakrantz tells of certain natives of Lapland who
1:10:05
Speaker 1: are possessed of some process of charming dogs to such
1:10:08
Speaker 1: an extent that they have been known to cow the
1:10:09
Speaker 1: most savage greathound, causing him to fly from them with
1:10:13
Speaker 1: all the signs of abject fear. Many of my readers
1:10:17
Speaker 1: have seen or heard of the horse whispers found in
1:10:20
Speaker 1: various parts of the country, who will shut themselves in
1:10:23
Speaker 1: a stable with a fierce horse, and by whispering to him,
1:10:26
Speaker 1: will manage to tame him completely and make him passive
1:10:29
Speaker 1: to their will. There are cases recorded in which men
1:10:32
Speaker 1: who have been charmed by a snake have afterwards given
1:10:36
Speaker 1: in their experience. One of these cases relates that the
1:10:40
Speaker 1: man was walking in his garden when he suddenly came
1:10:42
Speaker 1: into the presence of a snake, whose eyes gleamed in
1:10:45
Speaker 1: a peculiar manner. He found himself fascinated, as if by
1:10:49
Speaker 1: a spell, and unable to withdraw his eyes from those
1:10:52
Speaker 1: of the creature. The snake, he stated afterward, seemed to
1:10:56
Speaker 1: begin to increase immensely in size and assumed in rapt
1:11:00
Speaker 1: succession a mixture of brilliant colors. He grew dizzy and
1:11:04
Speaker 1: would have fallen in the direction of the snake had
1:11:07
Speaker 1: not his wife approached, throwing her arms about him and
1:11:10
Speaker 1: breaking the spell. Another similar case is related in which
1:11:14
Speaker 1: A man found his companion standing still on the road
1:11:17
Speaker 1: with his eyes fixed intently upon those of a huge rattlesnake,
1:11:21
Speaker 1: which was regarding him fixedly with gleaming eyes scintillating in
1:11:24
Speaker 1: its raised head. The man was leaning toward the snake
1:11:28
Speaker 1: and would have fallen toward it in a few moments.
1:11:31
Speaker 1: He was crying feebly but piteously. He will bite me,
1:11:36
Speaker 1: he will kill me, Sure, he will reply his friend,
1:11:40
Speaker 1: why don't you run away? Why are you staying here?
1:11:44
Speaker 1: But the man seemed perfectly dazed and distracted and could
1:11:48
Speaker 1: not answer. The companion finally picked up a stick and
1:11:52
Speaker 1: struck at the snake, which glided away savagely. The fascinated
1:11:56
Speaker 1: man was sick for several hours afterward. When I was
1:12:00
Speaker 1: a boy, I had a somewhat similar personal experience, although
1:12:04
Speaker 1: not nearly so serious. Walking one day among a grove
1:12:08
Speaker 1: of trees belonging to my grandfather, I found myself standing
1:12:12
Speaker 1: staring intently at a snake about two feet long, whose
1:12:14
Speaker 1: eyes glistened like large diamonds. In a moment, I ceased
1:12:18
Speaker 1: to see anything but those awful eyes, which glistened and
1:12:21
Speaker 1: displayed all the prismatic colors to my frightened glance. It
1:12:25
Speaker 1: lasted but a moment, however, for the snake glided away,
1:12:28
Speaker 1: seemingly as anxious to get away from me as I
1:12:31
Speaker 1: was to part company with him. I cannot say whether
1:12:35
Speaker 1: the spell would have been broken by me if the
1:12:37
Speaker 1: snake had not moved away. Perhaps it might, or perhaps not.
1:12:41
Speaker 1: All that I remember now after the passage of thirty
1:12:44
Speaker 1: five years or more, is that I did not seem
1:12:47
Speaker 1: to feel fear after the first shock, my feeling and
1:12:50
Speaker 1: emotion seemingly being that of great wonder and amazement, arising
1:12:53
Speaker 1: from what I saw in those eyes. But I have
1:12:56
Speaker 1: said enough regarding the manifestation of menative induction among the
1:13:00
Speaker 1: lower animals. There are many interesting instances of this sort
1:13:05
Speaker 1: scattered through the pages of books on animal life, and
1:13:08
Speaker 1: nearly everyone who has lived in the woods or among
1:13:10
Speaker 1: wild life knows of many cases illustrating this fact, which
1:13:13
Speaker 1: have come under his own observation. I have mentioned these
1:13:17
Speaker 1: features of the subject merely for the purpose of showing
1:13:20
Speaker 1: you that we have to deal with a general natural
1:13:22
Speaker 1: principle which manifests throughout all life. This book has to
1:13:26
Speaker 1: deal with the manifestation of this force among men. But
1:13:30
Speaker 1: in closing this chapter, I would ask you to notice
1:13:33
Speaker 1: the resemblance between the manifestation of the force among the
1:13:36
Speaker 1: animals on the one hand, and among mankind on the other.
1:13:40
Speaker 1: The animals employ the force for two purposes, i e.
1:13:44
Speaker 1: The captivating of mates and the capture of prey. And
1:13:47
Speaker 1: how do men and women use it along similar lines? Yes,
1:13:53
Speaker 1: I mean this as startling as it may appear. For
1:13:57
Speaker 1: is not the use of fascination in the direction of
1:13:59
Speaker 1: attracting the other sex akin to the sex charming noticed
1:14:02
Speaker 1: among the birds and animals? And is not the use
1:14:06
Speaker 1: of fascination in the direction of influencing men and women
1:14:08
Speaker 1: along the lines of business or personal interest, akin to
1:14:12
Speaker 1: the charming of prey by wild animals, serpents, et cetera.
1:14:17
Speaker 1: You may see that evolution simply changes the form of
1:14:20
Speaker 1: use in this and other natural qualities and power, the
1:14:24
Speaker 1: force or power remaining the same under all of the changes.
1:14:29
Speaker 1: And does it not become important for us to understand, study,
1:14:33
Speaker 1: and guard ourselves against the employment of such an elemental
1:14:36
Speaker 1: force as this, which manifests along all planes of life,
1:14:39
Speaker 1: from lowest to highest. Chapter five Mental magic in human
1:14:45
Speaker 1: life passing on from the lower animal life to the
1:14:48
Speaker 1: plane of human life. We find on all sides many
1:14:51
Speaker 1: manifestations of mind power along the lines of telementation and
1:14:55
Speaker 1: manative induction. Now, as never before, is this mighty force
1:15:00
Speaker 1: being employed for worthy or unworthy purposes in everyday human life.
1:15:05
Speaker 1: On the one hand, we hear and see it being
1:15:07
Speaker 1: used for the curing of the ills to which the
1:15:09
Speaker 1: flesh is air, many of which ills, by the way,
1:15:12
Speaker 1: having been brought on by improper methods of thinking, by
1:15:15
Speaker 1: the adverse suggestions of advertisements describing diseases, urging patent medicines,
1:15:20
Speaker 1: et cetera, as well as by the ignorance of the
1:15:22
Speaker 1: masses of people regarding the effect of negative thoughts and
1:15:25
Speaker 1: depressing autosuggestions. We also see mind power employed through the
1:15:30
Speaker 1: channel of suggestion, being exerted to bring about better and
1:15:33
Speaker 1: more positive mental states among those who have been manifesting
1:15:36
Speaker 1: negative mental conditions. We also witness the exploitation of mind
1:15:41
Speaker 1: power under various names by numerous cults, sects, and organizations,
1:15:46
Speaker 1: through many schools, teachers, and publications under many different names,
1:15:51
Speaker 1: and backed up by various authorities. We also see the
1:15:55
Speaker 1: same force being improperly used in hypnotic exhibitions and in
1:15:59
Speaker 1: other forms calculated to weaken the wills and positive mentality
1:16:02
Speaker 1: of other persons. But it is all the same power,
1:16:06
Speaker 1: no matter how used. Like any other natural force, it
1:16:10
Speaker 1: may either be used for the service of mankind or
1:16:13
Speaker 1: for its hurt. I would caution the student of this
1:16:17
Speaker 1: work from being misled by the many names and terms
1:16:19
Speaker 1: used by teachers and writers describing some form of mind power,
1:16:23
Speaker 1: and which the said persons claim to be something new
1:16:26
Speaker 1: or something different. It is always the same old thing,
1:16:29
Speaker 1: as old as creation, and just as universal as is
1:16:32
Speaker 1: electricity or light. When you have become acquainted with the
1:16:36
Speaker 1: fundamental principles underlying this great natural force, you will be
1:16:40
Speaker 1: able to recognize it always beneath its many disguises, garbs, titles,
1:16:45
Speaker 1: and formulas, the same old mind power. You will find it,
1:16:49
Speaker 1: whether in the form of personal magnetism or the subtle,
1:16:52
Speaker 1: fascinating charm of one mind over another, that form of
1:16:56
Speaker 1: mental force that influences, as if by an irresistible charm
1:16:59
Speaker 1: that bewitch, allures, charms, in chants, attracts, or in what
1:17:05
Speaker 1: has been called fascination, in which one person is able
1:17:08
Speaker 1: to influence another by exercising a powerful influence upon his
1:17:11
Speaker 1: or her affections, emotions, passions, or thoughts, or in some
1:17:15
Speaker 1: of the other similar forms of the exercise of an unseen,
1:17:19
Speaker 1: inexplicable influence upon others, or in the phenomena known as psychologism,
1:17:24
Speaker 1: et cetera, with which all are more or less familiar,
1:17:28
Speaker 1: or in the phenomena attendant upon the revival of the
1:17:30
Speaker 1: ancient occultism in the last twenty years, under various names
1:17:34
Speaker 1: and forms, the fundamental principle of which consists in forms
1:17:37
Speaker 1: of mental treatments of one kind or another, present or absent,
1:17:41
Speaker 1: or in the phenomena of what has been called suggestion,
1:17:44
Speaker 1: of which we hear so much in scientific circles, or
1:17:48
Speaker 1: in the various forms of mind or faith cures of
1:17:51
Speaker 1: which so much has been heard of late years, and
1:17:54
Speaker 1: upon which a number of religions and cults have been built,
1:17:57
Speaker 1: or in the repulsive forms of mental influence known as
1:18:00
Speaker 1: black magic, et cetera, et cetera. We have the same
1:18:03
Speaker 1: fundamental principle and manifestation of some phase of the general
1:18:07
Speaker 1: phenomena of mind power. The same cause is under all
1:18:11
Speaker 1: its manifestations, good or bad, black or white. It is
1:18:17
Speaker 1: all the operation of the one great law or principle
1:18:19
Speaker 1: of nature. We see on all sides men who seem
1:18:23
Speaker 1: to exert a wonderful and mysterious mental influence upon others,
1:18:27
Speaker 1: upon those associated with them, or upon the public mind.
1:18:31
Speaker 1: Leaders spring into prominence, apparently owing their power to some
1:18:34
Speaker 1: mysterious influence over the minds and wills of others. Some
1:18:39
Speaker 1: attain power and position, others attain wealth and social state
1:18:42
Speaker 1: by reason of some inner force. When we meet certain people,
1:18:47
Speaker 1: we become at once impressed by a something about them
1:18:49
Speaker 1: that makes its power and influence felt by us. They
1:18:53
Speaker 1: seem to radiate a peculiar force that bends our wills captive,
1:18:56
Speaker 1: and causes us to fall in with their desires to
1:18:59
Speaker 1: a greater or lesser extent. We know that when some
1:19:02
Speaker 1: people enter a room, they bring with them an indefinable
1:19:05
Speaker 1: influence that becomes apparent to all. Certain houses and stores
1:19:09
Speaker 1: have atmospheres of their own, which are perceptible to those
1:19:13
Speaker 1: entering them. Some places are depressing to all who live
1:19:17
Speaker 1: or do business in them. Some salesmen impart a sense
1:19:20
Speaker 1: of confidence and trust at once, while others cause the reverse.
1:19:25
Speaker 1: Some persons attract, others repel. Some people seem to have
1:19:29
Speaker 1: a way of influencing the minds of others with whom
1:19:32
Speaker 1: they come in contact, so that these others will rally
1:19:34
Speaker 1: around the self constituted leader, and thus cults, religion, and
1:19:38
Speaker 1: isms are formed. We all know how far a strong
1:19:42
Speaker 1: magnetic leader may carry his followers. We have seen many
1:19:47
Speaker 1: instances of it during the past twenty years. People have
1:19:51
Speaker 1: followed some of these leaders like a flock of sheep,
1:19:54
Speaker 1: and they will always do so until the underlying principle
1:19:57
Speaker 1: is understood and people protect themselves, and all of these
1:20:01
Speaker 1: things go to form part of the phenomena of mind power.
1:20:05
Speaker 1: Surely the subject is worth investigating. Now, as never before,
1:20:10
Speaker 1: the subject of the mystic forces of mind power is
1:20:13
Speaker 1: attracting the attention of the majority of thinking people. In
1:20:17
Speaker 1: ages past, the knowledge of the subject was possessed by
1:20:20
Speaker 1: but the few who jealously guarded it from the minds
1:20:23
Speaker 1: of the masses, the latter obtaining but scraps of the
1:20:26
Speaker 1: hidden knowledge, and that adulterated with the grossest superstition and
1:20:29
Speaker 1: attributed to the particular form of primitive religion prevailing in
1:20:32
Speaker 1: the particular place at that particular time. And even now,
1:20:37
Speaker 1: notwithstanding the popular interest in the subject, but very few
1:20:41
Speaker 1: have arrived at a scientific understanding of the matter, and
1:20:44
Speaker 1: the majority take their knowledge of the new psychology in
1:20:47
Speaker 1: the capsule of dogma and theory advanced by some particular
1:20:50
Speaker 1: cult or sect. Mind power has been known to the race,
1:20:54
Speaker 1: in one form or another, from time before history was written.
1:20:58
Speaker 1: In the earliest records, we find many traces of it
1:21:00
Speaker 1: among all peoples, and even today it is known and
1:21:05
Speaker 1: practiced in a more or less ignorant manner by all races,
1:21:09
Speaker 1: from the people of the highest civilization known to us
1:21:12
Speaker 1: down to the ignorant African bushmen. Many have been turned
1:21:15
Speaker 1: away from a serious consideration of the subject by the
1:21:18
Speaker 1: fact that many of its forms have been accompanied by
1:21:21
Speaker 1: the grossest superstition and the most absurd, repulsive ceremonies. They
1:21:26
Speaker 1: have failed to see that underlying all the extravagant ideas
1:21:29
Speaker 1: and methods of application, there was to be found a
1:21:31
Speaker 1: fundamental law of nature, as real and as constant as
1:21:35
Speaker 1: any other natural law or force. And inasmuch as this
1:21:39
Speaker 1: law is in constant operation, and all are subject to
1:21:42
Speaker 1: its influence and effect, does it not become the duty
1:21:45
Speaker 1: of intelligent people to acquaint themselves with this mighty force
1:21:48
Speaker 1: or law, in order that they may understand its workings,
1:21:51
Speaker 1: take advantage of its benefits, and protect themselves against its misuse.
1:21:57
Speaker 1: Believing that there is but one answer to this question,
1:22:00
Speaker 1: this book has been written in order to throw light
1:22:02
Speaker 1: on a subject commonly left in the dark, or at
1:22:04
Speaker 1: least in the twilight of the human understanding. I am
1:22:08
Speaker 1: fully aware of the fact that many ingenious theories have
1:22:11
Speaker 1: been advanced by modern writers attempting to account for the
1:22:13
Speaker 1: phenomena of mind power. But all students of the subject
1:22:18
Speaker 1: are aware that these theories, cleverly as they have been designed,
1:22:21
Speaker 1: are more or less self contradictory, and many a reader
1:22:24
Speaker 1: has thrown aside the subject in disgust after a vain
1:22:27
Speaker 1: attempt at reconciling the opposing views, and to make the
1:22:31
Speaker 1: matter worse, various cults and sects and isms have sprung
1:22:35
Speaker 1: into existence, the promulgators and leaders of which have used
1:22:38
Speaker 1: the accepted phenomena of mind power as a foundation upon
1:22:41
Speaker 1: which to build airy structures of religion, philosophy, and metaphysics.
1:22:46
Speaker 1: Many of these cults have practically claimed the monopoly of
1:22:49
Speaker 1: the great natural force, and have assumed the right to
1:22:52
Speaker 1: be the sole custodians of the secrets thereof, alleging that
1:22:55
Speaker 1: they have the only real article. All others are base imitations,
1:23:00
Speaker 1: notwithstanding that all of them show that they have arrived
1:23:03
Speaker 1: at at least a working knowledge of the force and
1:23:05
Speaker 1: are obtaining results, each obtaining about the same percentage of successes.
1:23:09
Speaker 1: Notwithstanding the fact that each denies the other the fact
1:23:12
Speaker 1: of possessing the information and right to use it. Is
1:23:15
Speaker 1: it not apparent to any intelligent observer that they are
1:23:18
Speaker 1: all using the same great natural force in spite of
1:23:21
Speaker 1: their conflicting theories, and that their results are obtained in
1:23:25
Speaker 1: spite of their theories, rather than because of them. In
1:23:29
Speaker 1: a former work which has served as a basis for
1:23:31
Speaker 1: the present one I group, the phenomena of the manifestations
1:23:34
Speaker 1: of mind power under the general term of mental magic,
1:23:37
Speaker 1: the use of the term being justified by the following facts.
1:23:41
Speaker 1: The word magic was derived from the Persian word mag
1:23:44
Speaker 1: meaning a priest. The Persian priests were wonder workers or magicians,
1:23:50
Speaker 1: the latter word being derived from the word magi, the
1:23:54
Speaker 1: name of the hereditary caste of priests of ancient Persia
1:23:56
Speaker 1: and Media. This Maggie in order or ex yesoteric cult
1:24:00
Speaker 1: of the Zoroastrian priesthood represented the center of ancient occultism
1:24:04
Speaker 1: at that period of the world's history, and its influence
1:24:07
Speaker 1: was felt in all parts of the world and continues
1:24:10
Speaker 1: down to this time. So highly were its members respected
1:24:14
Speaker 1: and considered that the term wise men and magi were synonymous.
1:24:19
Speaker 1: The three wise men mentioned as appearing at the birth
1:24:22
Speaker 1: of Christ math two were known as the magi or
1:24:27
Speaker 1: wise men from the East. From the word magi came
1:24:31
Speaker 1: the term magic, which Webster has defined as follows the
1:24:34
Speaker 1: hidden wisdom supposed to be possessed by the magi relating
1:24:37
Speaker 1: to the occult powers of nature, mastery of secret forces
1:24:41
Speaker 1: in nature having extraordinary properties, seemingly requiring more than human power,
1:24:47
Speaker 1: et cetera. So we may consider the word magic to
1:24:51
Speaker 1: mean mastery of the occult forces of nature, the term
1:24:54
Speaker 1: indicating the existence of such forces and the possibility of
1:24:58
Speaker 1: the mastery or control of them. And in ancient times,
1:25:02
Speaker 1: magic was always believed to be connected in some way
1:25:04
Speaker 1: with the use of the mind, particularly in its aspects
1:25:07
Speaker 1: of will, desire, and imagination. Effects were believed to result
1:25:12
Speaker 1: because some magician either willed it, desired it to be,
1:25:17
Speaker 1: or else imagined it would occur in each case, the
1:25:20
Speaker 1: result happening as a materialization of the mental conception or wish.
1:25:25
Speaker 1: Wishing was always believed to be a magical operation, and
1:25:28
Speaker 1: if we examine a wish, we see it as composed
1:25:31
Speaker 1: of the use of the imagination, coupled with desire and
1:25:34
Speaker 1: backed up with will. And so I felt that I
1:25:37
Speaker 1: was justified in using the term mental magic in considering
1:25:41
Speaker 1: the various phenomena resulting from the manifestation of mind power.
1:25:45
Speaker 1: But by the use of the term mental magic, I
1:25:48
Speaker 1: meant more than the mere mental control of the occult
1:25:51
Speaker 1: forces of nature. I meant that these occult forces of
1:25:55
Speaker 1: nature are themselves mental in character and nature, and that
1:25:58
Speaker 1: their control or mastery means simply the conscious use, control, mastery,
1:26:02
Speaker 1: and application of certain mental forces called the cult, that
1:26:06
Speaker 1: are possessed by the race and are used by all,
1:26:09
Speaker 1: either consciously or unconsciously. The mastery or control of these
1:26:14
Speaker 1: forces means that one may learn to knowingly apply that
1:26:17
Speaker 1: which all have been using blindly and unknowingly. And as
1:26:21
Speaker 1: knowledge and intelligent use always means power, the knowledge of
1:26:24
Speaker 1: the principles of these forces and the consequent intelligent application
1:26:28
Speaker 1: of them brings power to those acquiring it. While it
1:26:32
Speaker 1: is true that that which is known as magic has
1:26:35
Speaker 1: always been mixed up with a mass of credulity, superstition,
1:26:38
Speaker 1: and meaningless forms and ceremonies, the close student will see
1:26:41
Speaker 1: that these excrescences and appendages necessarily arose from the superstitions
1:26:45
Speaker 1: of the mass of the people and to the various
1:26:47
Speaker 1: forms of primitive religions that the race has fostered during
1:26:50
Speaker 1: the procession of the centuries and ages. The magicians were
1:26:55
Speaker 1: nearly always priests in the old days, that being the
1:26:57
Speaker 1: only career open to them, and that it enabled them
1:27:00
Speaker 1: to erect the barrier of primitive religious rites between their
1:27:03
Speaker 1: wisdom and the ignorance of the race. The careful student
1:27:07
Speaker 1: will be able to trace the possession of something real
1:27:09
Speaker 1: and true, always manifesting among the various forms and ceremonies
1:27:13
Speaker 1: of the various ancient cults. There was always to be
1:27:17
Speaker 1: found an esoteric or inner cult within the mass of
1:27:20
Speaker 1: the exoteric or ignorant priesthood and followers of the temples.
1:27:24
Speaker 1: There was always the light of truth burning in the
1:27:26
Speaker 1: holy of holies of the temples. For those who were
1:27:28
Speaker 1: sufficiently advanced to worship at its shrine, and among the
1:27:33
Speaker 1: dim records of the ancient mysteries that have come down
1:27:36
Speaker 1: to us from ancient India, Egypt, Persia, Chaldea, Babylon, Greece
1:27:40
Speaker 1: and Rome, and the other old centers of civilization and culture,
1:27:44
Speaker 1: we may always find the underlying principle of the existence
1:27:47
Speaker 1: of some mighty force connected with the human mind, or
1:27:50
Speaker 1: more particularly the will, that was at the bottom of
1:27:53
Speaker 1: the mysteries and magic and miracles. Back of all the ceremonies,
1:27:59
Speaker 1: rites and incantations was the esoteric idea that the will
1:28:02
Speaker 1: was the real force, employed under the mask of incantation
1:28:05
Speaker 1: and rights, assumed to impress the imaginations and minds of
1:28:08
Speaker 1: the populace. Back of the amulet and charm was the
1:28:12
Speaker 1: working of the will of the person wearing them, which
1:28:14
Speaker 1: was called into effect by the faith or imagination. A
1:28:17
Speaker 1: real power and not a fancy, as many believe of
1:28:20
Speaker 1: the man ignorant of the real force, as the writer
1:28:24
Speaker 1: on this subject in the Encyclopedia Britannica has truly said,
1:28:28
Speaker 1: although he was ignorant of the truth underlying the silly forms.
1:28:31
Speaker 1: There being an evident relation between an object and the
1:28:33
Speaker 1: thought of it, it becomes one of the chief practices
1:28:36
Speaker 1: of the sorcerer, to try to make things happen by
1:28:38
Speaker 1: thinking about them. And the same writer in another place
1:28:42
Speaker 1: speaks of the element in magic, not depending upon spirits,
1:28:47
Speaker 1: depends upon imagined powers and correspondences in nature of which
1:28:51
Speaker 1: the adepts avail themselves in order to discover hidden knowledge
1:28:54
Speaker 1: and to act upon the world around them by means
1:28:57
Speaker 1: beyond the ordinary capabilities of men. Thus, by mere effort
1:29:01
Speaker 1: of will et cetera, et cetera, and the student who
1:29:05
Speaker 1: will look under the surface and read between the lines,
1:29:08
Speaker 1: will be able to see the evidence of mental magic
1:29:11
Speaker 1: underlying all the forms of magic, mystery and wonder working
1:29:14
Speaker 1: miracles of all times and ages, and people of all kinds,
1:29:19
Speaker 1: character or name. Behind all the masks, he will see
1:29:22
Speaker 1: the features of this use of the mind power of man,
1:29:25
Speaker 1: always the same, in spite of the fantastic and grotesque
1:29:28
Speaker 1: masks and trappings. I could fill pages with recitals of
1:29:33
Speaker 1: the many disguises under which mine power masquerades, But I
1:29:36
Speaker 1: must hurry on the telling how And I can do
1:29:38
Speaker 1: no more than to hastily call your attention to the
1:29:41
Speaker 1: many evidences of the use of this power in all
1:29:43
Speaker 1: parts of the world, and in all times. The ancient
1:29:47
Speaker 1: mysteries of Egypt, Greece, et cetera, were systems of forms
1:29:51
Speaker 1: and ceremonies wherein were hidden the use of mind power.
1:29:55
Speaker 1: The sick were brought to the temples and healed. The
1:29:59
Speaker 1: minds of the popular were filled with the thoughts of
1:30:01
Speaker 1: victory impressed upon them by the will and subtle suggestions
1:30:04
Speaker 1: of the priests. What we know in these days as
1:30:07
Speaker 1: mental suggestions, including that which we now call affirmations or
1:30:12
Speaker 1: auto suggestions, were understood and skillfully used by the priests
1:30:16
Speaker 1: or magicians in order to control the people. And it
1:30:20
Speaker 1: must not be for a moment supposed that these forces
1:30:22
Speaker 1: were used for evil purposes. On the contrary, the priests
1:30:27
Speaker 1: were the real governing classes, the powers behind the throne,
1:30:30
Speaker 1: and they felt the responsibility of power and endeavored by
1:30:33
Speaker 1: their knowledge of the occult forces of the mind to
1:30:35
Speaker 1: lead the people in the right path. Of course, selfish
1:30:39
Speaker 1: men there have always been, and we hear of cases
1:30:42
Speaker 1: away back in the early days of history, where this
1:30:44
Speaker 1: power was prostituted for evil and selfish purposes. Just as
1:30:48
Speaker 1: power is always capable of wrong application. In all ages.
1:30:52
Speaker 1: We learn of the healing of the sick by mental power.
1:30:55
Speaker 1: For mental healing presents an unbroken line from the earliest
1:30:58
Speaker 1: days down to the present can stealed often under fancy trappings,
1:31:02
Speaker 1: but the same in principle always, and what we call
1:31:05
Speaker 1: mental suggestion has always been in force in the hands
1:31:08
Speaker 1: of the leaders of the race, to influence for good
1:31:11
Speaker 1: or evil those under them. The great leaders of men
1:31:14
Speaker 1: have always been adept in the use of mind power,
1:31:17
Speaker 1: although many of them have never suspected the sources of
1:31:21
Speaker 1: their power. To many, it may seem almost sacrilegious to
1:31:25
Speaker 1: state that the highest uses of mind power, such as
1:31:28
Speaker 1: leading the race up to higher ideas, aims, and accomplishments
1:31:31
Speaker 1: to success, happiness, and health, are merely higher forms of
1:31:35
Speaker 1: the same force that is used by the ignorant and
1:31:38
Speaker 1: repulsive savage in his rights and dark practice. But it
1:31:42
Speaker 1: is true. Mind power is like any other great natural force.
1:31:46
Speaker 1: It is above good or evil. It is neither good
1:31:50
Speaker 1: nor evil, but may be used for either. This is
1:31:54
Speaker 1: true of electricity, steam, explosives, in every other natural force,
1:31:59
Speaker 1: and we might might as well look this fact squarely
1:32:01
Speaker 1: in the face and govern ourselves accordingly. The same force
1:32:06
Speaker 1: that is used by the modern healer when he or
1:32:08
Speaker 1: she treats a patient for health success or some other
1:32:12
Speaker 1: desirable quality. Is the same used by the Black voodoo,
1:32:15
Speaker 1: the Congo sorcerer, the salem which the Hawaiian cahuna who
1:32:19
Speaker 1: praise people into sickness and death, the medicine man of
1:32:23
Speaker 1: the American Indian with his charms and incantations, the wizards
1:32:27
Speaker 1: and enchanters of the Middle Ages, the practitioner of adverse
1:32:31
Speaker 1: treatments or malicious mental magnetism of the modern cults. The
1:32:36
Speaker 1: same force pervades all, just as the same life force
1:32:39
Speaker 1: flows through the saint and sinner, the angel and demon,
1:32:42
Speaker 1: the dove and the serpent, the lamb and the tiger,
1:32:45
Speaker 1: Nature's one force through all, and just as mind power
1:32:49
Speaker 1: is brought into operation through the prayers of the faithful
1:32:52
Speaker 1: of all religions before their shrines, images and holy objects,
1:32:56
Speaker 1: so may the force be brought into operation through the fetishes, conjurs, enchantments, charms, spells,
1:33:03
Speaker 1: and devil worships of the ignorant and depraved minds. The
1:33:06
Speaker 1: secret is this, the power does not come from the
1:33:09
Speaker 1: supposed source, but from within the mind of the man
1:33:12
Speaker 1: employing it. And still more startling to the uninitiated is
1:33:17
Speaker 1: this statement, which is equally true. The power of the
1:33:20
Speaker 1: mind of the person affected is the real cause of
1:33:22
Speaker 1: the effect, rather than the power of the mind of
1:33:25
Speaker 1: the supposed causer, the latter merely calling into operation the
1:33:28
Speaker 1: power of the mind of the person affected. Passing from
1:33:31
Speaker 1: the past to the present age, we see in greater
1:33:34
Speaker 1: use than ever this wonderful mind power no longer the
1:33:38
Speaker 1: property of the few. The information has filtered out among
1:33:41
Speaker 1: the masses through various sources, and we see the force
1:33:44
Speaker 1: in use on all sides. Often the persons using it
1:33:48
Speaker 1: have not the true knowledge of its real nature, and
1:33:51
Speaker 1: such persons often involve themselves in a terrible whirlpool of
1:33:54
Speaker 1: effects by reason of a selfish and base employment of
1:33:57
Speaker 1: this power. Many are playing with this force like children
1:34:01
Speaker 1: playing with dynamite. It is one of the purposes of
1:34:04
Speaker 1: this book to call the attention of such people to
1:34:06
Speaker 1: the nature of the force they are employing and the possible,
1:34:10
Speaker 1: nay probable, results of a misuse of it. Not that
1:34:13
Speaker 1: they are punished for such misuse, but rather by reason
1:34:16
Speaker 1: of it. Black magicians are invariably caught in the meshes
1:34:20
Speaker 1: of their own nets, are entangled in the psychic machinery
1:34:23
Speaker 1: of their own manufacture, and are blown up by their
1:34:26
Speaker 1: own psychic high explosives. In concluding this little consideration of
1:34:31
Speaker 1: the subject, I would call the attention of the student
1:34:33
Speaker 1: to the fact that, now, for the first time in
1:34:36
Speaker 1: the history of the world, mind power is being employed
1:34:38
Speaker 1: for furthering commercial aims and ends. Mental treatments for wealth
1:34:43
Speaker 1: and success are commonly known and advertised. Instructions in the
1:34:46
Speaker 1: use of suggestion for commercial purposes are furnished both personally
1:34:50
Speaker 1: and in correspondence courses. The laws and principles are explained partially,
1:34:56
Speaker 1: at least in books written for the instruction of those
1:34:59
Speaker 1: selling or advizing goods and otherwise soliciting the patronage of
1:35:03
Speaker 1: the public. It is true that the few strong men
1:35:06
Speaker 1: in business life have always made use of this force,
1:35:09
Speaker 1: consciously or unconsciously, but never before has it been taught
1:35:12
Speaker 1: generally as a part of a business education. It has
1:35:16
Speaker 1: been reserved for America to recognize the force and to
1:35:19
Speaker 1: boldly apply it in this way i e. To the
1:35:23
Speaker 1: making of dollars, and other countries are fast falling in
1:35:27
Speaker 1: line and in view of this fact, is it not
1:35:30
Speaker 1: time that those who know of the real nature, principles
1:35:33
Speaker 1: and laws of this force should give to the world
1:35:35
Speaker 1: their knowledge, that the race may know with what they
1:35:37
Speaker 1: are dealing, and may he enable to extract the good
1:35:40
Speaker 1: from it by proper use, and seeing the evil possibilities
1:35:44
Speaker 1: of improper use, may avoid such prostitution of one of
1:35:47
Speaker 1: Nature's greatest forces. Many students of the occult have sought
1:35:52
Speaker 1: to keep from the general public and knowledge of the
1:35:54
Speaker 1: fundamental principles of the great law of nature underlying the
1:35:57
Speaker 1: phenomena of mind power. They have claimed that it was
1:36:01
Speaker 1: dangerous for people generally to know that such a force
1:36:03
Speaker 1: existed and could be used. They have held that such
1:36:07
Speaker 1: knowledge should be carefully guarded by the few, and that
1:36:10
Speaker 1: its very existence should be denied to the many. This
1:36:14
Speaker 1: may have been good reasoning in the earlier days of
1:36:16
Speaker 1: the world, when the masses were grossly ignorant, and when
1:36:19
Speaker 1: the only knowledge was locked up in the minds of
1:36:21
Speaker 1: the caste of priests and other leaders of the race,
1:36:24
Speaker 1: but the argument no longer applies, for the general intelligence
1:36:28
Speaker 1: of the race has refused to allow any locked doors
1:36:30
Speaker 1: in the Temple of Knowledge, and has insisted that all
1:36:33
Speaker 1: doors be thrown open to them. The result has been
1:36:36
Speaker 1: that a considerable body of occult knowledge has been opened
1:36:39
Speaker 1: to the gaze of the public, and they are clamoring
1:36:41
Speaker 1: for more. Much of the knowledge possessed by the public
1:36:45
Speaker 1: regarding mind power is but quasi knowledge, half truths, and
1:36:49
Speaker 1: the time has come when the whole truth should be taught.
1:36:52
Speaker 1: The time has arrived when the public should be made
1:36:54
Speaker 1: acquainted with the great force underlying the phenomena of mind power.
1:36:58
Speaker 1: People should be instruct regarding this force, its laws and operation,
1:37:04
Speaker 1: its intelligent and proper use, with directions designed to protect
1:37:07
Speaker 1: people against its improper use against them on the partov others.
1:37:11
Speaker 1: This latter a most important matter in these days of
1:37:14
Speaker 1: occult and psychic investigation on the part of the public,
1:37:17
Speaker 1: and the attempted base and selfish uses to which some
1:37:19
Speaker 1: are putting the occult mental forces of nature. It is
1:37:23
Speaker 1: too late to deny or ignore the existence of the
1:37:26
Speaker 1: mighty mental force in nature that underlies the various forms
1:37:29
Speaker 1: of phenomena that go to form the outward phase of
1:37:31
Speaker 1: mind power, good and bad. Too much has been witnessed
1:37:35
Speaker 1: by the public concerning these matters for them to be
1:37:37
Speaker 1: hushed by the old cry there's nothing in it but imagination.
1:37:42
Speaker 1: On the one hand, they have witnessed the various treatments
1:37:45
Speaker 1: of the healers tending toward the cure of disease, the
1:37:48
Speaker 1: attainment of success, et cetera. And on the other they
1:37:52
Speaker 1: have heard whispers of adverse treatments, et cetera, and have
1:37:56
Speaker 1: heard of or read the various courses of instruction in hypnotism, mesmerism,
1:38:01
Speaker 1: et cetera, et cetera. And have seen evidences of the
1:38:04
Speaker 1: good and bad effects of what has been called suggestion
1:38:07
Speaker 1: in all of its forms. And they are beginning to
1:38:10
Speaker 1: realize that all of these things, differing as they may seem,
1:38:13
Speaker 1: have a common root in some one natural force. And
1:38:17
Speaker 1: they are demanding, like the man from Missouri, to be shown,
1:38:22
Speaker 1: and they have a right to demand this. The race
1:38:25
Speaker 1: has always recognized the existence of a mighty force of nature,
1:38:28
Speaker 1: which man has employed, consciously or unconsciously, in the direction
1:38:32
Speaker 1: of influencing his fellow men, other forms of life, and
1:38:35
Speaker 1: even the so called lifeless things around him. In the
1:38:39
Speaker 1: earlier days, this use of the force was called magic,
1:38:42
Speaker 1: black and white, mystical art, divine power, miracle, fascination, charming, enchantment,
1:38:49
Speaker 1: wonder working, necromancy, et cetera. And in its more base
1:38:54
Speaker 1: and evil uses black art, witchcraft, sorcery, voodooism, et cetera.
1:39:00
Speaker 1: For it must be remembered that this great force of
1:39:02
Speaker 1: nature is capable of base as well as of noble use.
1:39:06
Speaker 1: Like any other great natural force, like electricity, the power
1:39:10
Speaker 1: of explosives, steam, the x rays, radium, et cetera. This
1:39:15
Speaker 1: great force is capable of the highest and most beneficial
1:39:18
Speaker 1: uses by man when properly applied, and is also capable
1:39:21
Speaker 1: of being applied to the most harmful purposes. Different as
1:39:25
Speaker 1: are the results arising from the varying applications, the force
1:39:29
Speaker 1: is the same in each case. The forces of nature
1:39:32
Speaker 1: are not possessed of a sense of good and evil.
1:39:35
Speaker 1: Their function and purpose is to act in obedience to
1:39:37
Speaker 1: the laws of their nature, without regard to the question
1:39:40
Speaker 1: of good and evil, to those by whom or against
1:39:42
Speaker 1: whom they are employed. This may seem like a terrible thing,
1:39:47
Speaker 1: but a moment's thought will satisfy you that it is
1:39:49
Speaker 1: true of all natural forces, and the question of good
1:39:52
Speaker 1: and evil and its reward or punishment belongs to another
1:39:56
Speaker 1: plane of life. But it may be asked, why do
1:39:59
Speaker 1: I wis wish to inform the public about a force
1:40:02
Speaker 1: unknown to many, which is capable of evil as well
1:40:05
Speaker 1: as of good use and results. The answer is simple.
1:40:10
Speaker 1: Ignorance is no protection against anything, for the knowledge is
1:40:13
Speaker 1: always possessed of the few, who may use it on
1:40:15
Speaker 1: the ignorant many without suspicion. The greater publicity is given
1:40:18
Speaker 1: to a thing, and the better it is understood, the
1:40:21
Speaker 1: better may its good effects be obtained, and the less
1:40:23
Speaker 1: the danger of its improper use. For warned is forearmed.
1:40:27
Speaker 1: If a thing is good, the greater publicity given it,
1:40:30
Speaker 1: the greater the good. If it is evil, the brighter
1:40:34
Speaker 1: the searchlight turned upon it, the less danger is their
1:40:36
Speaker 1: attendant upon it. The danger of all evils lies in
1:40:40
Speaker 1: the darkness of concealment, not in the daylight of publicity.
1:40:44
Speaker 1: Turn on the light has always been the watchword of
1:40:47
Speaker 1: progress and civilization, and more particularly is this so at
1:40:51
Speaker 1: this the first decade of the twentieth century, when the
1:40:54
Speaker 1: interest in occultism and kindred subjects has made a number
1:40:57
Speaker 1: of people acquainted with mind power, and have as acquainted
1:41:00
Speaker 1: them with its uses under various names and theories, And
1:41:04
Speaker 1: in many cases it is being practiced upon people who
1:41:07
Speaker 1: are unfamiliar with the subject and therefore it is time
1:41:10
Speaker 1: that someone should turn on the light, that it may
1:41:13
Speaker 1: be seen by all men and known for what it
1:41:15
Speaker 1: is capable of the highest and the lowest uses, but
1:41:19
Speaker 1: a great force of nature. And with this exposition of
1:41:23
Speaker 1: it goes the remedy and protection against improper use, as
1:41:26
Speaker 1: well as the knowledge of its wonderful proper uses. If
1:41:30
Speaker 1: it be a bane, here is the antidote. But it
1:41:33
Speaker 1: is not necessarily a bane any more than steam, electricity,
1:41:37
Speaker 1: and explosives are abyane to mankind. What would be thought
1:41:41
Speaker 1: of people who would suppress knowledge of all natural laws
1:41:44
Speaker 1: because of the possibility of improper use. Ignorance is no protection. Truth,
1:41:50
Speaker 1: in fact, must be followed to the end, and it
1:41:53
Speaker 1: will be discovered that in nature every force that may
1:41:56
Speaker 1: be possible of hurtful use may be guarded against by
1:41:59
Speaker 1: natural means. So much for the unpleasant side, but there
1:42:04
Speaker 1: is a very pleasant side to this subject of mind. Power.
1:42:08
Speaker 1: This force has come to man just when he most
1:42:10
Speaker 1: needs it. He has used the so called mechanical forces
1:42:14
Speaker 1: to clear away the obstacles that nature put into his
1:42:16
Speaker 1: way in order to develop him into a man. And
1:42:19
Speaker 1: now he turns to higher forms of energy and work.
1:42:22
Speaker 1: He is crying for new worlds to conquer, and these
1:42:25
Speaker 1: new worlds will be conquered by the mind rather than
1:42:28
Speaker 1: by the muscle. Great things are before the race, and
1:42:31
Speaker 1: one of the greatest forces in nature in the work
1:42:33
Speaker 1: of the building up of the superman, will be this
1:42:36
Speaker 1: force called mind power. By it man will be enabled
1:42:40
Speaker 1: to fight off the forces of ignorance and materialism, and
1:42:43
Speaker 1: to draw to himself knowledge from the universal Mind that
1:42:45
Speaker 1: will enable him to accomplish the heretofore impossible. In this book,
1:42:50
Speaker 1: I shall treat mind power as I would any other
1:42:52
Speaker 1: great force or energy of nature, i e. In a
1:42:56
Speaker 1: scientific manner, stating the principles plainly and without concealment, and
1:43:01
Speaker 1: also giving in full what I and other experimenters along
1:43:04
Speaker 1: the lines of this subject have learned of the methods
1:43:06
Speaker 1: beneficial and the reverse concerning the applications of these principles.
1:43:11
Speaker 1: In the case of the beneficial application, full directions will
1:43:14
Speaker 1: be given that the student may avail himself of the
1:43:16
Speaker 1: force to the fullest extent. In the cases where the
1:43:20
Speaker 1: subject of the harmful use of the force is alluded to,
1:43:23
Speaker 1: the student will be instructed how the same may he
1:43:25
Speaker 1: prevented obviated and neutralized, so that full protection is assured.
1:43:31
Speaker 1: This is what I should do in lessons upon electricity,
1:43:33
Speaker 1: steam or explosives, and that is the course I purpose
1:43:37
Speaker 1: following in this work. It is possible that this course
1:43:41
Speaker 1: may bring upon me the adverse criticism of those who
1:43:43
Speaker 1: believe that the public is not ready for such knowledge,
1:43:46
Speaker 1: and that such things should be reserved for the few.
1:43:50
Speaker 1: To such people and all others, I would say that
1:43:52
Speaker 1: I have no sympathy with such an attitude. And I
1:43:55
Speaker 1: believe that the race is ready for all the truth,
1:43:57
Speaker 1: and that that which is proper for the few is
1:43:59
Speaker 1: proper for the many. I believe that the greater the
1:44:03
Speaker 1: degree of knowledge, the greater the degree of power and advancement.
1:44:07
Speaker 1: I believe that ignorance is not happiness, and that to
1:44:10
Speaker 1: keep a man ignorant of a natural fact in order
1:44:13
Speaker 1: that he may escape its effect is like allowing him
1:44:15
Speaker 1: to smoke when seated on a keg of powder, rather
1:44:18
Speaker 1: than to acquaint him with a knowledge of explosives, or
1:44:22
Speaker 1: to use another figure to advise him to bury his
1:44:24
Speaker 1: head in the sand like an ostrich, rather than to
1:44:27
Speaker 1: look upon the approach of a possible danger. I do
1:44:30
Speaker 1: not believe in such sophistry. I do not believe in ignorance.
1:44:35
Speaker 1: I do not believe in darkness. Therefore I purpose to
1:44:40
Speaker 1: turn on the light. Chapter six. The manative poles. Whatever
1:44:46
Speaker 1: mind power may be in its ultimate nature, it is
1:44:49
Speaker 1: true that in its working nature or phase of operation,
1:44:53
Speaker 1: it seems to work along similar lines to those followed
1:44:55
Speaker 1: by electricity. Like electricity, mind power, undoubted has two poles
1:45:01
Speaker 1: or phases. Like electricity, it travels in currents like electricity.
1:45:08
Speaker 1: It operates by induction. Like electricity. It is vibratory in
1:45:12
Speaker 1: its manifestation, and like the higher forms of energy super
1:45:17
Speaker 1: electrical in nature, it possesses radioactivity or radiant energy. That is,
1:45:24
Speaker 1: like many other forms of radiant energy, it is constantly
1:45:27
Speaker 1: throwing off streams of active energy in the shape of rays, vibrations,
1:45:32
Speaker 1: or waves. Recent scientific discoveries have proven this, and in
1:45:37
Speaker 1: the next few years the world will be startled by
1:45:39
Speaker 1: additional discoveries along these lines. Already we are receiving hints
1:45:44
Speaker 1: of mental photographs or radiographs, and before long we shall
1:45:48
Speaker 1: have telementometers that will register the telemental waves. The brain
1:45:53
Speaker 1: I regard as in the nature of a transformer of
1:45:56
Speaker 1: the universal mind power, or possibly as a converter of
1:45:59
Speaker 1: the force into mentation. The brain cannot create mind power.
1:46:04
Speaker 1: Its office is merely to transform or convert the existent
1:46:08
Speaker 1: energy into usable forms and phases. Science agrees in the
1:46:13
Speaker 1: belief that in all brain processes there is an employment
1:46:15
Speaker 1: of some kind of energy and a burning up of
1:46:18
Speaker 1: brain substance. Just as there is a constant burning up
1:46:22
Speaker 1: of the elements of an electrical battery in the production
1:46:24
Speaker 1: of electricity, so is there a burning up of brain
1:46:27
Speaker 1: matter in the production of mentation. And yet science teaches
1:46:31
Speaker 1: us that no electricity is ever created, simply a portion
1:46:35
Speaker 1: of the universal electricity is converted or transformed. And I
1:46:40
Speaker 1: believe that the same holds good and mental action in
1:46:42
Speaker 1: the brain. And now it is time for us to
1:46:45
Speaker 1: begin our consideration of the two menative poles. In this book.
1:46:50
Speaker 1: I shall hold to the fact there is evident in
1:46:52
Speaker 1: the manifestation of mind power in any and all forms,
1:46:55
Speaker 1: two distinct poles or phases. I find myself compelled to
1:47:00
Speaker 1: coin two more terms for these poles or phases, for
1:47:03
Speaker 1: there are none now in common use. I shall call
1:47:07
Speaker 1: these two menative poles, respectively, the emotive poll and the
1:47:10
Speaker 1: motive poll. The word motive means that which acts, wills, moves, chooses, controls.
1:47:19
Speaker 1: The word emotive means that which manifests feeling, emotion, agitation, passion, sensation,
1:47:27
Speaker 1: et cetera. These definitions apply to my use of the
1:47:29
Speaker 1: terms in these lessons. You will be able to fix
1:47:32
Speaker 1: these two ideas connected with the menative polls by thinking
1:47:35
Speaker 1: of the motive poll as will and of the emotive
1:47:38
Speaker 1: poll as feeling. The emotive pole manifests actively as desire force.
1:47:45
Speaker 1: The motive pole manifests actively as will power. These two
1:47:49
Speaker 1: poles play a most important part along the lines of telementation.
1:47:54
Speaker 1: Not only does desire cause the response of one's own will,
1:47:57
Speaker 1: but both desire and will are active forces in themselves,
1:48:00
Speaker 1: and act and react upon the desire and will pose
1:48:03
Speaker 1: of mentality of others. We shall see many evidences of
1:48:07
Speaker 1: this as these lessons progress. In fact, the entire theory
1:48:12
Speaker 1: and practice of mind power depends upon this underlying principle.
1:48:16
Speaker 1: Your strong desire force is able to rouse the will
1:48:19
Speaker 1: of another mind. In response, there too, it may likewise
1:48:22
Speaker 1: set up vibrations in that other mind, awakening their similar desires.
1:48:27
Speaker 1: Your will power may arouse desire in the mind of
1:48:30
Speaker 1: another and cause action in accordance therewith It may also
1:48:34
Speaker 1: overpower the will of another and lead it captive. Your
1:48:38
Speaker 1: combined will and desire, pouring out in the menative current,
1:48:41
Speaker 1: may produce a combined effect upon the minds of others
1:48:44
Speaker 1: by telemental induction. These two poles of the mind are
1:48:48
Speaker 1: both active and powerful in their effect. Both may be
1:48:51
Speaker 1: roused into intense activity according to well known laws. As
1:48:55
Speaker 1: we shall see. Let us take a few moments time
1:48:58
Speaker 1: and consider the subject of desire, force and will power
1:49:01
Speaker 1: before we proceed further. Those who have studied the phenomena
1:49:06
Speaker 1: of mind power have generally accepted the theory that the
1:49:08
Speaker 1: effect upon other people was produced by the thought of
1:49:11
Speaker 1: the sender, and all the teachings upon the subject have
1:49:14
Speaker 1: been along this line. I too fell into this error,
1:49:18
Speaker 1: and for many years taught of the power of thought,
1:49:21
Speaker 1: et cetera. But I have come to modify my views
1:49:24
Speaker 1: on the subject. Of course, everyone who has paid any
1:49:29
Speaker 1: attention to the subject knows that thought transference is a fact,
1:49:32
Speaker 1: telementation being an established reality. But there is a very
1:49:36
Speaker 1: great difference between the fact that thoughts may be sent
1:49:39
Speaker 1: and received like telegraphic messages on the one hand, and
1:49:42
Speaker 1: that persons may be influenced and affected and bent to
1:49:45
Speaker 1: the desire or will of another. On the other hand,
1:49:49
Speaker 1: it is like the difference between thinking and doing in
1:49:51
Speaker 1: ordinary life. One may send his thoughts so that another
1:49:55
Speaker 1: may receive them. But what of this? What has this
1:49:59
Speaker 1: to do with the dou doing and compelling? It is
1:50:02
Speaker 1: evident that the real force must be looked for in
1:50:04
Speaker 1: some far more elementary and vital operation of the mind
1:50:07
Speaker 1: than logical and reasoning thought. What is thought? Webster defines
1:50:12
Speaker 1: it as an exercise of the mind in any of
1:50:15
Speaker 1: its higher forms reflection, cogitation. Nothing very dynamic about this.
1:50:21
Speaker 1: Surely we must look for something in the mind having
1:50:25
Speaker 1: more elementary force and power. Let us think a moment
1:50:30
Speaker 1: what part of the mind seems to produce the greatest
1:50:32
Speaker 1: moving power and strength? Is it not chiefly that region
1:50:36
Speaker 1: of the mind that produces what we call emotions, feelings, desires, cravings, passions?
1:50:42
Speaker 1: Does not this part of the mind really cause the
1:50:45
Speaker 1: greatest incentive action on our part? Is not the whole
1:50:48
Speaker 1: moving force largely summed up in the two words desire
1:50:51
Speaker 1: and will? Think of this a moment, Why did you
1:50:56
Speaker 1: do this thing? And that thing. Is it because you
1:50:59
Speaker 1: thought about it by cold logical reasoning and acted upon
1:51:02
Speaker 1: the impulse given thereby? Or was it not because you
1:51:06
Speaker 1: wanted to do it, desire to do it, felt like
1:51:09
Speaker 1: doing it? Is not always the feeling or desire precedent
1:51:12
Speaker 1: to and the originator of the action. And as for thought,
1:51:17
Speaker 1: is it not used merely as an instrument to think
1:51:19
Speaker 1: up the best ways of manifesting the feeling or desire?
1:51:23
Speaker 1: Think of this? Is it not? So? Did you ever
1:51:26
Speaker 1: do a thing except under compulsion, that you did not
1:51:29
Speaker 1: desire to do and was not the desire the preceding
1:51:33
Speaker 1: cause of your every action. Desire is the great inciting
1:51:37
Speaker 1: power of the mind. Desire is that which incites to action,
1:51:42
Speaker 1: and you always act upon the strongest desire, subject always
1:51:46
Speaker 1: to the restraining influence of the reason and the restricting
1:51:49
Speaker 1: or impelling influence of the will. I will tell you
1:51:53
Speaker 1: more about this wonderful thing, the will in a moment
1:51:56
Speaker 1: or two. But let us now think of desire, for
1:51:59
Speaker 1: that is the real motive power. Desire originates in the
1:52:02
Speaker 1: subconscious regions of the mind, and often we can feel
1:52:06
Speaker 1: her there before she emerges into consciousness, stirring us up
1:52:09
Speaker 1: with feelings of vague discontent and unrest. After a bit,
1:52:14
Speaker 1: gathering enough force, she emerges into the conscious field and
1:52:17
Speaker 1: then begins to demand expression. Now remember that when I
1:52:22
Speaker 1: say desire, I mean all kinds of desire, high and low.
1:52:27
Speaker 1: Many people think of desire as only the craving of
1:52:29
Speaker 1: a low nature, But desire really means a feeling that
1:52:32
Speaker 1: wants something, and that something may be the very highest
1:52:35
Speaker 1: aspiration of the human mind. Now, this desire, in all
1:52:39
Speaker 1: of its manifestations, has a mighty power of attraction and influence.
1:52:44
Speaker 1: It manifests as the law of menative attraction, which is
1:52:47
Speaker 1: constantly drawing toward us the things we desire, and also
1:52:50
Speaker 1: drawing us toward them. Not only is this true on
1:52:54
Speaker 1: the conscious plane, but even on the subconscious. Our desires
1:52:58
Speaker 1: constitute our nature, and our nature is always operating the
1:53:01
Speaker 1: mighty power of menative attraction. The trouble with the most
1:53:05
Speaker 1: of us is that we allow our desire force to
1:53:07
Speaker 1: be scattered and diffused, thereby lessening its attractive power. It
1:53:12
Speaker 1: is only when we learn the secret of concentration, in
1:53:15
Speaker 1: focusing the desire force by the will, that we are
1:53:17
Speaker 1: able to get results above the average. The will is
1:53:21
Speaker 1: the director and controller of the desire force, and upon
1:53:24
Speaker 1: its training and management depends the powerful use of the latter.
1:53:28
Speaker 1: Desire force not only has its effect upon the person
1:53:31
Speaker 1: and others near him, but it may be and often
1:53:34
Speaker 1: is sent for thousands of miles, where it affects and
1:53:37
Speaker 1: influences others in ways. Desire force is the mighty force
1:53:42
Speaker 1: which makes many of the phases of mind power possible.
1:53:45
Speaker 1: It spreads out from the mind of the person, affecting
1:53:48
Speaker 1: and influencing others even at other parts of the world.
1:53:51
Speaker 1: If concentrated and directed by the will, it is a
1:53:54
Speaker 1: force beside which the X ray and electricity fade into insignificance.
1:53:59
Speaker 1: It moves not merely blind lifeless things, but the living minds, thoughts, emotions, passions,
1:54:06
Speaker 1: and actions of men. It is the force that rules
1:54:09
Speaker 1: the world and its destinies. Like any other great natural force,
1:54:14
Speaker 1: it is capable of being used for good or evil.
1:54:17
Speaker 1: It is neither good nor evil. It is either or
1:54:20
Speaker 1: both according to the mind in which it originates. What
1:54:24
Speaker 1: phase of mental effort is more apt to be a
1:54:26
Speaker 1: motive force? The cold lifeless thought about an abstract metaphysical
1:54:30
Speaker 1: proposition or a mathematical problem on the one hand, and
1:54:33
Speaker 1: a warm, vital wave of feeling, emotion or passion such
1:54:37
Speaker 1: as love, hate, ambition, aspiration, courage, and desire on the other.
1:54:43
Speaker 1: And remember that these last mention all belong to the
1:54:46
Speaker 1: feeling side of the mind, and all are manifestations of
1:54:49
Speaker 1: elementary desire. Desire is at the bottom of all feeling.
1:54:54
Speaker 1: Before we can love or hate, there must be desire,
1:54:58
Speaker 1: before we can have ambition or aspiration. There must be
1:55:01
Speaker 1: desire before we can manifest courage and energy. There must
1:55:05
Speaker 1: be desire. Desire for something must underlie all life action. Desire,
1:55:10
Speaker 1: conscious or subconscious, abstract thought is a cold, bare thing,
1:55:16
Speaker 1: lacking vitality and warmth. Desire is filled with life, throbbing, longing, wanting, craving, insisting,
1:55:24
Speaker 1: and ever pressing outward toward action. Desire, indeed, is the
1:55:28
Speaker 1: phase of our mental action that is a motive force.
1:55:31
Speaker 1: And not only does desire incite us to action, move
1:55:36
Speaker 1: us to accomplish its ends, but it also, when sufficiently strong,
1:55:40
Speaker 1: surges out from our minds in great waves and clouds
1:55:42
Speaker 1: of invisible and subtle energy or force, and travels here
1:55:46
Speaker 1: and there toward the object of its inner urge, affecting attracting, drawing,
1:55:50
Speaker 1: forcing the desired thing into submission to its cravings and demand.
1:55:55
Speaker 1: In the presence of some strong man or woman, that is,
1:55:59
Speaker 1: in the presence of one whose desire burns fiercely and strongly,
1:56:03
Speaker 1: and whose will has learned to concentrate the desire force,
1:56:06
Speaker 1: one may actually feel the impact of the elementary principle
1:56:09
Speaker 1: of mind as it vibrates in great waves from the
1:56:11
Speaker 1: brain and nervous system of such a one who has
1:56:15
Speaker 1: not met people who actually seem to be living desire
1:56:17
Speaker 1: and will. The source of desire force exists in every person,
1:56:22
Speaker 1: and it may be developed to a wonderful degree. The
1:56:25
Speaker 1: desires of many of you, of the majority of the race,
1:56:30
Speaker 1: in fact, never get further than the faint want to stage.
1:56:34
Speaker 1: These people wish for things in a faint, pink tee way.
1:56:38
Speaker 1: They never want a thing hard enough to stir their
1:56:41
Speaker 1: desire force into action and make the thing come to them,
1:56:44
Speaker 1: or else make it take them to the thing. The
1:56:46
Speaker 1: majority of people do not know how to desire. They
1:56:50
Speaker 1: do not know what it is to be filled with
1:56:52
Speaker 1: that intense, eager, longing, craving, ravenous desire that fills them
1:56:57
Speaker 1: with a new and mighty force and makes them demand
1:56:59
Speaker 1: things inns instead of merely asking for them. They are
1:57:02
Speaker 1: like sheep, pigeons or rabbits and sit meekly around, while
1:57:06
Speaker 1: the strong ones of the race, the ones filled with
1:57:09
Speaker 1: masterful desire, walk around and pick up every good thing
1:57:12
Speaker 1: in sight. And it serves them right too, for they
1:57:16
Speaker 1: are not exercising the force which nature has given them
1:57:19
Speaker 1: for the purpose of self protection and use. They have
1:57:22
Speaker 1: had the elementary vigor and virility bleached out of them
1:57:25
Speaker 1: by the refinements of one phase of civilization, and have
1:57:29
Speaker 1: nearly lost all that goes to make up manly men
1:57:31
Speaker 1: and natural women. They have become beggars mendicants of nature
1:57:36
Speaker 1: instead of masters of her. The forces of nature are
1:57:40
Speaker 1: at the disposal of the man of vigor and determination
1:57:43
Speaker 1: and desire. Such a one has but to knock at
1:57:46
Speaker 1: the door of attainment and have it open to him.
1:57:49
Speaker 1: Instead of doing this, the majority of us sit around
1:57:52
Speaker 1: the door steps, whining that the door shall be opened
1:57:54
Speaker 1: to us in the name of human power. Friends, get
1:57:58
Speaker 1: up and fill yourself with powerful desire. Then march up
1:58:02
Speaker 1: to the door and smite it fiercely with your mailed fist,
1:58:05
Speaker 1: demanding masterfully open for me the master, and lo it
1:58:11
Speaker 1: will fly open at your call. I have shown you
1:58:14
Speaker 1: that desire force is the great force underlying the phenomena
1:58:17
Speaker 1: of mental magic. But desire force without the aid of
1:58:21
Speaker 1: the will is like steam unconfined and undirected, and gunpowder
1:58:25
Speaker 1: fired in the open air, both wasted energy. The will
1:58:29
Speaker 1: is the lever and director of the great power of desire,
1:58:31
Speaker 1: and without its aid, the latter is almost inoperative and ineffectual.
1:58:36
Speaker 1: Let us examine into the operation of the will. The
1:58:40
Speaker 1: will has two offices in connection with desire. These two
1:58:44
Speaker 1: offices may be spoken of as one the directing office,
1:58:48
Speaker 1: and X the protecting office. The will acts as the arouser, director, restrainer, concentrator,
1:58:55
Speaker 1: and manager of the great occult force of desire. What
1:58:59
Speaker 1: is generally known as willpower is often in reality merely
1:59:02
Speaker 1: desire force, strongly concentrated and directed to a focus by
1:59:05
Speaker 1: the power of the will. Remember this, please, for it
1:59:10
Speaker 1: will enable you to form a better idea of the
1:59:12
Speaker 1: subject of will power. Often when you hear willpower spoken of,
1:59:16
Speaker 1: whatever is attributed to it is really said of an
1:59:19
Speaker 1: attributed to desire force, controlled, directed and focused by will.
1:59:24
Speaker 1: The effort of the will is operated in the direction
1:59:26
Speaker 1: of this directing, focusing, concentrating, et cetera. And in the
1:59:30
Speaker 1: degree that the will is trained to do this, so
1:59:32
Speaker 1: is the degree of will power of the individual. Not
1:59:37
Speaker 1: only is the will able to do this, but it
1:59:39
Speaker 1: is able also to direct the desire force into the
1:59:41
Speaker 1: mind of other persons, awakening similar vibrations there and then
1:59:45
Speaker 1: by its own power, the will is able to direct
1:59:47
Speaker 1: the desire force of the other persons into action, taking
1:59:50
Speaker 1: away that office from the will of the other persons,
1:59:53
Speaker 1: if there will be not strong enough in its protective
1:59:55
Speaker 1: office to resist the attack. The idea of willpower is
1:59:59
Speaker 1: more familiar to the minds of people than is that
2:00:01
Speaker 1: of desire force. All recognize the wonderful power of the will,
2:00:06
Speaker 1: and know of many instances of great accomplishment by reason
2:00:09
Speaker 1: of its power. And yet how few have stopped to
2:00:13
Speaker 1: consider that unless there was a preceding desire, there could
2:00:16
Speaker 1: be no manifestation of will. Unless a person desires, that is,
2:00:21
Speaker 1: wants to do a thing, he will manifest no will power.
2:00:25
Speaker 1: But on the other hand, one may desire to do
2:00:27
Speaker 1: a thing, and unless the will is aroused and applied,
2:00:31
Speaker 1: no action will occur. Desire arouses will, and will may
2:00:36
Speaker 1: stimulate desire. The two act and react upon each other.
2:00:41
Speaker 1: The two should work in unison, and the trained individual
2:00:44
Speaker 1: has both under control and pulling well together like a
2:00:47
Speaker 1: well trained team. Will Power is more than a mere
2:00:50
Speaker 1: determination to act. Although that mental attitude and action is
2:00:54
Speaker 1: manifested in will power, it is a living force. Desire
2:00:59
Speaker 1: is the cystem, and will the brother twin, and both
2:01:03
Speaker 1: together manifest that which we know as dynamic mentation. Will
2:01:08
Speaker 1: Power is more than a mere mental faculty. It is
2:01:11
Speaker 1: a mighty attribute, the influence of which may extend far
2:01:14
Speaker 1: beyond the mind of the person manifesting it. The greatest
2:01:17
Speaker 1: feats of the occult magicians depend upon telementation operated by
2:01:21
Speaker 1: trained will power, and the so called great men of history,
2:01:26
Speaker 1: ancient and modern, had their source of strength in this
2:01:28
Speaker 1: will power, which they trained and developed to an extraordinary degree.
2:01:33
Speaker 1: The exercise of will shows itself in two ways, one
2:01:37
Speaker 1: the mastery of one's own mind and x the mastery
2:01:41
Speaker 1: of the minds of others. The second is well nigh
2:01:44
Speaker 1: impossible unless the first be accomplished. One must first train
2:01:49
Speaker 1: his mind so that he will hold it firmly in
2:01:51
Speaker 1: the grasp of the will and prevent it from jumping
2:01:53
Speaker 1: this way and that way instead of moving ahead to
2:01:56
Speaker 1: its purpose. When one has so trained his mind to
2:02:00
Speaker 1: be obedient to his will that it can be held
2:02:02
Speaker 1: steady and one pointed, as the Hindus say, than is
2:02:05
Speaker 1: he in a position to direct his menative currents upon
2:02:08
Speaker 1: others to the best advantage. But so long as his
2:02:12
Speaker 1: mind is in a stage of disorganization, one faculty pulling
2:02:15
Speaker 1: this way, and another that way, and so on, he
2:02:18
Speaker 1: cannot hope to concentrate upon others the force that is
2:02:21
Speaker 1: being wasted in keeping order at home. When the mind
2:02:25
Speaker 1: is mastered by the will, then may new territory be conquered.
2:02:29
Speaker 1: The term will power is commonly used in connection with
2:02:32
Speaker 1: the manifestation of firmness or determination. The determined will is
2:02:37
Speaker 1: known as a mighty factor toward attainment and accomplishment. And
2:02:41
Speaker 1: I think it well to consider this fact at this point,
2:02:44
Speaker 1: For back of all outward manifestations of menative influence along
2:02:47
Speaker 1: active lines lies this determined will of the individual. The
2:02:52
Speaker 1: more determined confirm the will of the individual, the stronger
2:02:55
Speaker 1: the menative influence emitted and emanated by him. This statement
2:03:00
Speaker 1: should not require proof for its truth is apparent to
2:03:03
Speaker 1: all who have made a study of man and his powers.
2:03:06
Speaker 1: It has been recognized by writers in all times. Here
2:03:10
Speaker 1: are a few quotations that will tend to fix the
2:03:12
Speaker 1: matter firmly in your mind, and creating you a desire
2:03:15
Speaker 1: to manifest the determined will, the lever that directs and
2:03:18
Speaker 1: concentrates mind power. Buxton said, the longer I live, the
2:03:24
Speaker 1: more certain I am that the great difference between men,
2:03:27
Speaker 1: between the feeble and the powerful, the great and the insignificant,
2:03:31
Speaker 1: is energy, invincible, determination, or a purpose, once fixed and
2:03:35
Speaker 1: then victory or death. That quality will do anything that
2:03:38
Speaker 1: can be done in this world. And no talents, no circumstances,
2:03:43
Speaker 1: no opportunities, will make a two legged creature a man
2:03:45
Speaker 1: without it. Donald G. Mitchell said, resolve is what makes
2:03:49
Speaker 1: a man manifest. Not puny resolve, not crude determination, not
2:03:55
Speaker 1: air and purpose, but that strong and indefatigable will, which
2:03:58
Speaker 1: treads down difficulties and danger as a boy treads down
2:04:02
Speaker 1: the heaving frostlands of winter, which kindles his eye and
2:04:04
Speaker 1: brain with a proud pulse beat toward the unattainable will
2:04:08
Speaker 1: makes men giants. Disraeli said, I have brought myself by
2:04:14
Speaker 1: long meditation to the conviction that a human being with
2:04:16
Speaker 1: a settled purpose must accomplish it, and that nothing can
2:04:19
Speaker 1: resist a will which will stake even existence upon its fulfillment.
2:04:24
Speaker 1: Sir John Simpson said, a passionate desire and an unwearied
2:04:27
Speaker 1: will can perform impossibilities, or what may seem to be
2:04:30
Speaker 1: such to the cold and feeble. John Foster said, it
2:04:35
Speaker 1: is wonderful how even the casualties of life seem to
2:04:38
Speaker 1: bow to a spirit that will not bow to them,
2:04:40
Speaker 1: and yield to subserve a design which they may in
2:04:43
Speaker 1: their first apparent tendency threaten to frustrate. When a firm,
2:04:47
Speaker 1: decisive spirit is recognized, it is curious to see how
2:04:51
Speaker 1: the space clears around a man and leaves him room
2:04:53
Speaker 1: and freedom. As we have seen, the use of the
2:04:57
Speaker 1: will as the projector of menative currents is the real
2:04:59
Speaker 1: base of all manative induction, under whatever name it may manifest,
2:05:04
Speaker 1: and the phase of will, known as telementation, is to form,
2:05:07
Speaker 1: the results of which strike the observer with the greatest force.
2:05:11
Speaker 1: The will currents of a strong man reach out far
2:05:13
Speaker 1: beyond the limits of his brain and influence people and things,
2:05:17
Speaker 1: causing them to be inclined toward his wishes. Many men
2:05:21
Speaker 1: have worked there will upon others far removed, and much
2:05:24
Speaker 1: that is known as thought, transference, telepathy, mental influence, et cetera,
2:05:29
Speaker 1: is really this working of the will. Currens over space.
2:05:32
Speaker 1: What occultists have called thought forms, et cetera, are really
2:05:36
Speaker 1: manifestations of the energy of the will. Will is a
2:05:39
Speaker 1: living force that can be projected and operated at a distance.
2:05:44
Speaker 1: It has a property of reacting upon others and permeating
2:05:48
Speaker 1: them with a mental essence not their own, unless they
2:05:50
Speaker 1: repel the invasion or fortify themselves against the aggression. Desire
2:05:55
Speaker 1: and will are more elementary forms of mentation than thought.
2:05:59
Speaker 1: They underlie thought. Without desire and will, there can he
2:06:03
Speaker 1: no thought. They ever precede thought, and are closely allied
2:06:07
Speaker 1: to the essence of what we call feeling. Many people
2:06:10
Speaker 1: live almost altogether on the feeling plane, and exercise but
2:06:14
Speaker 1: little thought. The infant feels desires and wills before it
2:06:19
Speaker 1: can think. Desire and will are really the medium from
2:06:22
Speaker 1: which thought is evolved. A modern writer on mysticism has said,
2:06:27
Speaker 1: there is no force in the universe except will force, meaning,
2:06:30
Speaker 1: of course, the great natural force of energy called will,
2:06:34
Speaker 1: of which desire and will in man are expressions. Desire
2:06:38
Speaker 1: is a natural force and can be used, managed, controlled,
2:06:41
Speaker 1: and directed. Justice can be any other natural force, and
2:06:46
Speaker 1: what we know as will power is the positive phase
2:06:48
Speaker 1: of directed desire. The Orientals have trained and cultivated this
2:06:53
Speaker 1: will power to degrees that seem miraculous to the Western mind,
2:06:56
Speaker 1: and by this trained will power they perform the so
2:06:58
Speaker 1: called miracles that can found the Western scientists. But even
2:07:03
Speaker 1: the West has its men of iron will, whose influence
2:07:06
Speaker 1: is felt on all sides and whose power is openly
2:07:09
Speaker 1: acknowledged by the public. In the East, these men are
2:07:13
Speaker 1: generally hermits and sages, while in the West they are
2:07:16
Speaker 1: generally men of action, leaders, captains of industry, et cetera.
2:07:21
Speaker 1: Mind power is the essence of all menative induction. It
2:07:25
Speaker 1: includes the positive forcing, impelling, compelling, driving phase called will
2:07:30
Speaker 1: as its motive pole, and as it's a motive pole,
2:07:32
Speaker 1: it has that attracting, drawing, pulling, luring, charming, fascinating something
2:07:37
Speaker 1: that we call desire. Mind power manifests in the phases
2:07:42
Speaker 1: of both desire and will, as we generally use these
2:07:45
Speaker 1: terms for, it is composed of the elements of both.
2:07:49
Speaker 1: Will may be said to represent the masculine side of
2:07:51
Speaker 1: mind power and desire the feminine side. It may help
2:07:55
Speaker 1: you to fix in your mind the attributes, characteristics, and
2:07:58
Speaker 1: nature of these two phases of menative energy by associating
2:08:01
Speaker 1: them with the idea of masculine and feminine, I wish
2:08:05
Speaker 1: that you would learn to think of the desire force
2:08:07
Speaker 1: as the warm, ardent, fiery, forceful energy underlying the manifestations
2:08:12
Speaker 1: of mind power, and of the will power as the cold, keen, strong, directing,
2:08:17
Speaker 1: controlling projector of the energy. By fixing these mental images
2:08:22
Speaker 1: in your mind, you will be better able to manifest
2:08:24
Speaker 1: the two phases as occasion arises. Besides its office as
2:08:28
Speaker 1: the director of the energy, though, will serves a very
2:08:31
Speaker 1: important office as the restrainer of desire force. When under
2:08:36
Speaker 1: the control of the eye of the person and taking
2:08:38
Speaker 1: the suggestion of reason and judgment, it is able to
2:08:41
Speaker 1: prevent one from expressing undesirable or hurtful desires. It refuses
2:08:46
Speaker 1: to project the desire force or to allow the desire
2:08:49
Speaker 1: to take effect in action. It also turns back the
2:08:53
Speaker 1: desire upon itself and refuses to allow it to manifest.
2:08:58
Speaker 1: It is the utmost importance that the individual acquire a
2:09:01
Speaker 1: mastery of his will, for by doing so he will
2:09:03
Speaker 1: be able not only to express his desires with the
2:09:05
Speaker 1: greatest force and effect, but will also be enabled to
2:09:08
Speaker 1: restrain hurtful desires and to prevent their manifestation upon the
2:09:12
Speaker 1: plane of action. And the will has still another important office.
2:09:17
Speaker 1: It acts as a protector. The will repels the influence
2:09:21
Speaker 1: or vibrations of another mind and renders its possessor immune
2:09:24
Speaker 1: to undesirable thought waves. It creates a protective area around
2:09:29
Speaker 1: the individual which will turn aside the thought waves or
2:09:32
Speaker 1: vibrations which may reach him, whether such be sent directly
2:09:35
Speaker 1: to him, or whether they are the vibrations emanating from
2:09:38
Speaker 1: minds of others and unconsciously sent forth. The will, when
2:09:42
Speaker 1: properly used, acts as an insulator for attacks upon the
2:09:45
Speaker 1: desired pull of one's mind and prevents the vibrations from
2:09:48
Speaker 1: reaching their mark. And if it be well trained and strengthened,
2:09:52
Speaker 1: it will be able also to resist the most powerful
2:09:54
Speaker 1: attacks upon it by the wills of others, and will
2:09:57
Speaker 1: beat back the vibrations which would force their way into
2:09:59
Speaker 1: it stronghold to take a captive Chapter seven. Desire and
2:10:05
Speaker 1: Will in Fable I herewith reproduce the fable of the
2:10:09
Speaker 1: menative Couple, a bit of writing in the Lighter Vein
2:10:11
Speaker 1: perpetrated by myself about a year ago. My excuse for
2:10:15
Speaker 1: writing this tale and for reproducing it now is that
2:10:18
Speaker 1: it carries with it a decided moral and teaches an
2:10:21
Speaker 1: important truth. It brings out the distinction existing between the
2:10:25
Speaker 1: motive and the emotive phases of the mind, and beneath
2:10:28
Speaker 1: its flippancy is concealed some good, sound psychological truth. I
2:10:34
Speaker 1: ask that you read it in connection with what I
2:10:37
Speaker 1: have just told you regarding the offices of the will, desire, imagination,
2:10:41
Speaker 1: et cetera. It will show you, in figurative style, the
2:10:45
Speaker 1: operation of the two poles of the desire will, and
2:10:49
Speaker 1: it will show you how the emotive poll or phase,
2:10:51
Speaker 1: if left unguarded by the protective faculties, will be led
2:10:55
Speaker 1: into all sorts of trouble. It will also show you
2:10:58
Speaker 1: how the protective faculty may be disarmed and overcome by
2:11:01
Speaker 1: a diversion of its attention from its task. There are
2:11:05
Speaker 1: several important psychological facts brought out in this little fable,
2:11:08
Speaker 1: and a number of important morals to be deduced therefrom
2:11:13
Speaker 1: I trust that you will seek for the truth and
2:11:15
Speaker 1: principles underlying the trifling words of the fable. Just as
2:11:19
Speaker 1: important truths may be conveyed in the fairy tales of
2:11:21
Speaker 1: the child, so may just as important facts be taught
2:11:24
Speaker 1: by the fairy tale Fable of the menative Couple. Intended
2:11:27
Speaker 1: for the grown ups. Each of us, man or woman
2:11:31
Speaker 1: has a menative castle in which dwells a menative couple,
2:11:34
Speaker 1: Volas an emotion, and Volas often strays away, leaving emotion unprotected,
2:11:41
Speaker 1: and the fascinating stranger often puts in an appearance, and
2:11:45
Speaker 1: emotion often is beguiled by his wiles, and Volas often
2:11:50
Speaker 1: is fooled by having his attention an interest distracted by
2:11:52
Speaker 1: clever schemes, leaving emotion unprotected. Again, So, while recognizing the
2:11:58
Speaker 1: value of emotion, learned to keep Volas at home at
2:12:01
Speaker 1: the gate of the castle, and do not allow him
2:12:04
Speaker 1: to be side tracked. Heed the advice of the wise
2:12:07
Speaker 1: man of the fable. There is an important lesson for
2:12:10
Speaker 1: you in this fable, if you will take the trouble
2:12:12
Speaker 1: to find it. The Fable of the menative Couple. Once
2:12:16
Speaker 1: upon a time there lived in the land of Mentelvania,
2:12:19
Speaker 1: in a wonderful building called the Mendative Castle. A man
2:12:22
Speaker 1: and a woman called the Mendative couple. They were happy
2:12:26
Speaker 1: though married. They lived in harmony because they were useful
2:12:30
Speaker 1: to one another, and neither was complete without the presence
2:12:33
Speaker 1: of the other, and neither did his nor her best
2:12:36
Speaker 1: work unless the other was present in assisting. Well. Now,
2:12:40
Speaker 1: the man was called Volas, which is the same as
2:12:43
Speaker 1: the English name Will, and the woman was called Emotion,
2:12:46
Speaker 1: which in the language of that country meant something like
2:12:49
Speaker 1: a combination of emotion, desire, and imagination. Now the chronicle
2:12:54
Speaker 1: informs us that these two people had natures entirely different
2:12:57
Speaker 1: from each other. As has been said, we are told
2:13:01
Speaker 1: that Volas was of a stern, inflexible, strong, positive nature,
2:13:05
Speaker 1: apt to stick to a thing once begun, full of
2:13:08
Speaker 1: the will to live and vitality, full of determination and spirit,
2:13:12
Speaker 1: with a strong dash of them let me alone and
2:13:14
Speaker 1: get out of my way in his make up, with
2:13:17
Speaker 1: a taste for meeting difficulties and overcoming obstacles, with a
2:13:21
Speaker 1: goodly habit of reaching out and taking hold of what
2:13:24
Speaker 1: emotion wanted and needed, and a powerful lot of self
2:13:27
Speaker 1: respect and self reliance in him, he was apt to
2:13:30
Speaker 1: be firm, although his firmness was not the stubbornness of
2:13:33
Speaker 1: the mule. His general keynote was strength. He was a
2:13:37
Speaker 1: good warrior and defender of his castle. But Emotion was
2:13:41
Speaker 1: of an entirely different type temperament and character. She was
2:13:46
Speaker 1: most impressionable, imaginative, emotional, credulous, fanciful, full of desire, curious, sympathetic,
2:13:54
Speaker 1: and easily persuaded. While Volas was all willing and thinking,
2:13:58
Speaker 1: Emotion was all feel Volas was a strong character but
2:14:03
Speaker 1: lacked certain qualities that make for success. But these qualities
2:14:06
Speaker 1: Emotion possessed, and she supplied the deficiency in Volas. Volas
2:14:12
Speaker 1: had to figure out everything, while Emotion had intuition and
2:14:16
Speaker 1: jumped at a conclusion in a way remarkable to Volas,
2:14:19
Speaker 1: who couldn't understand the process at all. When he would
2:14:22
Speaker 1: ask Emotion for an explanation, she would say lightly, oh,
2:14:26
Speaker 1: just because, which answer would often provoke profane and irreverent
2:14:30
Speaker 1: discourse on the part of Volas, but nevertheless he learned
2:14:34
Speaker 1: to respect these because of emotion and found that they
2:14:37
Speaker 1: helped him in his business. Emotion would dream out things
2:14:42
Speaker 1: and see things a long way ahead, and then Volas
2:14:45
Speaker 1: would proceed to put these plans into operation. Volas couldn't
2:14:49
Speaker 1: see very far ahead of his nose, while Emotion could
2:14:52
Speaker 1: see miles beyond and years ahead. And besides this faculty
2:14:57
Speaker 1: of mental imagery that came in so useful in volas business,
2:15:00
Speaker 1: Emotion also possessed of burning an ardent desire for things,
2:15:04
Speaker 1: which she managed to communicate to Volas, thereby causing him
2:15:07
Speaker 1: to get out and do things that otherwise he would
2:15:10
Speaker 1: never have dreamed of doing. Emotion was like fire and
2:15:13
Speaker 1: Volas like water. The water would hold the fire in check,
2:15:18
Speaker 1: but at the same time the fire would heat up
2:15:20
Speaker 1: the water, and the result would be the steam of action.
2:15:23
Speaker 1: And so you see these two. This menative couple formed
2:15:27
Speaker 1: a fine co partnership and prospered mightily. But alas the
2:15:33
Speaker 1: tempter entered Eden and the attractive stranger meandered in the
2:15:36
Speaker 1: direction of the menative castle, and when he reached their
2:15:39
Speaker 1: trouble occurred. And this is what happened. One day Volas
2:15:44
Speaker 1: was absent from the castle, being engaged in some arduous enterprise,
2:15:49
Speaker 1: and consequently the castle was unguarded. Volas had provided against
2:15:54
Speaker 1: this by instructing Emotion that she was to keep the
2:15:56
Speaker 1: castle gate closed tight when he was away from home,
2:15:59
Speaker 1: and never to gaze without in his absence, for there
2:16:02
Speaker 1: was some mysterious danger lurking without when he was away.
2:16:06
Speaker 1: Emotion had faithfully followed the directions of her liege lord,
2:16:09
Speaker 1: although her womanly curiosity was piqued thereat many the time
2:16:14
Speaker 1: she had heard strange knockings at the castle gate, but
2:16:17
Speaker 1: she heeded them not and even refrained from looking out
2:16:19
Speaker 1: of the little peep hole in the gate. Though this
2:16:22
Speaker 1: last was much against her inclination, for she could see
2:16:24
Speaker 1: no harm in just looking. But to return to our tale,
2:16:29
Speaker 1: this particular day, when Volas was absent from home, her
2:16:33
Speaker 1: curiosity was too much for Emotion when she heard the
2:16:35
Speaker 1: strange knockings at the gate, and breaking her rule, she
2:16:40
Speaker 1: ventured to peep without looking down. She saw a most
2:16:44
Speaker 1: attractive stranger with a fascinating smile on his lips. He
2:16:48
Speaker 1: looked almost as strong as Volas, but he seemed to
2:16:51
Speaker 1: have a dash of the woman in him. Besides, he
2:16:54
Speaker 1: had the strength but also the charm that Emotion recognized
2:16:58
Speaker 1: as being a part of her own nature. Ah, sigh, Emotion,
2:17:02
Speaker 1: here is a man who can understand me. The fascinating
2:17:06
Speaker 1: stranger smiled sweetly, and looking her in the eyes, masterfully
2:17:09
Speaker 1: asked to be admitted. No. No, replied Emotion. I cannot
2:17:15
Speaker 1: let you in, for Volas told me not to. Ah,
2:17:18
Speaker 1: fair lady, said the stranger softly. Volas means all right,
2:17:23
Speaker 1: but he is rather old, fogeish and behind the times.
2:17:27
Speaker 1: He does not understand as do you. And I pray
2:17:30
Speaker 1: let me in, And like mother Eve, Emotion took the
2:17:34
Speaker 1: bait well to make a long story short. When Volas
2:17:38
Speaker 1: came home, he found that Emotion had subscribed to a
2:17:41
Speaker 1: set of Villevo's Modern Art, a beautiful work published by
2:17:44
Speaker 1: the Deluxe Brothers of Fifth Avenue, to be issued in
2:17:49
Speaker 1: eight ex QW weekly parts at the nominal price of
2:17:52
Speaker 1: thirty five apart, seven hundred thirty nine parts of which
2:17:55
Speaker 1: were already out and would be delivered shortly. She had
2:17:59
Speaker 1: also given an number of side orders for manifold wares,
2:18:02
Speaker 1: which had dazzled her untrained and unguarded fancy. Volas cried
2:18:06
Speaker 1: aloud to the gods of his land, but it was
2:18:09
Speaker 1: too late. The contracts had been signed. But this was
2:18:13
Speaker 1: but the beginning. Volas did not understand just what was
2:18:17
Speaker 1: the matter, and contented himself with scolding emotion, whereat she
2:18:20
Speaker 1: wept bitterly, But the poison went on with its deadly work,
2:18:25
Speaker 1: and when Volas again was absent from home, the habit
2:18:28
Speaker 1: reasserted itself, and when the fascinating stranger again called at
2:18:32
Speaker 1: the castle, he was admitted. And when Volas returned he
2:18:37
Speaker 1: found the castle furnished from dungeon to watch tower, with
2:18:40
Speaker 1: costly rugs and furniture and various other articles bought from
2:18:44
Speaker 1: Morgenstern's popular installment house at thirty one thousand down and
2:18:48
Speaker 1: three thousand, one hundred per week. He also found that
2:18:52
Speaker 1: the castle had been lightning rod from ground to turret
2:18:54
Speaker 1: on each wing tower and annex, and that sundry promissory
2:18:58
Speaker 1: notes containing a lot judgment confessed clause had been given
2:19:02
Speaker 1: in exchange. Therefore, and then Volas swore by the beard
2:19:07
Speaker 1: of Mars, the war god, that he would have no
2:19:09
Speaker 1: more of this. He would remain at home thereafter, and
2:19:13
Speaker 1: he did. But the subtle stranger was on to the
2:19:16
Speaker 1: game in all of its details, and this is how
2:19:20
Speaker 1: he played it on Volas, even though the latter remained
2:19:23
Speaker 1: at home. A few days after Volas had determined to
2:19:26
Speaker 1: remain at home there came a band of Mountebanks, singing, dancing,
2:19:31
Speaker 1: and performing juggling tricks. Volas sat on the great stone
2:19:35
Speaker 1: beside the open castle gate, and his attention was attracted
2:19:39
Speaker 1: by the sounds and sights. Faster the dancer's world, louder
2:19:43
Speaker 1: beat the drums sweeter grew the singing, more bewildering, grew
2:19:47
Speaker 1: the feats of jugglery, until poor Volas forgot all about
2:19:50
Speaker 1: the open castle gate, so wrapped was he at the
2:19:52
Speaker 1: strange sights, sounds, dances and feats of jugglery. Then one
2:19:57
Speaker 1: of the Mountebank gang, who was really the at a
2:20:00
Speaker 1: tractive stranger disguised in motley array, slipped unseen pasted Volas,
2:20:06
Speaker 1: and in a moment was engaged in eager conversation with
2:20:09
Speaker 1: the impressionable emotion. Volas watched the crowd until it moved away,
2:20:14
Speaker 1: and then, entering the castle and closing the gate behind him,
2:20:17
Speaker 1: was confronted by emotion in tears, for she dreaded the
2:20:20
Speaker 1: coming storm a lack a day. Woe is me, she cried,
2:20:25
Speaker 1: I am again in trouble, Oh Volas, my liege Lord,
2:20:30
Speaker 1: I have just ordered from the fascinating stranger who slipped
2:20:33
Speaker 1: past you at the gate, a baby grand self playing
2:20:36
Speaker 1: automatic liquid air valved radium carburetor, piano playing organette, upon
2:20:42
Speaker 1: which I may play for you all classes of music,
2:20:44
Speaker 1: ranging from Wagner's Gerdademmering to the popular Merry Widow Waltz,
2:20:48
Speaker 1: with feeling, depth of expression, and soulful understanding. According to
2:20:53
Speaker 1: the words of the fascinating stranger who took my order,
2:20:56
Speaker 1: gad zouks ejaculated Volas, fain would I cry aloud the
2:21:01
Speaker 1: name of that production of Wagner's just mentioned by thee
2:21:05
Speaker 1: and by my halidam een, shalt thou soon be performing
2:21:08
Speaker 1: the waltz just mentioned by thy false red lips zounds
2:21:13
Speaker 1: of a truth. I have been stung again by that
2:21:15
Speaker 1: fascinating stranger. I must gaze no more upon these fleeting
2:21:19
Speaker 1: scenes of merriment and amazement, lest I be again decorated
2:21:23
Speaker 1: with the asses ears Aha. Volas is himself again, And
2:21:28
Speaker 1: the next time the fascinating stranger appears upon the scene,
2:21:32
Speaker 1: he shall be smitten hip and thigh with my trusty
2:21:34
Speaker 1: battle axe and my snicker sea shall pierce his foul carcass.
2:21:38
Speaker 1: But alas even once more was poor Volas deceived and
2:21:43
Speaker 1: trifled with once more poor emotion fascinated by the stranger,
2:21:48
Speaker 1: and it came about in this way. On the day
2:21:50
Speaker 1: of his last undoing, Volas sat on the open step
2:21:54
Speaker 1: in front of the narrowly opened castle door. No man
2:21:57
Speaker 1: shall pass me, now, cried he. But fate willed otherwise,
2:22:03
Speaker 1: For as he sat there, there approached many people who
2:22:06
Speaker 1: took seat upon the steps before the gate and engaged
2:22:09
Speaker 1: Volas in long, heated and wearisome discourses regarding the outlook
2:22:13
Speaker 1: for the crops, the presidential campaign, the Japanese question, race suicide,
2:22:18
Speaker 1: the new theology, how old was n the problem of
2:22:21
Speaker 1: the final outcome of the collision between the irresistible force
2:22:24
Speaker 1: and the immovable body, the canals on Mars, what Roosevelt
2:22:29
Speaker 1: will do with his big stick when his term expires,
2:22:32
Speaker 1: and many other wighty interesting and fascinating topics of general interest.
2:22:37
Speaker 1: Most agreeable were these visitors and most considerate of volas
2:22:41
Speaker 1: feelings were they, And although they seemed to differ from
2:22:44
Speaker 1: him at the beginning of each argument, still they courteously
2:22:47
Speaker 1: allowed him to convince them inch by inch until they
2:22:50
Speaker 1: finally acknowledged that he was invincible in argument and invulnerable
2:22:54
Speaker 1: in logic, tis passing strange, quoth Volas. But nevertheless tis
2:23:00
Speaker 1: true that I always find myself on the right side
2:23:02
Speaker 1: of every question, and the wonder grows when they all admitted.
2:23:06
Speaker 1: In the end, verily am I developing into a wise
2:23:10
Speaker 1: guy and pondering. Thus he fell sweetly asleep from the
2:23:15
Speaker 1: rigor of the disputes, the flattering attentions shown him, the
2:23:18
Speaker 1: joy of the victory, and the exceeding amount of attention
2:23:22
Speaker 1: and interest he had expended. For human nature has its limitations,
2:23:26
Speaker 1: even in the case of one so strong as Volas.
2:23:30
Speaker 1: And while he slumbered, the fascinating stranger, who was really
2:23:33
Speaker 1: the leader of the argumentative visiting committee, crept into the
2:23:36
Speaker 1: house and unloaded, upon emotion a choice collection of gilt
2:23:39
Speaker 1: edged mining stock, pure guilt all the way through, in fact,
2:23:44
Speaker 1: a bunch of flying machine bonds, and a five thousand
2:23:47
Speaker 1: monkey power vestibuled drawing room observation car automobile called the
2:23:52
Speaker 1: Yellow Peril. And when Volas discovered what had happened, he
2:23:55
Speaker 1: wept aloud, crying bitterly Odd's bones as death of a
2:24:00
Speaker 1: assert am I the baron ey z Mark. And thereupon
2:24:04
Speaker 1: he sent for the wise man who dwelt. In the
2:24:06
Speaker 1: next barony, the wise man came and, after hearing the story, said,
2:24:12
Speaker 1: my children, yours is a sad case. But matters may
2:24:15
Speaker 1: be adjusted without a visit to sue falls, and without
2:24:18
Speaker 1: the raising of the question of alimony. The trouble is
2:24:21
Speaker 1: as follows. Volas without emotion has no desire or incentive
2:24:26
Speaker 1: to do things. He has no wants to satisfy, and
2:24:30
Speaker 1: therefore does nothing. He needs emotion to supply the desire,
2:24:35
Speaker 1: and without her he has no feeling. He is nothing
2:24:38
Speaker 1: but a hard shell clam Therefore he needs her to
2:24:41
Speaker 1: supply the feeling for verily and of a truth. Feeling
2:24:45
Speaker 1: is the spice of life, and without her he has
2:24:48
Speaker 1: no imagination and cannot see beyond the end of his nose.
2:24:52
Speaker 1: And what is life without imagination, gadzooks, one might as
2:24:57
Speaker 1: well be a mummy. And on the other hand, emotion
2:25:00
Speaker 1: without Volas is a consuming fire of desire, an unrestrained imagination,
2:25:05
Speaker 1: an intuitive faculty degenerated into the basest superstition, most deplorable credulity,
2:25:10
Speaker 1: and the idlest fancy. Volas has no desire, emotion or
2:25:16
Speaker 1: imagination of his own, and emotion has no will of
2:25:19
Speaker 1: her own. Verily, cannot it be seen by all that
2:25:22
Speaker 1: this couple needs one another the worst way. Each alone
2:25:27
Speaker 1: is but an incomplete half united. They stand divided, they
2:25:31
Speaker 1: fall in Union alone is their strength for them. And
2:25:36
Speaker 1: more than this, each without the other falls a prey
2:25:39
Speaker 1: to the wiles of some fascinating stranger. We have seen
2:25:43
Speaker 1: how emotion was fascinated and controlled by the stranger who
2:25:46
Speaker 1: gained access to the castle. But I have also seen
2:25:50
Speaker 1: by my magic art that when Volas was away from
2:25:53
Speaker 1: home on important business, and not having emotion along to
2:25:56
Speaker 1: keep him straight, he fell a victim to the wiles
2:25:59
Speaker 1: of the desire and imagination of a fair stranger across
2:26:01
Speaker 1: the river, and did her bidding, and used his will
2:26:04
Speaker 1: to perform her tasks instead of those desired by his
2:26:07
Speaker 1: own emotion. Verily, Art, these people quits with one another
2:26:12
Speaker 1: and should now begin over again. True, it is that
2:26:15
Speaker 1: harmony will be theirs only when they are together, And
2:26:18
Speaker 1: this is the secret of the undoing of emotion. Without
2:26:22
Speaker 1: the will of Volas to protect her, direct her, and
2:26:25
Speaker 1: advise her, emotion allowed her desire, imagination, and emotion to
2:26:29
Speaker 1: run wild and unrestrained, and so she became so impressionable
2:26:34
Speaker 1: as to allow herself to be mastered by the will
2:26:36
Speaker 1: of the stranger, who took advantage of the same and
2:26:39
Speaker 1: gathered to himself many choice orders for things. And even
2:26:43
Speaker 1: when Volas sat by the door watching the players, dancers
2:26:46
Speaker 1: and jugglers, his attention was so centered on what he saw,
2:26:50
Speaker 1: that the fascinating stranger slipped through the gate. It was
2:26:52
Speaker 1: even as if Volas had been absent from home. And
2:26:57
Speaker 1: again when Volas allowed himself to become engaged and weighty
2:27:00
Speaker 1: discourse with the visiting committee, and used up his energy
2:27:03
Speaker 1: and force in argument and dispute with them, And when
2:27:06
Speaker 1: he permitted himself to be jollied into a false security
2:27:09
Speaker 1: by these united brethren of the Blarny Stone, he relaxed
2:27:12
Speaker 1: his vigilance and allowed himself to become tired, drowsy, and sleepy,
2:27:17
Speaker 1: and so fell into a doze at his post, and
2:27:19
Speaker 1: the stranger again entered and took Emotion's orders for goods.
2:27:24
Speaker 1: And this then is the remedy, as my successor, Lawson
2:27:27
Speaker 1: of Boston, will say in the centuries to follow, this
2:27:30
Speaker 1: is the remedy. Each person of this manative couple must
2:27:34
Speaker 1: stick close to the other. Volas must have no important
2:27:38
Speaker 1: business across the river, which will allow emotion to be
2:27:41
Speaker 1: without a protector and adviser. An emotion must stick close
2:27:45
Speaker 1: to Volas and satisfy her curiosity, imagination, emotion, and desire
2:27:50
Speaker 1: by setting him to work out things for her, to
2:27:53
Speaker 1: do things dreamed of by her, to get her things
2:27:56
Speaker 1: she desires, to express the things felt by her. This
2:28:01
Speaker 1: is the secret of success. Dear menative couple, mutual work
2:28:04
Speaker 1: by desire and will, working in unison and harmony, each
2:28:07
Speaker 1: faithful to the other, each guarding the other from the
2:28:10
Speaker 1: fascinating strangers that beset each when separated. Now, then children
2:28:15
Speaker 1: stick close to each other, and saying this the wise
2:28:19
Speaker 1: man vanished from sight. And the moral of this fable
2:28:22
Speaker 1: of the menative couple is this, that the mind of
2:28:26
Speaker 1: every man and woman is a menative castle, wherein dwells
2:28:29
Speaker 1: a volas and an emotion. And what happened to the
2:28:32
Speaker 1: couple in the fable may happen and does happen to
2:28:36
Speaker 1: many in every day life. The will, straying from home
2:28:40
Speaker 1: and paying attention to other attractions, leaves the castle unguarded,
2:28:44
Speaker 1: and the fascinating stranger enters, and again the will has
2:28:48
Speaker 1: its attention distracted by passing objects of interest, and forgets
2:28:52
Speaker 1: the castle door. And again the will allows itself to
2:28:56
Speaker 1: be fatigued, tired, and jollied by useless argument and talk
2:29:00
Speaker 1: and cogitation at the instigation of the designing, fascinating stranger,
2:29:04
Speaker 1: and the latter slips past the gate. And in each
2:29:08
Speaker 1: case inside the gate is emotion, unprotected and innocent, true
2:29:12
Speaker 1: to her own nature, credulous, imaginative, fanciful, desireful, and emotional.
2:29:17
Speaker 1: Is it any wonder that she orders goods that are
2:29:20
Speaker 1: not wanted by the family. And the remedy of the
2:29:23
Speaker 1: wise man, as given to the menative couple, may be
2:29:26
Speaker 1: and should be applied by every man and woman in
2:29:29
Speaker 1: his or her mental castle. And this, then is the
2:29:32
Speaker 1: moral of the fable. And thus, in death the fable
2:29:36
Speaker 1: of the menative couple who dwell in the menative castle
2:29:39
Speaker 1: in Mentalvania, in the days of old, when brave knights
2:29:42
Speaker 1: held their sway and fair ladies had their way. The
2:29:45
Speaker 1: end of the Fable of the menative Couple. Chapter eight.
2:29:50
Speaker 1: Mind power in action. And now let us consider the
2:29:53
Speaker 1: subject of the operation of mind power in the phase
2:29:56
Speaker 1: of its employment consciously or unconsciously to a affect the
2:30:00
Speaker 1: minds of others. It is true that this subject will
2:30:03
Speaker 1: be considered in detail in the chapter on personal magnetism
2:30:06
Speaker 1: and telementation, but it will be well for us to
2:30:09
Speaker 1: take a glance at the general workings at this point.
2:30:12
Speaker 1: I shall cover the points briefly, the elaboration being made
2:30:15
Speaker 1: at the proper points in the lessons. In the first place,
2:30:20
Speaker 1: let us consider the matter of menative induction. As you
2:30:23
Speaker 1: have seen, the currents of mind power flow in vibratory
2:30:27
Speaker 1: waves from the mind of the individual and act upon
2:30:29
Speaker 1: the minds of others. According to the laws of menative induction.
2:30:33
Speaker 1: They thus set up corresponding vibrations and therefore corresponding mental
2:30:37
Speaker 1: states of feelings in the minds of such people. In
2:30:42
Speaker 1: other words, these vibrations induce, or set up, by induction,
2:30:46
Speaker 1: in the minds of others, mental states similar to those
2:30:48
Speaker 1: existing in the mind of the menator. These induced mental
2:30:52
Speaker 1: states are similar in quality and nature to those in
2:30:55
Speaker 1: the original mind, but of course they are less in degree.
2:30:59
Speaker 1: For a part of the original energy has been dissipated
2:31:02
Speaker 1: in many directions, and then again a certain amount of
2:31:05
Speaker 1: force is lost according to the degree of resistance in
2:31:07
Speaker 1: the receiving mind. If the receiving mind sets up consciously
2:31:12
Speaker 1: or unconsciously a considerable resistance to the vibrations, it will
2:31:16
Speaker 1: either entirely neutralize or repel them, or else rob them
2:31:20
Speaker 1: of much of their power. If, on the contrary, the
2:31:23
Speaker 1: receiving mind be in its nature more or less in
2:31:25
Speaker 1: accord with the vibrations, it will set up little or
2:31:28
Speaker 1: no resistance, and the induced condition will be very nearly
2:31:31
Speaker 1: as strong as the original impulse. The ether or fine
2:31:36
Speaker 1: substance filling space is constantly filled with these manative currents
2:31:40
Speaker 1: of all kinds and degrees, streaming out from the minds
2:31:43
Speaker 1: of all kinds of people. These currents, of course, come
2:31:47
Speaker 1: in contact with each other and often either combine or
2:31:50
Speaker 1: else act to neutralize each other. For instance, currents of
2:31:55
Speaker 1: a certain degree or kind of vibration, that is, of
2:31:58
Speaker 1: a certain mental state, when they come in contact with
2:32:02
Speaker 1: other currents of similar vibration, will tend to coalesce and combine,
2:32:06
Speaker 1: there being a harmony and attraction existing between them. But
2:32:10
Speaker 1: if they are opposing vibrations, they will antagonize each other
2:32:13
Speaker 1: and act in the direction of neutralizing each other's force.
2:32:17
Speaker 1: If they are of equal strength, both will lose power.
2:32:20
Speaker 1: But if one is much stronger than the other, it
2:32:22
Speaker 1: will lose only in the inverse ratio of its strength,
2:32:25
Speaker 1: and the weaker will suffer. Likewise, that is, the weaker
2:32:29
Speaker 1: will lose twice as much power as the stronger, and
2:32:32
Speaker 1: the stronger will lose only half as much as the weaker,
2:32:35
Speaker 1: supposing that the stronger is of twice the strength of
2:32:37
Speaker 1: the weaker. In this way is accounted for the well
2:32:40
Speaker 1: known fact that places, towns, cities, et cetera, have their
2:32:45
Speaker 1: own personal atmospheres which affect persons living in them or
2:32:48
Speaker 1: visiting them. These personal atmospheres of towns arise from a combining, neutralizing,
2:32:55
Speaker 1: et cetera, of the various vibrations arising from manative currents
2:33:00
Speaker 1: from the minds of the people living in the town.
2:33:03
Speaker 1: An average vibration is struck, which is strongly felt by
2:33:06
Speaker 1: all within the field of induction of that town. A
2:33:10
Speaker 1: little thought will make it clear to you that this
2:33:12
Speaker 1: is a correct statement of the mental conditions manifest in
2:33:15
Speaker 1: various towns, cities, et cetera, all over the world. Each
2:33:20
Speaker 1: place has its own individuality which soon makes its impression
2:33:23
Speaker 1: on those taking up their abode in it. It is
2:33:27
Speaker 1: more than geographical and atmospheric conditions, although of course these
2:33:31
Speaker 1: play their parts. As we all know, the average mental
2:33:35
Speaker 1: state of the people living in the town strikes the keynote.
2:33:39
Speaker 1: The stronger vibrations affect the average and give a mental
2:33:42
Speaker 1: tone to the place. The best proof of this effect
2:33:46
Speaker 1: being caused by mental vibrations is found in the fact
2:33:48
Speaker 1: that two towns only a few miles from each other,
2:33:51
Speaker 1: each having the same atmospheric and geographical conditions, will manifest
2:33:55
Speaker 1: entirely different mental atmospheres. People often ask, if it be
2:34:00
Speaker 1: true that the ether is filled with menative currents, why
2:34:03
Speaker 1: are we not affected more than we are. The answer
2:34:06
Speaker 1: is that they are affected more than they imagine, but
2:34:09
Speaker 1: they are still affected much less than one would suppose
2:34:11
Speaker 1: at first thought, for the reason that the currents conflict
2:34:14
Speaker 1: with each other and rob each other of their force.
2:34:17
Speaker 1: And then again, Nature instinctively affords a safeguard and sets
2:34:21
Speaker 1: up additional powers of resistance, just as nature protects the
2:34:25
Speaker 1: hearing sense of those who are surrounded with many and
2:34:28
Speaker 1: constant noises until they fail to hear anything but an
2:34:31
Speaker 1: unaccustomed noise, just as she operates upon the smelling sense
2:34:35
Speaker 1: of the chemist until he fails to notice the odors
2:34:38
Speaker 1: which are most apparent to the stranger entering his shop.
2:34:41
Speaker 1: So does she give additional unconscious resisting power to people
2:34:44
Speaker 1: situated within an active field of menative induction. Bring a
2:34:48
Speaker 1: person from a quiet place into a bustling, active city,
2:34:51
Speaker 1: and he is apt to be swept off his feet
2:34:53
Speaker 1: at first with the spirit of the place. He will
2:34:57
Speaker 1: either be swept into its prevailing life with an almost
2:35:00
Speaker 1: irresistible impulse, or else he will be repelled by reason
2:35:03
Speaker 1: of the inharmonious mendative currents. In either case, however, he
2:35:07
Speaker 1: will be intensely aware of the vibrations. But the same man,
2:35:12
Speaker 1: after a time will fail to be so affected. He
2:35:16
Speaker 1: will be better able to resist the vibrations, and will
2:35:19
Speaker 1: manage to live with a greater peace and poise than
2:35:21
Speaker 1: at first. Although he will of course alter his nature
2:35:25
Speaker 1: more or less in harmony with the prevailing tone of
2:35:27
Speaker 1: the place, he will feel the vibrations less as time
2:35:31
Speaker 1: goes on. Some people have so developed this resisting power
2:35:35
Speaker 1: that they are almost immune, while others have so little
2:35:38
Speaker 1: power of resistance that they are swept here and thereby
2:35:40
Speaker 1: each strong wave of menative energy that reaches them. They
2:35:44
Speaker 1: are always in some field of induction and being swayed
2:35:47
Speaker 1: by its vibrations. This phase of menative induction explains the
2:35:52
Speaker 1: phenomena of those great waves of feeling that sweep over
2:35:54
Speaker 1: a country, such as the emotion that followed the sinking
2:35:57
Speaker 1: of the main in the harbor of Havana. You will
2:36:00
Speaker 1: remember the first shock that came to you when you
2:36:02
Speaker 1: read the account in the morning papers. Then there came
2:36:06
Speaker 1: upon you a growing sense of some impending event of
2:36:09
Speaker 1: great moment, mingled with a feeling of horror and indignation,
2:36:12
Speaker 1: followed by an almost irresistible desire to join in a
2:36:15
Speaker 1: movement to avenge the outrage. This latter feeling grew perceptibly
2:36:20
Speaker 1: as wave after wave of feeling passed over the country
2:36:22
Speaker 1: in manative currents, setting up increased mental feeling by induction.
2:36:27
Speaker 1: Older people will remember many similar waves that swept over
2:36:30
Speaker 1: the land in past days. These things are common and
2:36:34
Speaker 1: give you a clue to the apparent mystery of the
2:36:36
Speaker 1: action of mobs composed of a number of individuals who
2:36:39
Speaker 1: combine in numbers and then commit acts that no one
2:36:42
Speaker 1: man of the lot would think of perpetrating singly or individually.
2:36:46
Speaker 1: The conscience of the mob is apparently a thing apart
2:36:48
Speaker 1: from the individual consciences of the units composing it. After
2:36:53
Speaker 1: the excitement, the morning after, many if not all, of
2:36:56
Speaker 1: the persons concerned felt a sickening horror, and one at
2:37:00
Speaker 1: their work. A mob is a cyclonic center of menative currents,
2:37:05
Speaker 1: resembling a whirlpool or whirlwind, with an active center and
2:37:08
Speaker 1: a less active circumference. Great waves of religious fervor noticeable
2:37:13
Speaker 1: in communities during the progress of revivals, are accounted for
2:37:16
Speaker 1: in the same way. A few active revivalists start a
2:37:20
Speaker 1: whirlwind of fervid feeling and emotion, and it spreads out
2:37:23
Speaker 1: in constantly widening circles, increasing until a climax is reached,
2:37:28
Speaker 1: and then a diminishing strength is apparent, which gradually settles
2:37:31
Speaker 1: down into the accustomed mental state of the community. These
2:37:35
Speaker 1: whirlwinds or whirlpools of emotional excitement of whatever kind, are
2:37:40
Speaker 1: of course strengthened by the constantly repeated suggestions of those
2:37:43
Speaker 1: participating in it, which, with the constantly growing volume of
2:37:46
Speaker 1: menative energy being thrown forth, serves to add fuel to
2:37:49
Speaker 1: the fire. This force would go on forever, steadily gaining
2:37:54
Speaker 1: in strength and volume were it not for a provision
2:37:56
Speaker 1: of nature which causes the law of rise and fall,
2:37:59
Speaker 1: increase and decrease, that universal law of rhythm to manifest
2:38:05
Speaker 1: in this as in all else in her domain, everything
2:38:08
Speaker 1: has its rise, its climax, and its decline. So much
2:38:12
Speaker 1: for these general waves of menative energy, or menative currents.
2:38:17
Speaker 1: But there is another phase to be considered, many phases,
2:38:20
Speaker 1: in fact, let us examine them first. There are menative
2:38:26
Speaker 1: currents arising from the strong centered desire of some person who,
2:38:29
Speaker 1: forming a strong mental image by means of visualization, creates
2:38:33
Speaker 1: for himself a center of desire force which, guided by
2:38:36
Speaker 1: his will power, attracts to himself all that will fit
2:38:39
Speaker 1: into his plans. He constitutes himself a menative center around
2:38:44
Speaker 1: his visualized idea, and constantly sends out strong menative currents,
2:38:48
Speaker 1: charged with the strongest, most ardent desire force, guided directed,
2:38:53
Speaker 1: and projected by his developed will power. He thus sets
2:38:56
Speaker 1: into operation the great mental law of attraction of which
2:39:00
Speaker 1: which the early writers on mental science talk so much.
2:39:04
Speaker 1: These menative currents, charged with desire, spread out and soon
2:39:08
Speaker 1: begin a rotary movement, like a whirlpool, sweeping around and around,
2:39:12
Speaker 1: always drawing in toward its center, persons and things tending
2:39:15
Speaker 1: to fit in with the plans of the center. The
2:39:18
Speaker 1: original desire in the man's mind is reproduced in kind
2:39:21
Speaker 1: in the minds of thousands of people by the law
2:39:23
Speaker 1: of menative induction, and they all fall in with the plan,
2:39:26
Speaker 1: the degree, of course, depending upon the degree of positivity
2:39:30
Speaker 1: or negativity of the receptive mind multiplied by the degree
2:39:33
Speaker 1: of positivity of the menator. The great plans of the
2:39:37
Speaker 1: so called captains of industry are carried out by reason
2:39:41
Speaker 1: of this law. Many of these great centers of desire force,
2:39:46
Speaker 1: These successful men who attract to them that which they
2:39:49
Speaker 1: want and those whom they need, do not realize the
2:39:52
Speaker 1: nature of the force that they are using. But there
2:39:54
Speaker 1: are a constantly increasing number who do know it, and
2:39:57
Speaker 1: they are working it for all it is worth. Many
2:40:00
Speaker 1: of these steady, cool business leaders are really deeply versed
2:40:04
Speaker 1: in occult laws. If the true facts of the case
2:40:07
Speaker 1: were to creep out, there would be the greatest sensation
2:40:10
Speaker 1: that the country has ever known. Then there is still
2:40:13
Speaker 1: another phase of the matter. I allude to the cases
2:40:17
Speaker 1: of men who generally consciously but sometimes unconsciously, are focusing
2:40:22
Speaker 1: their menative currents directly upon some person or persons who
2:40:25
Speaker 1: are necessary to their plans and desires. They are filled
2:40:28
Speaker 1: with desire to have these persons do thus and sow
2:40:31
Speaker 1: or not do thus, and so as the case may be,
2:40:36
Speaker 1: These men, according to their degree of concentration and will power,
2:40:39
Speaker 1: direct to the other person or persons, strong menative currents
2:40:42
Speaker 1: of desire force, and by menative induction, set up vibrations
2:40:46
Speaker 1: of a corresponding rate in the minds of these others.
2:40:48
Speaker 1: The degree of effect produced, of course, depending upon the
2:40:52
Speaker 1: degree of negativity of the recipient. This effect is produced
2:40:56
Speaker 1: in two ways, both according to the law of menative induction.
2:41:00
Speaker 1: The first way is to set up corresponding desire vibrations
2:41:04
Speaker 1: in the mind of the other, so that it will
2:41:05
Speaker 1: in turn cause his will to carry out the desire.
2:41:08
Speaker 1: A variation of this is to direct the desire force
2:41:11
Speaker 1: toward the will of the other, and thus entice or
2:41:14
Speaker 1: charm the others will into compliance with the desire of
2:41:17
Speaker 1: the sender. This will be understood if you will remember
2:41:20
Speaker 1: what I have said about the resemblance of the desire
2:41:23
Speaker 1: pulled to the feminine and the will pull to the masculine.
2:41:27
Speaker 1: You will see an illustration of this in every phase
2:41:29
Speaker 1: of manative influence. The second way is for the will
2:41:33
Speaker 1: of the sender to force its way past the will
2:41:35
Speaker 1: of the other and boldly make love to the desire
2:41:38
Speaker 1: of the other, and endeavor to seduce it by mere
2:41:41
Speaker 1: strength and persistency until it accedes to his wishes. The
2:41:45
Speaker 1: variation of this is seen in the case where the
2:41:47
Speaker 1: attacking will boldly grapples with the will of the other,
2:41:50
Speaker 1: and by sheer superiority of power overcomes it and makes
2:41:53
Speaker 1: it captive and obedient. This latter is very rare, except
2:41:57
Speaker 1: in cases of personal interviews between the two two persons,
2:42:00
Speaker 1: aided by telementation between interviews, you will notice that the
2:42:05
Speaker 1: phase in which the desire poll of the menator does
2:42:08
Speaker 1: the work is along the lines of feminine action, the
2:42:10
Speaker 1: force being of a charming, fascinating, drawing, coaxing nature, and
2:42:14
Speaker 1: where the will is employed, the action is decidedly masculine,
2:42:18
Speaker 1: the attack being made boldly and with a show of strength,
2:42:21
Speaker 1: the subtlety of the desire attraction being absent. The giants
2:42:25
Speaker 1: in the art of menative attraction combine poles in their
2:42:28
Speaker 1: attacks and work, and thus, in the words of Uncle
2:42:31
Speaker 1: Remus Day cotch M commin and day cotch M goin
2:42:36
Speaker 1: like bur Fox. Then again there is the use of
2:42:40
Speaker 1: menative induction in what is known as personal magnetism, which
2:42:44
Speaker 1: we will see in other chapters of this book. In
2:42:47
Speaker 1: this phase, the mentator pours forth his menative currents, either
2:42:50
Speaker 1: in a general way or else in a concentrated, directed
2:42:53
Speaker 1: manner toward the other in a personal interview. This is
2:42:57
Speaker 1: the secret of what is called personal magnetism, and also
2:43:01
Speaker 1: of that unaccountable to the uninformed manner which some people
2:43:06
Speaker 1: have of overpowering others by sheer strength of will. The
2:43:10
Speaker 1: personal magnetism phase of personal influence is the phase of
2:43:13
Speaker 1: feminine activity, and the force of will phase is the
2:43:16
Speaker 1: phase of masculine activity. Then there is that form of
2:43:20
Speaker 1: menative induction called mental suggestion, which I take up in
2:43:24
Speaker 1: later chapters. Although suggestion has to do with words, et cetera,
2:43:28
Speaker 1: rather than with menative currents, still the principle is the same.
2:43:33
Speaker 1: The mental state is induced by words or physical things,
2:43:37
Speaker 1: which are the result of feeling. In mental states, just
2:43:39
Speaker 1: as is the phonographic record the result of the original speech,
2:43:42
Speaker 1: which it is able to reproduce when the diaphragm is
2:43:45
Speaker 1: brought in contact with it by means of the needle.
2:43:48
Speaker 1: And then there is very little mental suggestion that is
2:43:50
Speaker 1: not accomplished with menative currents. Very little, indeed. In closing
2:43:56
Speaker 1: this lesson, I wish to caution my readers to refrain
2:43:58
Speaker 1: from manifesting or feeling anything like fear. What I have
2:44:01
Speaker 1: said about the use of menative energy by other people.
2:44:05
Speaker 1: Remember that fear in itself is the most negative influence
2:44:08
Speaker 1: and most weakening mental state known. It renders negative the
2:44:12
Speaker 1: most positive man if freely indulged in. No matter how
2:44:16
Speaker 1: potent may be these menative currents, there are none that
2:44:19
Speaker 1: may not be rendered impotent and ineffectual by your own
2:44:22
Speaker 1: will power set in motion by your own desire force.
2:44:26
Speaker 1: Each and every one of you have within you and
2:44:29
Speaker 1: under your own control, a force that will render you
2:44:31
Speaker 1: perfectly and absolutely immune from undesirable menative influence, no matter
2:44:36
Speaker 1: who may use it against you. Nature has blessed all
2:44:39
Speaker 1: of us in this respect. It makes no bane without
2:44:43
Speaker 1: its antidote, and does not depart from its rule in
2:44:45
Speaker 1: this phase any more than in any other. It supplies
2:44:49
Speaker 1: the means of self protection to everyone, and always furnishes
2:44:52
Speaker 1: the defensive weapon to match the offensive one. As a
2:44:56
Speaker 1: matter of fact, you are defending yourself constantly, although you
2:44:59
Speaker 1: may not know it. Much of this defensive work is
2:45:03
Speaker 1: done along subconscious lines, but you are doing much of
2:45:06
Speaker 1: it consciously by the use of your will and spirit
2:45:08
Speaker 1: of individuality. You are using the mental no all the time.
2:45:13
Speaker 1: That is, unless you are some poor creature who is
2:45:16
Speaker 1: afraid to say no, even mentally. And if you are that,
2:45:20
Speaker 1: then this book is doubly needed by you. I shall
2:45:23
Speaker 1: instruct every student of this book in many different ways
2:45:26
Speaker 1: as we proceed with the lessons in this art of
2:45:29
Speaker 1: self protection. No one who studies this book need ever
2:45:32
Speaker 1: again fear any undue influence on the part of others.
2:45:37
Speaker 1: I purpose to make mental masters of you, and to
2:45:39
Speaker 1: teach you to throw off the bonds and shackles of
2:45:42
Speaker 1: mental slavery. I intend to make you strong, positive individuals
2:45:47
Speaker 1: instead of weak, negative personalities. There is nothing to be
2:45:51
Speaker 1: afraid of, accept fear. So the sooner you cast off fear,
2:45:54
Speaker 1: the better you will be and the more advanced on
2:45:56
Speaker 1: the road to mastery. While this is not the place
2:46:00
Speaker 1: for exercises, still, I want each and every one of
2:46:03
Speaker 1: you to start right in now and form a mental
2:46:05
Speaker 1: attitude of fearlessness and strength, that you may begin at
2:46:08
Speaker 1: once to send forth menative currents of that rate of vibration.
2:46:12
Speaker 1: If you do so, and you will, I know, then
2:46:15
Speaker 1: you will begin to notice an improvement at once. You
2:46:18
Speaker 1: will begin to realize your increasing power, and you will
2:46:21
Speaker 1: also see that others are beginning to feel it. Begin
2:46:24
Speaker 1: to day this moment to radiate menative currents of strength
2:46:29
Speaker 1: and power in all directions. Stimulate the currents by arousing
2:46:33
Speaker 1: a strong, intense, burning desire to be strong and to
2:46:37
Speaker 1: radiate strength vibrations. Then back this up by the application
2:46:41
Speaker 1: of a strong, steady, masterful, and dominant will, and then
2:46:45
Speaker 1: the trick will be done. But right here, remember first, last,
2:46:50
Speaker 1: and all the time that it is not a mere
2:46:52
Speaker 1: matter of thinking bhutah matter of feeling. Thoughts are cold,
2:46:57
Speaker 1: but feelings are warm, alive and vital. Therefore, you must
2:47:01
Speaker 1: not merely think I am strong, or say it like
2:47:04
Speaker 1: a parrot. But you must stir up your nature to
2:47:07
Speaker 1: its depth until you can really feel that you are
2:47:09
Speaker 1: indeed strong and possessed of the radiant energy of mendative force.
2:47:13
Speaker 1: Feeling is living thought. Everything that is worth while was
2:47:17
Speaker 1: produced by this feeling, thought, feeling, desire, emotion, passion, wanting, willing, demanding.
2:47:25
Speaker 1: These are the things that have creative power. So do
2:47:29
Speaker 1: not deceive yourself with this holding the thought, or any
2:47:32
Speaker 1: such nonsense of which you have heard so much until
2:47:35
Speaker 1: you get sick at the mention of the words. It
2:47:37
Speaker 1: is not simply holding the thought, It is holding the
2:47:41
Speaker 1: desire and backing it up with the will that does
2:47:43
Speaker 1: the work. To create a thing, you must want it,
2:47:46
Speaker 1: with a burning, eager want that brooks no denial, backed
2:47:49
Speaker 1: up by a will that knows no such word as
2:47:52
Speaker 1: can't or no. Chapter nine Personal magnetism. Perhaps the most
2:47:59
Speaker 1: interesting manifest station of mind power along the lines of
2:48:02
Speaker 1: telementation and manative induction, at least to the beginner in
2:48:05
Speaker 1: the study of the subject, is the phase known as
2:48:07
Speaker 1: personal magnetism. We may as well begin by considering the
2:48:12
Speaker 1: use of the word magnetism in connection with mental influence,
2:48:15
Speaker 1: et cetera. We often hear of personal magnetism, mental magnetism,
2:48:21
Speaker 1: magnetic personality, magnetic attraction, magnetic influence, et cetera, et cetera,
2:48:28
Speaker 1: used in the sense of mental attraction, personal influence, fascination, charming,
2:48:33
Speaker 1: psychological influence, et cetera. Let us see just why the
2:48:38
Speaker 1: term is used. The explanation involves an interesting bit of
2:48:42
Speaker 1: little known occult history. The word magnetism, of course, arises
2:48:47
Speaker 1: from the word magnet. Now Here is an interesting bit
2:48:50
Speaker 1: of history. You will see in the dictionaries that the
2:48:54
Speaker 1: term magnet was given the loadstone or natural magnet, because
2:48:58
Speaker 1: it was first discovered near Magnetis, a town in Asia Minor.
2:49:02
Speaker 1: This explanation is most amusing to those familiar with the
2:49:05
Speaker 1: records of the old occult brotherhoods. For the latter know
2:49:08
Speaker 1: that instead of the magnet being named after the town,
2:49:11
Speaker 1: the town was named after the magnet, the latter being
2:49:13
Speaker 1: known centuries before the town of Magnetia was built. The
2:49:18
Speaker 1: natural magnet was known in China, India, and Persia thousands
2:49:22
Speaker 1: of years ago. Its name magnet arose from the same
2:49:26
Speaker 1: Persian word as magic, namely mag signifying the esoteric priesthood
2:49:31
Speaker 1: or magians. The name was given because the power of
2:49:34
Speaker 1: the natural magnet resembled the mental power exerted by the magians,
2:49:38
Speaker 1: and the stone was called literally the magian stone or
2:49:41
Speaker 1: the magic stone, hence the words magnet and magnetism. So
2:49:47
Speaker 1: you see me, come by our use of the word
2:49:49
Speaker 1: in a perfectly natural way. An interesting fact and one
2:49:53
Speaker 1: that goes to prove that mine's work in accustomed channels
2:49:56
Speaker 1: is to be noted in the circumstance that the mysterious
2:49:58
Speaker 1: phenomena of mesmerism et cetera, noticed in Europe and America
2:50:02
Speaker 1: during the past century or so, came to be naturally
2:50:05
Speaker 1: called animal magnetism, personal magnetism, et cetera. The mind of
2:50:10
Speaker 1: the public intuitively connecting the phenomena with that of the magnet,
2:50:13
Speaker 1: which it very much resembles. And in our day we
2:50:18
Speaker 1: speak of people being very magnetic, lacking magnetism, having a
2:50:22
Speaker 1: magnetic presence, et cetera, et cetera, And so history repeats itself.
2:50:28
Speaker 1: The magnet, which was originally called the magian or magic
2:50:32
Speaker 1: stone because its force resembled the menative attraction manifested by
2:50:35
Speaker 1: the magi or magians, serves to give a name to
2:50:38
Speaker 1: similar manifestation of mental force. Centuries after. The magnet gives
2:50:44
Speaker 1: back to the twentieth century magians the name it borrowed
2:50:46
Speaker 1: from the magians of ancient Persia. It has repaid the debt,
2:50:51
Speaker 1: while the phase of mind power, which has to do
2:50:53
Speaker 1: with the operation of the force upon distant minds and
2:50:56
Speaker 1: objects is perhaps the most startling. Still, that phase, which
2:50:59
Speaker 1: is called personal magnetism, is one of the most important
2:51:02
Speaker 1: and remarkable. Its very frequent occurrence often causes us to
2:51:07
Speaker 1: overlook it. But it is the phase which is effectively
2:51:10
Speaker 1: used by those who understand it, and the one against
2:51:12
Speaker 1: which it behooves us to guard ourselves. All have noticed
2:51:16
Speaker 1: that some individuals seem to have a winning way about
2:51:19
Speaker 1: them and are able to induce others to fall into
2:51:21
Speaker 1: their way of thinking and to do what they wish done.
2:51:25
Speaker 1: The so called magnetic man is able to sway audiences
2:51:28
Speaker 1: or individuals by his mystic power, and one often fails
2:51:32
Speaker 1: to realize just how it was done when he recalls
2:51:34
Speaker 1: the words spoken or reads them in cold type the
2:51:37
Speaker 1: morning after. The secret lies not alone in what is said,
2:51:41
Speaker 1: or even in how it is said, but rather in
2:51:43
Speaker 1: how great a degree personal magnetism was emanated by the speaker.
2:51:47
Speaker 1: Many persons who have dealings with the public in the
2:51:50
Speaker 1: direction of selling goods, securing subscriptions, selling life insurance, et cetera,
2:51:56
Speaker 1: et cetera, have acquired a degree of the art of
2:51:59
Speaker 1: using personal magne often being unconscious of the force they
2:52:02
Speaker 1: are employing, and many large employers of agents have schools
2:52:06
Speaker 1: wherein the agents are taught the psychology of suggestion, personal influence,
2:52:11
Speaker 1: et cetera, and more or less of personal magnetism, although
2:52:14
Speaker 1: under some other name, and more than this, every person
2:52:18
Speaker 1: who is in earnest when talking to another person manifests
2:52:22
Speaker 1: more or less personal magnetism, unconsciously or consciously. While the
2:52:27
Speaker 1: statement may bring down upon my head the wrath of
2:52:29
Speaker 1: those who believe that the phenomena of the old fashioned
2:52:32
Speaker 1: revival are due to the workings of the spirit, I
2:52:35
Speaker 1: do not hesitate to affirm that all students of psychology
2:52:38
Speaker 1: know that the greater part of the fervor is due
2:52:40
Speaker 1: to emotional excitement produced by personal magnetism manifesting along both
2:52:44
Speaker 1: the lines of manative currents and suggestion. Anyone who has
2:52:49
Speaker 1: ever attended a Negro revival or camp meeting has carried
2:52:52
Speaker 1: away with him a memory of the effects of a
2:52:54
Speaker 1: certain kind of personal magnetism upon a certain type of
2:52:56
Speaker 1: emotional minds. And not alone in the field of emotional
2:53:01
Speaker 1: religion does this force manifest itself so strongly. It is
2:53:04
Speaker 1: just as plainly demonstrated in the case of emotional politics.
2:53:09
Speaker 1: Let any man sit down and sanely consider the performances
2:53:13
Speaker 1: of the average man of the rank and file of
2:53:15
Speaker 1: either of the political parties during a campaign. See how
2:53:18
Speaker 1: men are swayed by emotional appeals to their prejudices and
2:53:22
Speaker 1: party spirit. See how they allow themselves to be blinded
2:53:26
Speaker 1: by glittering promises and statements without a shred of reasonable argument,
2:53:30
Speaker 1: until they become fanatics. Their emotions are skillfully played upon
2:53:35
Speaker 1: by the leaders and speakers, and the current of personal
2:53:38
Speaker 1: magnetism and suggestion spreads over the body of the party
2:53:41
Speaker 1: until they become a mob possessed of certain fixed ideas
2:53:44
Speaker 1: that have taken possession of them. Families are split by
2:53:48
Speaker 1: factional differences, and hatred reigns when love formerly had its abode.
2:53:53
Speaker 1: The excitement grows fiercer and fiercer, until at last the
2:53:56
Speaker 1: day of the election is at hand and the country
2:53:59
Speaker 1: goes into a pairicism of emotional excitement. Then the result
2:54:03
Speaker 1: is announced. The next day, everyone suffers from a relapse
2:54:07
Speaker 1: and the country begins to laugh over what has happened.
2:54:11
Speaker 1: After the sting of defeat has worn off and the
2:54:13
Speaker 1: elation of victory has melted away, it is found that
2:54:16
Speaker 1: the country is moving along about as usual, not going
2:54:20
Speaker 1: to the dogs because some man is defeated, nor taking
2:54:23
Speaker 1: great leaps forward because some other man has been elected
2:54:26
Speaker 1: town supervisor or president, as the case may be. The
2:54:30
Speaker 1: people play their parts year after year, that is, the
2:54:33
Speaker 1: majority of them being swayed by emotional excitement rather than
2:54:36
Speaker 1: by reason, thought, or intelligence. And the men who pull
2:54:41
Speaker 1: the mental strings grin to themselves as they think over
2:54:44
Speaker 1: what fools these mortals be, and prepare themselves to pull
2:54:47
Speaker 1: the same strings again upon the next occasion, and to
2:54:50
Speaker 1: make their sheeplike followers again dance to the tune of
2:54:53
Speaker 1: my party, right or wrong, my party, And in both
2:54:57
Speaker 1: revival and political campaign, the moving spirit is the same,
2:55:02
Speaker 1: our old friend. Personal magnetism operates through the force of
2:55:05
Speaker 1: a few feelings conveyed from the minds of the few
2:55:08
Speaker 1: to the minds of the many, aided and embedded in
2:55:10
Speaker 1: its subtle influence by its mate mental suggestion. Gaining force
2:55:15
Speaker 1: under the force of the desire and will of each
2:55:17
Speaker 1: person who adds his force to the original impulse, it
2:55:19
Speaker 1: swells in volume until, like the rolling snowballs, it grows
2:55:23
Speaker 1: to mammoth proportions and sweeps all before it. You have
2:55:27
Speaker 1: often heard that enthusiasm is infectious. Did you ever wonder why?
2:55:33
Speaker 1: Have you ever wondered why you enjoyed a theatrical performance
2:55:36
Speaker 1: more when the house was filled than when only half
2:55:38
Speaker 1: its seating capacity was used. Have you ever understood the
2:55:42
Speaker 1: cause of the wave of enthusiasm that has swept over
2:55:45
Speaker 1: the large audience, including yourself, until you felt all in
2:55:48
Speaker 1: a mental glow? Have you ever realized that what is
2:55:52
Speaker 1: known as the psychology of the crowd, by which term
2:55:55
Speaker 1: is meant the influence that can be gained over a crowd,
2:55:58
Speaker 1: whereas the separate individuals can opposing the crowd could not
2:56:01
Speaker 1: be so affected, is due to personal magnetism and mental suggestion,
2:56:05
Speaker 1: which is started into operation and then spread from mind
2:56:07
Speaker 1: to mind by the added desire and will manifest it
2:56:10
Speaker 1: in mental states and their associated physical actions. And there
2:56:15
Speaker 1: is another fact to be remembered while we are considering
2:56:17
Speaker 1: audiences and crowds. I allude to the fact that the
2:56:21
Speaker 1: speaker is affected by the personal magnetism of the audience,
2:56:24
Speaker 1: which flows back upon him, giving him increased power to
2:56:27
Speaker 1: send again to them his own ideas, awakening fresh emotional
2:56:30
Speaker 1: excitement in them. It is action and reaction. Always it
2:56:36
Speaker 1: is of the greatest importance that one understands the causes
2:56:39
Speaker 1: of these mental epidemics, for when the cause is once understood,
2:56:43
Speaker 1: one is far less liable to be carried away by
2:56:46
Speaker 1: emotional excitement spread in this way. Many sober, sensible people
2:56:50
Speaker 1: have been swept off their feet by these waves of
2:56:53
Speaker 1: personal magnetism, and have done and said things that would
2:56:56
Speaker 1: otherwise have been impossible for them. They have allowed the
2:56:59
Speaker 1: p personal magnetism to reach their minds through the emotive poll,
2:57:03
Speaker 1: arousing ideas and desires that otherwise would have been impossible.
2:57:08
Speaker 1: We have seen or heard of respectable citizens, including the
2:57:12
Speaker 1: members of the so called learned professions lawyers, doctors, teachers, preachers,
2:57:17
Speaker 1: joining in mobs and allowing themselves to be carried away
2:57:20
Speaker 1: by the personal magnetism and suggestion of the more excitable
2:57:23
Speaker 1: members thereof, and participating in acts that afterwards seemed like
2:57:26
Speaker 1: horrible nightmares to them. The emotional nature is always very
2:57:31
Speaker 1: near the surface in the majority of men, and it
2:57:34
Speaker 1: should be ever guarded from outside arousing influences the motive
2:57:38
Speaker 1: poll of the mind. The will power should ever be
2:57:41
Speaker 1: on guard to resist this invasion of the emotive poll
2:57:44
Speaker 1: desire force, and so should the will ever be on
2:57:48
Speaker 1: guard to neutralize the personal magnetism of others, who, in
2:57:51
Speaker 1: personal interviews seek to bend the minds of their hearers
2:57:54
Speaker 1: to their ideas, and, by thus arousing desire, mold them
2:57:57
Speaker 1: so as to work their wills upon them. In all
2:58:00
Speaker 1: of these cases of personal magnetism and mental suggestion, whether
2:58:03
Speaker 1: along the lines of personal influencing, appeals, artful suggestion, et cetera,
2:58:10
Speaker 1: as well as in the cases of mental epidemic, the
2:58:13
Speaker 1: effect is produced by the mentator or suggestor obtaining the
2:58:16
Speaker 1: voluntary attention of the other or others, and thus holding
2:58:19
Speaker 1: his will engaged, and is a motive poll of mind
2:58:22
Speaker 1: thus unguarded. While he pours in his menative currents or suggestions,
2:58:26
Speaker 1: usually both, into the emotive pole of his hearers, he
2:58:30
Speaker 1: thus induces in them the desires, emotions, and feelings which
2:58:34
Speaker 1: act as motive forces, causing them to act according to
2:58:37
Speaker 1: his wishes and will. The person affected is rendered unable
2:58:41
Speaker 1: to reason correctly or intelligently, for his will is on
2:58:45
Speaker 1: a vacation, and his reason is swayed by his desires, emotions,
2:58:49
Speaker 1: and feelings, thus induced. The necessary support of the will
2:58:52
Speaker 1: being lacking. The will of the man sending the menative
2:58:56
Speaker 1: currents or mental suggestions is in control instead of the
2:58:59
Speaker 1: will of the hearers and persons influenced. In the cases
2:59:04
Speaker 1: of widespread mental contagion, the influence spreads from mind to
2:59:08
Speaker 1: mind along the same lines, and according to the same laws.
2:59:12
Speaker 1: I trust that what I have said along these lines
2:59:14
Speaker 1: will appeal to the student in the direction of causing
2:59:17
Speaker 1: him to interpose a resistance to these currents and suggestions.
2:59:20
Speaker 1: In cases such as I have mentioned, the remedy is
2:59:23
Speaker 1: in his own hands, simply the interposition of the will.
2:59:26
Speaker 1: In the manner of which I shall speak as we proceed,
2:59:30
Speaker 1: surround yourself with an armor of will power, which will
2:59:33
Speaker 1: act as a shield against influences of this sort, and
2:59:35
Speaker 1: which will beat them back upon their senders. If people
2:59:39
Speaker 1: but understood this law, they would cause these selfish menative
2:59:42
Speaker 1: currents to be reflected back upon the center until he
2:59:44
Speaker 1: was swept away in the whirlwind of his own raising.
2:59:48
Speaker 1: It is apparent to all students of human nature that
2:59:51
Speaker 1: there is a wonderful difference in the degrees of what
2:59:53
Speaker 1: is called personal force, observable in different persons with whom
2:59:56
Speaker 1: we come in contact. Some are very forceful and others
3:00:01
Speaker 1: are quite forceless, and others form varying degrees between these
3:00:04
Speaker 1: two extremes. This difference in personal force depends upon the
3:00:09
Speaker 1: degree of dynamic positivity or negativity in the magnetism of
3:00:13
Speaker 1: each person. The man who is able to manifest a
3:00:17
Speaker 1: strong degree of mind power along the lines of motive
3:00:20
Speaker 1: polarity or will power, becomes dynamically positive. I use the
3:00:25
Speaker 1: word positive in this connection in the sense of Webster's
3:00:28
Speaker 1: definition having the power to direct action or influence. Passing
3:00:33
Speaker 1: down the scale through varying in lessening degrees of positivity,
3:00:37
Speaker 1: we reach the case of the man who is almost
3:00:39
Speaker 1: devoid of this power of manifesting mind power, and his
3:00:44
Speaker 1: condition we call that of dynamic negativity. By negative, as
3:00:48
Speaker 1: I use it here, I mean non positive, lacking the
3:00:52
Speaker 1: power of direct action or influence. Now, every person has
3:00:56
Speaker 1: his own degree of dynamic positivity. Each one is dynamically
3:01:01
Speaker 1: positive to some others and dynamically negative to others. Still,
3:01:05
Speaker 1: unless indeed, one has reached the limit of positivity or negativity,
3:01:08
Speaker 1: which limit cannot be definitely fixed. Two persons meet each
3:01:13
Speaker 1: other at once, there ensues a silent, quiet struggle between
3:01:17
Speaker 1: their dynamic mentation, depending for its intensity upon the importance
3:01:21
Speaker 1: of the meeting. Still in any in all events, the
3:01:25
Speaker 1: struggle ensues, usually unconsciously. It may be over in a moment,
3:01:30
Speaker 1: or it may last a long time. But from that struggle,
3:01:33
Speaker 1: sooner or later, one or the other must emerge a victor, unless,
3:01:37
Speaker 1: as is rarely the case, they are of equal degrees
3:01:40
Speaker 1: of positivity, and there is no mistake about the result.
3:01:45
Speaker 1: Each one recognizes himself as the victor or the defeated,
3:01:48
Speaker 1: and adjusts himself to his relative position. I do not
3:01:52
Speaker 1: mean by this that the degree of dynamic positivity is
3:01:55
Speaker 1: fixed permanently in either person. For the contrary is the case.
3:02:00
Speaker 1: One of the persons who is really stronger usually may
3:02:03
Speaker 1: be weaker at that particular time, owing to his will
3:02:06
Speaker 1: being fatigued, or by reason of his having relaxed his
3:02:09
Speaker 1: will power, as is often the case, And in such
3:02:13
Speaker 1: a case, the defeated one may be the victor at
3:02:15
Speaker 1: the next encounter, or may even rally his energies in
3:02:18
Speaker 1: a moment later and turn the tables. One may have
3:02:21
Speaker 1: a strong will in moments of activity, and yet in
3:02:25
Speaker 1: moments of passivity he may relax it very much, And
3:02:29
Speaker 1: a still more important fact, one may so increase his
3:02:32
Speaker 1: will power that he will be able to completely dominate
3:02:34
Speaker 1: those who formerly overmastered and even overawt him. All of
3:02:39
Speaker 1: us know of instances of this kind in our own
3:02:41
Speaker 1: personal experiences. At the extreme dynamic positive poll are to
3:02:46
Speaker 1: be found those wonderfully forceful men who seem to dominate
3:02:49
Speaker 1: all with whom they come in contact. These people fairly
3:02:53
Speaker 1: paralyze the wills of those around them and induce a
3:02:55
Speaker 1: motive states almost at will when in deep earnest manative effort,
3:03:01
Speaker 1: they seem to actually plunge their will into the mind
3:03:04
Speaker 1: of the other persons and set themselves up as the
3:03:06
Speaker 1: dominant force therein taking the other's wills captive and holding
3:03:10
Speaker 1: them obedient to the master will of the positive man.
3:03:13
Speaker 1: Such men are, of course rare, and whenever they exist,
3:03:16
Speaker 1: they make a strong mark on the history of their times,
3:03:19
Speaker 1: local or general. I do not like to quote Napoleon
3:03:23
Speaker 1: Bonaparte as an example, for he has been used to
3:03:25
Speaker 1: illustrate almost everything, but still the mind intuitively flies to
3:03:30
Speaker 1: him in thinking of the dominant will. Napoleon had a
3:03:34
Speaker 1: marvelous will, an almost superhuman will. It was manifested not
3:03:39
Speaker 1: only on the world at large, but also upon those
3:03:41
Speaker 1: closest to him. In the way of personal contact. This
3:03:45
Speaker 1: man worked his will on those around him and forced
3:03:47
Speaker 1: his desires upon them. Also, he dominated everything in everybody,
3:03:53
Speaker 1: and his contemporaries, even his enemies, testify to this marvelous
3:03:57
Speaker 1: personal power. He is a very good example of this
3:04:00
Speaker 1: extreme positive type. Passing down the scale, we see men
3:04:05
Speaker 1: of strong personal force in all walks of life. These
3:04:09
Speaker 1: men formerly played the part of warriors or rulers of kingdoms,
3:04:12
Speaker 1: but the increasing importance of commercial life in the world's
3:04:15
Speaker 1: affairs has developed and brought forth a new type of
3:04:18
Speaker 1: these positive men, who now show themselves as captains of industry,
3:04:22
Speaker 1: prominent figures in frenzied finance, makers, and rulers of the
3:04:26
Speaker 1: great trusts of this country, and others. A little lower
3:04:30
Speaker 1: in the scale of personal force, we find men of
3:04:32
Speaker 1: marked power, but still a little less strong than those
3:04:35
Speaker 1: above them. And so we pass down through the varying
3:04:39
Speaker 1: degrees of the scale, meeting the average man and woman,
3:04:42
Speaker 1: and then on to the weaklings of the race. At
3:04:46
Speaker 1: the extreme negative end of the scale, we find those
3:04:48
Speaker 1: impressionable creatures known to students of experimental psychology as somnambules
3:04:54
Speaker 1: or impressionables, who have merely to be told to do
3:04:56
Speaker 1: a thing in an authoritative manner in order to have
3:04:59
Speaker 1: them attempt to do it, or at least to feel
3:05:02
Speaker 1: impelled to do so. There are many people upon whom
3:05:05
Speaker 1: the phenomena of extreme mental suggestion may be produced. While
3:05:09
Speaker 1: they are wide awake. They will feel the burn on
3:05:12
Speaker 1: their hands caused by your finger. If you but suggest
3:05:15
Speaker 1: it to them in the right way, they will be
3:05:18
Speaker 1: unable to draw apart their hands, which have been fastened
3:05:21
Speaker 1: together by your strong suggestion. They will be drawn backward
3:05:25
Speaker 1: or forward by your suggestion. There are many people of
3:05:29
Speaker 1: this kind, some more impressionable than others, but all quite impressionable,
3:05:34
Speaker 1: who will be driven this way or that way by
3:05:36
Speaker 1: those who understand the subject. Fortunately this fact is not
3:05:40
Speaker 1: generally recognized, or else we should hear of still more
3:05:43
Speaker 1: cases of strange influence, et cetera in the newspapers. But
3:05:48
Speaker 1: the subject is becoming more widely discussed and known now,
3:05:52
Speaker 1: and it is only a question of time when the
3:05:54
Speaker 1: law will be compelled to take cognizance of it. Fortunately, however,
3:05:59
Speaker 1: the extremely negative condition may be overcome by one by
3:06:02
Speaker 1: developing his will and learning the principles underlying the subject.
3:06:06
Speaker 1: Knowledge of the nature of the subject robs the force
3:06:09
Speaker 1: of much of its effect, the latter depending largely upon
3:06:12
Speaker 1: the passive ignorance of the subject. Give him the proper instruction,
3:06:16
Speaker 1: and he will be able to interpose a resistance. Every
3:06:20
Speaker 1: man has his present place on the scale, but he
3:06:22
Speaker 1: may improve his position. Personal magnetism bears a close resemblance
3:06:27
Speaker 1: to that which in olden times was frequently caned mental fascination.
3:06:32
Speaker 1: Fascination means the act of fascinating or state of being fascinated.
3:06:38
Speaker 1: The word fascinate springs from the Latin word fastenair, meaning
3:06:42
Speaker 1: to enchant, be which charm by eyes or tongue, captivate, attract,
3:06:47
Speaker 1: et cetera. The definition of the English word fascinate is
3:06:51
Speaker 1: as follows, to act upon by some powerful or irresistible influence,
3:06:56
Speaker 1: To influence by an irresistible charm, to lure or excite
3:07:01
Speaker 1: irresistibly or powerfully, to charm, captivate, or attract powerfully. To
3:07:06
Speaker 1: influence the imagination, reason, or will of another in an
3:07:10
Speaker 1: uncontrollable manner. To enchant, captivate, or allure powerfully, or irresistibly.
3:07:16
Speaker 1: The above definition is condensed from a number of the
3:07:19
Speaker 1: best dictionaries and gives the essence of the idea embodied
3:07:22
Speaker 1: in the word. In this work, I use the term
3:07:25
Speaker 1: personal magnetism in the sense of the action of mind
3:07:30
Speaker 1: power in the direction of powerfully influencing the imagination, desire,
3:07:34
Speaker 1: or will of another. This is my own broad definition
3:07:38
Speaker 1: which includes all the varied phenomena. Chapter ten examples of
3:07:43
Speaker 1: dynamic mentation. The story of dynamic mentation runs along with
3:07:48
Speaker 1: the history of the human race, for it has always
3:07:51
Speaker 1: been known to man in some form, coming to primitive man,
3:07:54
Speaker 1: along with other inheritances from still lower forms. It was
3:07:58
Speaker 1: used from the beginning. Its earliest forms were similar to
3:08:02
Speaker 1: its employment by the lower animals, such as has been
3:08:04
Speaker 1: mentioned in a preceding chapter. The positive minds of the
3:08:08
Speaker 1: race influenced and dominated the more negative ones without understanding
3:08:13
Speaker 1: its laws. The positive barbarians discovered that they possessed a
3:08:17
Speaker 1: stronger power of inducing mental states among their negative companions,
3:08:21
Speaker 1: and were thus enabled to work there will upon them.
3:08:24
Speaker 1: Many of the leaders of barbarian races owe their positions
3:08:27
Speaker 1: of prominence and leadership to this law of mental induction.
3:08:31
Speaker 1: But along with the rise of leaders, there was manifested
3:08:33
Speaker 1: a similar rise in power and influence of the priests.
3:08:37
Speaker 1: All races have had their priests, and have to day.
3:08:41
Speaker 1: A priest is a man whose office is that of
3:08:43
Speaker 1: a mediator between men and their divinities, one who claims
3:08:47
Speaker 1: to represent the supernatural entities in their dealings with men,
3:08:50
Speaker 1: or religious or spiritual middle man, as it were. I
3:08:53
Speaker 1: use this expression in all seriousness, and with no desire
3:08:57
Speaker 1: to speak lightly of the priestly offices, which have played
3:08:59
Speaker 1: in important part in the history of the race. The priests,
3:09:04
Speaker 1: not being occupied with warfare or agriculture, and by reason
3:09:08
Speaker 1: of their support being contributed by the people, found plenty
3:09:11
Speaker 1: of time to think a somewhat rare privilege in the
3:09:13
Speaker 1: early days, and even in these times, for that matter,
3:09:18
Speaker 1: And so there gradually arose among all peoples a priestly
3:09:22
Speaker 1: caste that possessed the bulk of intelligence of the race.
3:09:26
Speaker 1: These priests soon began to recognize the importance of mind power,
3:09:30
Speaker 1: and they studied its underlying principles and laws of operation. This,
3:09:34
Speaker 1: of course, gave them an additional hold on the people
3:09:37
Speaker 1: and a power over them. There seems to be no
3:09:40
Speaker 1: doubt but that Even in the early days of the race,
3:09:43
Speaker 1: the priestly caste held a very wide knowledge of the
3:09:45
Speaker 1: laws and practice of dynamic mentation. In the heart of
3:09:49
Speaker 1: Africa today we find the voodoo men, or conjurors or
3:09:53
Speaker 1: medicine men well versed in the application of mind power.
3:09:57
Speaker 1: It was also known among the early Americans Indians, although
3:10:01
Speaker 1: their degenerated descendants seem to have lost the knowledge except
3:10:04
Speaker 1: in a few instances. The power of the priesthood among
3:10:07
Speaker 1: primitive races is based almost entirely upon some form of
3:10:11
Speaker 1: dynamic mentation, and as we see the race ascending in
3:10:16
Speaker 1: the scale, so do we see the priests displaying a
3:10:18
Speaker 1: broader and fuller knowledge of the subject in question. The
3:10:22
Speaker 1: history of the Oriental races show that a full knowledge
3:10:25
Speaker 1: of the operation of mind power has been possessed by
3:10:27
Speaker 1: them for thousands of years. In the pictured stories of
3:10:31
Speaker 1: the Egyptians, the traces of which appear in their ruined
3:10:34
Speaker 1: temples and other buildings, we see that they understood the
3:10:37
Speaker 1: art perfectly. In ancient Persia and Chaldea, the art arose
3:10:42
Speaker 1: to great heights. In fact, among all of the advanced
3:10:46
Speaker 1: ancient races of men, we find an important place given
3:10:49
Speaker 1: to the subject before us. Among the ancient mysteries and
3:10:53
Speaker 1: the various ceremonies of the temples of the early races,
3:10:56
Speaker 1: we see many instances of the use of this power.
3:11:00
Speaker 1: Back of the rites and ceremonies were always the underlying
3:11:03
Speaker 1: principle and application. In the early use of the force,
3:11:07
Speaker 1: its employment was largely along the lines of healing. But
3:11:11
Speaker 1: still we read in the pages of early history of
3:11:13
Speaker 1: many instances of mental fascination, pure and simple. That which
3:11:18
Speaker 1: was afterward called mesmerism, hypnotism, et cetera, was well known
3:11:22
Speaker 1: to the ancients, and in fact, some of the recorded
3:11:26
Speaker 1: results coming down to us from the past have never
3:11:28
Speaker 1: been equaled by modern experimenters. Some of the feats of
3:11:32
Speaker 1: the modern Hindu magicians or fakirs have never been equaled
3:11:36
Speaker 1: by Western hypnotists. Ancient history is full of instances of
3:11:41
Speaker 1: the operation of dynamic mentation among the people of the
3:11:44
Speaker 1: early days. It is related that Julius Caesar, while quite
3:11:48
Speaker 1: a young man, fell in with pirates near the Isle
3:11:50
Speaker 1: of Rhodes, who captured his ship and took him prisoner.
3:11:54
Speaker 1: They held him for several weeks while awaiting the ransom
3:11:57
Speaker 1: money being raised by his relatives. Plutarch writes that while
3:12:02
Speaker 1: the young caesar was the captive of the pirates, he
3:12:04
Speaker 1: asserted his mastery over them to such an extent that
3:12:07
Speaker 1: he seemed a ruler rather than a prisoner. When he
3:12:10
Speaker 1: wished to rest or sleep, he forbade them to make
3:12:13
Speaker 1: any noise, and they obeyed him without question. He abused
3:12:17
Speaker 1: them and ordered them around like servants, and they did
3:12:19
Speaker 1: not seem able to disobey him. He did not hesitate
3:12:23
Speaker 1: to threaten them with death when he regained his liberty,
3:12:25
Speaker 1: and they did not resent it, and he afterward made
3:12:29
Speaker 1: good his threats. It is related of Alcibiades the Athenian,
3:12:34
Speaker 1: that he once made a bet with some of the
3:12:36
Speaker 1: young Athenian nobles that he would publicly box the years
3:12:39
Speaker 1: of Hipponichos, a venerable and greatly respected citizen. Not only
3:12:44
Speaker 1: did he bet that he would do this thing, but
3:12:46
Speaker 1: be also claimed that he would afterward compel the old
3:12:48
Speaker 1: man to give him his favorite daughter in marriage. The
3:12:52
Speaker 1: day following, when Hipponichos came out, Alcibiades walked up to
3:12:56
Speaker 1: him and gave him a resounding box on the years.
3:12:59
Speaker 1: The old man seemed dazed and bewildered, and retired to
3:13:02
Speaker 1: his home. A great public outcry arose, and the young
3:13:06
Speaker 1: man seemed likely to fall a victim to the indignation
3:13:09
Speaker 1: of the citizens. But the next day Alcibiades went to
3:13:13
Speaker 1: the home of Hipponico's, and, after making a pretense of
3:13:16
Speaker 1: bearing his back for punishment, he managed to induce in
3:13:19
Speaker 1: the old man a feeling of good humor and mirth,
3:13:21
Speaker 1: and obtained his pardon and goodwill, the latter increasing daily thereafter,
3:13:25
Speaker 1: until finally he grew so devoted to the young man
3:13:28
Speaker 1: that he offered him the hand of his daughter in marriage,
3:13:31
Speaker 1: which was accepted. Any One who is acquainted with the
3:13:34
Speaker 1: recorded character of the Athenians will realize what a wonderful
3:13:38
Speaker 1: occurrence this was. It was a striking exhibition of dynamic mentation.
3:13:42
Speaker 1: Without a question, all the great generals of history have
3:13:46
Speaker 1: possessed this quality. Caesar, Alexander the Great, Napoleon, Frederick the Great,
3:13:52
Speaker 1: and the modern mystic warrior Jen Gordon all managed their
3:13:57
Speaker 1: men in a mysterious and wonderful manner, so that their
3:14:00
Speaker 1: troops worshiped them as almost gods, and went to their
3:14:03
Speaker 1: death willingly and joyfully. The single instance of Napoleon, when
3:14:07
Speaker 1: he returned from Elba and confronted the Bourbon army drawn
3:14:10
Speaker 1: up to capture him. Should satisfy anyone of the possession
3:14:14
Speaker 1: of the greatest dynamic power by this wonderful man. You
3:14:18
Speaker 1: remember that the troops were drawn up confronting Napoleon, their
3:14:21
Speaker 1: muskets leveled at his breast in obedience to the command aim. Napoleon,
3:14:26
Speaker 1: who was on foot, marched deliberately toward the troops with
3:14:29
Speaker 1: measured tread, gazing directly into their eyes. Then the officers
3:14:34
Speaker 1: shouted fire. A single shot would have killed Napoleon and
3:14:39
Speaker 1: would have brought to the man who fired at a
3:14:40
Speaker 1: fortune from the Bourbon king. But not a man obeyed
3:14:44
Speaker 1: the order, so completely were they under the spell of
3:14:47
Speaker 1: Napoleon's fascination. Instead of firing, they threw down their guns
3:14:52
Speaker 1: and ran joyfully toward the Corsican shouting Vai val Emperor.
3:14:57
Speaker 1: Their officers fled, and Napoleon, placing himself at the head
3:15:01
Speaker 1: of the troops, marched on to Paris. Other troops flocked
3:15:05
Speaker 1: to his standard at each point where he confronted them,
3:15:07
Speaker 1: although they had been sent out to capture or kill him.
3:15:11
Speaker 1: By the time the gates of Paris were reached, he
3:15:14
Speaker 1: was at the head of an immense army. The fascination
3:15:17
Speaker 1: manifested by this man was one of the most marked
3:15:20
Speaker 1: instances of its possession of which we have any record,
3:15:23
Speaker 1: and it seems to endure to this day, almost a
3:15:26
Speaker 1: century after his death. The very mention of his name
3:15:29
Speaker 1: makes one's blood tingle. All great leaders of men, statesmen, orators,
3:15:35
Speaker 1: and politicians have the power of dynamic mentation developed to
3:15:38
Speaker 1: a considerable degree. If you have ever come in contact
3:15:42
Speaker 1: with a man of this sort, you will always remember
3:15:45
Speaker 1: the impression he made upon you. Every man who knew
3:15:48
Speaker 1: James G. Blame will remember his personal magnetism, of which
3:15:52
Speaker 1: so much was said during his lifetime. Anyone who heard
3:15:56
Speaker 1: the famous speech of William J. Bryan at the Chicago Convention,
3:16:00
Speaker 1: in which he made use of the famous expression thou
3:16:03
Speaker 1: shalt not press upon the brow of labor the crown
3:16:05
Speaker 1: of thorns, Thou shalt not crucify mankind upon a cross
3:16:10
Speaker 1: of gold, needs no further proof of the reality of
3:16:13
Speaker 1: dynamic mentation. Brian was almost unknown to the majority of
3:16:17
Speaker 1: the delegates, and no thought of nominating him was entertained
3:16:20
Speaker 1: by them. But his magnetism was so great that it
3:16:24
Speaker 1: swept the Convention like a mighty tidal wave, carrying all
3:16:27
Speaker 1: before it, and Brian was carried around the hall on
3:16:30
Speaker 1: the shoulders of the delegates, who afterward made him their
3:16:33
Speaker 1: nominee for president. And although defeated twice, this man still
3:16:38
Speaker 1: possesses a wonderful fascination over hundreds of thousands of people
3:16:41
Speaker 1: in this country who would rally around his standard at
3:16:44
Speaker 1: any time that he would sound a call. Henry Ward Beecher,
3:16:48
Speaker 1: at the Great Meeting in England manifested the same power.
3:16:52
Speaker 1: The whole meeting was against him and drowned his words
3:16:55
Speaker 1: by hoots, yells, and other noises. But Beecher looked themselves
3:17:00
Speaker 1: straight in the eye and gradually cowed them into subjection,
3:17:03
Speaker 1: and then talked to them for two hours and fairly
3:17:06
Speaker 1: carried the meeting by storm. He was but one man,
3:17:09
Speaker 1: facing thousands of other men hostile to him and determined
3:17:12
Speaker 1: to prevent him from speaking. But the single man won
3:17:16
Speaker 1: by his dynamic will. It was not alone the words
3:17:20
Speaker 1: in these cases, it was the mind power behind the words.
3:17:25
Speaker 1: Fathergill relates the following remarkable incidents in the life of Hugo,
3:17:28
Speaker 1: Bishop of Lincoln, which is another illustration of one phase
3:17:32
Speaker 1: of dynamic mentation. Perhaps no exhibition of heroism was ever
3:17:36
Speaker 1: more remarkable than when Hugo, Bishop of Lincoln, bearded Richard
3:17:40
Speaker 1: Crower the Lion in the Church of Roche d ANNELI
3:17:44
Speaker 1: in pursuit of war in Normandy. Richard demanded more supplies
3:17:48
Speaker 1: from his barons, and the bishop refused to supply any men.
3:17:52
Speaker 1: The See of Lincoln was bound to military service, he admitted,
3:17:56
Speaker 1: but only within the four seas of Britain. Richard was
3:17:59
Speaker 1: not a man to be lightly crossed, and Hugo was
3:18:02
Speaker 1: summoned to Normandy. So enraged was the king with the
3:18:06
Speaker 1: spiritual peer that when he presented himself in Normandy to
3:18:09
Speaker 1: answer the charge against him, two friendly barons met him
3:18:12
Speaker 1: to urge upon him the necessity for sending a conciliatory
3:18:14
Speaker 1: message to the King before entering his presence. The bishop
3:18:18
Speaker 1: declined the advice. The King was sitting at Mass when
3:18:22
Speaker 1: the prelate walked up to him, and, despite the monarch's frown,
3:18:26
Speaker 1: said kiss me, my lord King. The King turned away
3:18:30
Speaker 1: his face. Hugo shook him and repeated his request. Thou
3:18:35
Speaker 1: hast not deserved it, growled the king fiercely. I have
3:18:40
Speaker 1: returned the prelate and shook him all the harder. The
3:18:43
Speaker 1: King yielded, The kiss was given, and the bishop passed
3:18:46
Speaker 1: calmly on to take part in the service. Mere indifference
3:18:50
Speaker 1: to death could never have produced such a result. There
3:18:54
Speaker 1: was something more. As well as utterly fearless, Bishop Hugo
3:18:58
Speaker 1: possessed a will power of most unusual character, of which
3:19:02
Speaker 1: several instances are on record. Not only did he face
3:19:05
Speaker 1: the king and justify his refusal to supply men in
3:19:08
Speaker 1: the council chamber afterwards, but he went farther and rebuked
3:19:12
Speaker 1: him for infidelity to his queen. The lion was tamed
3:19:15
Speaker 1: for the moment. The King acknowledged nothing, but restrained his passion,
3:19:20
Speaker 1: observing afterwards, if all bishops were like my Lord of Lincoln,
3:19:24
Speaker 1: not a prince among us could lift his head among them.
3:19:27
Speaker 1: Such is the story as told by Food. Yet Richard
3:19:31
Speaker 1: was the last man to permit a liberty to be
3:19:33
Speaker 1: taken with him. As his whole history showed, Hugo was
3:19:37
Speaker 1: such a remarkable illustration of what high will power can
3:19:40
Speaker 1: do that another story may be related of him. King
3:19:44
Speaker 1: Henry Plantagenet had made Hugo Bishop of Lincoln, yet shortly
3:19:49
Speaker 1: afterwards on, preferring a request for a prebendal's stall for
3:19:52
Speaker 1: a courtier. His request was refused. Hugo had already braved
3:19:57
Speaker 1: his wrath once and the King, despite the e episode
3:20:00
Speaker 1: of Thomas A. Beckett, was savagely angry. Henry was with
3:20:04
Speaker 1: his swede in Woodstock Park and sat down on the ground,
3:20:07
Speaker 1: pretending to be mending his glove when the bishop approached him.
3:20:11
Speaker 1: The king took no notice of his spiritual peer. After
3:20:15
Speaker 1: a brief pause, Hugo, pushing aside an earl, sat down
3:20:18
Speaker 1: by the King's side, watching the royal proceedings. He remarked,
3:20:23
Speaker 1: your Highness reminds me of your cousins at Falaise. Falaise
3:20:27
Speaker 1: was famous for its leather work, and it was at
3:20:29
Speaker 1: Falaise that Duke Robert met Arlata the Tanner's daughter, the
3:20:32
Speaker 1: mother of William the Conqueror. This reference to his ancestry
3:20:36
Speaker 1: was too much for the King, who was utterly worsted
3:20:39
Speaker 1: in the discussion which followed. Can anyone doubt the existence
3:20:43
Speaker 1: of the subtle force of mind power in the instances
3:20:45
Speaker 1: just related? There was mind power behind the words, actions,
3:20:50
Speaker 1: and courage of Hugo. Without it, he would have failed
3:20:54
Speaker 1: Chapter eleven dynamic individuality. For the purpose of illustrating the
3:21:00
Speaker 1: personal qualities of the dynamically positive man along the lines
3:21:03
Speaker 1: of personal influence, I shall proceed to describe these qualities
3:21:07
Speaker 1: as existing in a person whom I will call the
3:21:09
Speaker 1: dynamic individual. Let us consider this man as an actually
3:21:13
Speaker 1: existent individual in our treatment of him. You must endeavor
3:21:17
Speaker 1: to imagine him in this way that you may understand
3:21:20
Speaker 1: his qualities. He is a very positive man, magnetically, one
3:21:26
Speaker 1: of the examples of a strong, forceful man of affairs
3:21:29
Speaker 1: who is constantly meeting people and having relations with them.
3:21:33
Speaker 1: How does such a man act, talk, look, move, and
3:21:37
Speaker 1: conduct himself. Let us see. In the first place, let
3:21:42
Speaker 1: us consider his appearance. He may be tall or short, dark,
3:21:46
Speaker 1: or fair, stout or slender. These things do not count.
3:21:51
Speaker 1: But notice this that, no matter which of the characteristics
3:21:54
Speaker 1: just mentioned he may possess or lack, he has a
3:21:57
Speaker 1: certain air about him that all may recognize once they
3:22:00
Speaker 1: have seen it in any one. Let us notice this
3:22:04
Speaker 1: er carefully, for it may give us a clue. The
3:22:07
Speaker 1: principal feature about this air of the dynamic individual is
3:22:11
Speaker 1: its suggestion of self confidence and fearlessness. Our man seems
3:22:15
Speaker 1: to have a certainty of an inward power and force
3:22:18
Speaker 1: about him. Not the blustering, self important are manifested by
3:22:22
Speaker 1: the Pinchbeck imitators of our man, but a calm, contained,
3:22:26
Speaker 1: poised consciousness of strength and self confidence. Our man seems
3:22:31
Speaker 1: to feel that there is something in him that gives
3:22:33
Speaker 1: him a strength and firmness unknown to the majority of people.
3:22:37
Speaker 1: Every such man has this inner consciousness, and I shall
3:22:40
Speaker 1: tell you what it is. As I said in the
3:22:43
Speaker 1: first chapter, there exists in nature a universal dynamic mental principle.
3:22:49
Speaker 1: In this principle, each individual is a center of power.
3:22:52
Speaker 1: This dynamic principle, in its outward manifestations of one pole
3:22:56
Speaker 1: of its energy at least, resembles a universal will. That is,
3:23:01
Speaker 1: while its inner nature cannot be known yet, in the
3:23:04
Speaker 1: outer aspect of one of its pulls of energy, it
3:23:06
Speaker 1: resembles a universal will in operation everywhere, and so we
3:23:11
Speaker 1: are justified in thinking of it as universal will power.
3:23:15
Speaker 1: The more positive a man becomes in dynamic mentation, the
3:23:19
Speaker 1: closer does he become in contact with this universal will,
3:23:23
Speaker 1: And the closer he is to this universal will, the
3:23:26
Speaker 1: more positive does he become. It is a case of
3:23:29
Speaker 1: action and reaction to him that hath shall be given
3:23:33
Speaker 1: applies in this case. The quality of dynamic positivity draws
3:23:37
Speaker 1: one to the universal will, and the nearness to this
3:23:40
Speaker 1: will renders one more and more positive. But there is
3:23:43
Speaker 1: this to be noted in connection with this truth. When
3:23:47
Speaker 1: a man feels the sense of power that comes from
3:23:49
Speaker 1: a mental relation with the universal will, and allows the
3:23:52
Speaker 1: energy to flow through him and to manifest in his acts,
3:23:56
Speaker 1: he has a reservoir of will power back of him
3:23:58
Speaker 1: which is inexhaustible and never fail. But if, in his conceit,
3:24:02
Speaker 1: arising from some successful action, he begins to think that
3:24:05
Speaker 1: the power is due to some personal strength, then he
3:24:08
Speaker 1: becomes conceited, and the pride of personality grows upon him.
3:24:13
Speaker 1: This is where he makes his mistake. By this personal
3:24:17
Speaker 1: view of the matter, he fences himself off from the
3:24:20
Speaker 1: universal will and limits his force to that portion which
3:24:22
Speaker 1: is locked up within his own mind, induced there by
3:24:25
Speaker 1: the will of the universe. Such a one separates himself
3:24:29
Speaker 1: from the source of power and puts up a barrier
3:24:31
Speaker 1: between himself and the universal supply. This is in accordance
3:24:35
Speaker 1: with the inner teachings of the great schools of occultism,
3:24:38
Speaker 1: and which teachings agree perfectly with the latest theories of
3:24:41
Speaker 1: modern science. There is a great ocean of universal will,
3:24:45
Speaker 1: in which we are but centers of activity, And if
3:24:48
Speaker 1: we will but open ourselves to the power and will
3:24:50
Speaker 1: contain therein, we will have an unfailing store of power
3:24:53
Speaker 1: upon which to draw. Let us pause for a moment
3:24:57
Speaker 1: and see what forces are combined in this active mentative.
3:25:01
Speaker 1: In the first place, we see that the dual aspect
3:25:03
Speaker 1: of the mind power manifests itself always That which we
3:25:08
Speaker 1: have called the desire force and that which we have
3:25:10
Speaker 1: called the will power appear as the two medative polls.
3:25:14
Speaker 1: You know this well, for you have studied the previous
3:25:17
Speaker 1: chapters wherein this point is brought out and illustrated. But
3:25:21
Speaker 1: here is an aspect of the matter that I did
3:25:23
Speaker 1: not bring out in those chapters. I allude to the
3:25:26
Speaker 1: resemblance of the two phases of mind power, i e.
3:25:29
Speaker 1: Desire force and will power to the physical phenomena of
3:25:33
Speaker 1: magnetism and electricity, respectively. Desire force like magnetism manifests in
3:25:39
Speaker 1: a drawing, pulling, attracting power, while will power, like electricity,
3:25:44
Speaker 1: manifests in a pushing, compelling driving power. Desire force like
3:25:49
Speaker 1: magnetism tends to draw things inward and to itself, while
3:25:53
Speaker 1: will power, like electricity, tends to drive things outward and
3:25:57
Speaker 1: away from itself. This dual manifest station of energy is
3:26:01
Speaker 1: seen all through nature, in all of its manifold forms
3:26:04
Speaker 1: and conditions. There is ever the drawing into a center,
3:26:09
Speaker 1: and there is ever the pushing outward from the center.
3:26:12
Speaker 1: And this law manifests upon the mental plane as well
3:26:15
Speaker 1: as upon the physical plane. We have heard much of
3:26:18
Speaker 1: people being magnetic, that is, having the power to attract
3:26:22
Speaker 1: persons to them, but that is merely one phase of
3:26:24
Speaker 1: the operation of dynamic mentation. We do not hear so
3:26:28
Speaker 1: much about people being electric, and yet the term is
3:26:31
Speaker 1: just as proper and applicable as the term magnetic. Electric
3:26:36
Speaker 1: People are the people in whom will power is strongly
3:26:39
Speaker 1: developed and manifest. These people get after others and make
3:26:43
Speaker 1: them do things. They are the active, energetic, forceful men
3:26:47
Speaker 1: and women who get behind things and push them along.
3:26:51
Speaker 1: All great leaders possess this phase of energy to a
3:26:54
Speaker 1: marked degree. The mere mention of the matter to you
3:26:57
Speaker 1: will cause you to think of instances of people who
3:26:59
Speaker 1: possess manative electricity. There are men who are able to
3:27:04
Speaker 1: make the crowd around them do their bidding. They are
3:27:06
Speaker 1: able to work their will upon the mass of people.
3:27:09
Speaker 1: These men are seen to possess a strange power, but
3:27:12
Speaker 1: very few understand it. It is entirely different from the fascinating, alluring, charming,
3:27:18
Speaker 1: attractive personality of the magnetic man, for it forces and
3:27:22
Speaker 1: compels by sheer force of character and will instead of
3:27:25
Speaker 1: drawing and attracting. You will see why I have spoken
3:27:29
Speaker 1: of these two phases as masculine and feminine respectively, when
3:27:32
Speaker 1: you consider their different manner of manifestation. But while both
3:27:36
Speaker 1: of these forms of power, the magnetic and the electric,
3:27:40
Speaker 1: have their strong points and advantages, I hold that the
3:27:43
Speaker 1: highly developed individual must have both of these phases developed
3:27:46
Speaker 1: highly In short, instead of being merely very magnetic on
3:27:51
Speaker 1: the one hand or very electric on the other hand,
3:27:55
Speaker 1: the ideal man must be electromagnetic. In other words, he
3:27:59
Speaker 1: must of both sides of his menative energy highly developed
3:28:02
Speaker 1: and in full operation. In this way, he is able
3:28:06
Speaker 1: to manifest a combined influence which will make him a
3:28:08
Speaker 1: very giant of dynamic mentation, a dynamic individual. I would
3:28:13
Speaker 1: advise all who wish to become dynamic individuals to cultivate
3:28:16
Speaker 1: the mental image of the universal will. Think of it
3:28:20
Speaker 1: as a great ocean of will power in which you
3:28:23
Speaker 1: live and move and have your being, feel yourself in
3:28:27
Speaker 1: touch with it. Think about your relation to it constantly,
3:28:31
Speaker 1: and you will find that your mind will gradually open
3:28:33
Speaker 1: out to admit of the inflow of its power. And
3:28:36
Speaker 1: when you learn to know the real source of power,
3:28:39
Speaker 1: then you will no longer deceive yourself an attempt to
3:28:41
Speaker 1: shut off the flow of the universal will by erecting
3:28:43
Speaker 1: petty personal barriers of conceit. This inner consciousness of the
3:28:48
Speaker 1: dynamic individual, especially if he understands its true nature, will
3:28:52
Speaker 1: react on a man's personal manner and appearance, and cause
3:28:55
Speaker 1: to manifest in him that calm, serene, positive air of power,
3:28:59
Speaker 1: will and strength that the great leaders of men always possess.
3:29:04
Speaker 1: And that air is in itself a mighty suggestion to others,
3:29:07
Speaker 1: for the world has learned to associate it with power
3:29:10
Speaker 1: and ability. Just as the feeling manifests itself in action,
3:29:15
Speaker 1: so will the outward action tend to induce the inward feeling.
3:29:18
Speaker 1: As I have told you, if you will endeavor to
3:29:21
Speaker 1: imitate and reproduce the outward carriage, manner, air, and demeanor,
3:29:25
Speaker 1: of this dynamic individual, you will have taken a step
3:29:27
Speaker 1: toward inducing a corresponding mental state in yourself. But do
3:29:31
Speaker 1: not remain satisfied with this. Go right to the fountain
3:29:34
Speaker 1: head and receive your power direct from the universal will.
3:29:38
Speaker 1: But there is something else about the dynamic individual which
3:29:41
Speaker 1: is different from will power. The will is a cold, keen,
3:29:45
Speaker 1: powerful force devoid of color. It is like a great
3:29:49
Speaker 1: natural force, devoid of feeling or emotion, although acting in
3:29:52
Speaker 1: response there too. What other great force is manifesting strongly
3:29:57
Speaker 1: in our dynamic individual? Desire? For Yes, that is the
3:30:02
Speaker 1: other great force within him, desire force. No matter how
3:30:07
Speaker 1: strong a will a man may have, even though he
3:30:09
Speaker 1: gets in the closest touch with the universal will, he
3:30:12
Speaker 1: will accomplish nothing unless he be possessed of a developed desire.
3:30:16
Speaker 1: One must want to do things before he wills to
3:30:19
Speaker 1: do them. Let us see what this desire force is.
3:30:24
Speaker 1: The universal mind power seems to be a strong something,
3:30:27
Speaker 1: containing within it all the force and energy there is
3:30:29
Speaker 1: in existence. It does not seem to have the attributes
3:30:33
Speaker 1: of personality about it, except when it becomes manifested in
3:30:37
Speaker 1: personal minds or centers of power. When a personal center
3:30:41
Speaker 1: or personal mind is established in the universal, then there
3:30:45
Speaker 1: seems to spring into manifestation a creative desire which constantly
3:30:49
Speaker 1: urges toward outward expression. This desire force is seen all
3:30:53
Speaker 1: through nature, in all of her forms, and is inherent
3:30:56
Speaker 1: in all that we call life energy. That is, the
3:31:00
Speaker 1: energy which prompts the building up of form and shape.
3:31:04
Speaker 1: This desire force causes the seed to sprout and the
3:31:06
Speaker 1: plant to grow, the cell to multiply, and the higher
3:31:09
Speaker 1: forms to evolve from the lower. It is the essence
3:31:13
Speaker 1: of the great creative life energy ever manifest in nature.
3:31:17
Speaker 1: It is essentially a feminine principle, and is constantly desiring
3:31:20
Speaker 1: to give birth, bring forth create. It stirs the will
3:31:25
Speaker 1: into action and never is satisfied unless it is performing
3:31:28
Speaker 1: creative work, mental or physical. Now there are persons who
3:31:33
Speaker 1: seem to possess but very little of this desire force,
3:31:36
Speaker 1: except on the physical plane. Their mental plane manifests very
3:31:40
Speaker 1: little of this force, and consequently they accomplish little or
3:31:43
Speaker 1: nothing of the world's work, and merely carry out the
3:31:46
Speaker 1: desires of others. But there are others who have this
3:31:50
Speaker 1: force manifested most strongly within them. They are possessed of
3:31:54
Speaker 1: a craving, longing, desiring force that impels them to do things.
3:32:00
Speaker 1: That is, it fills them with ardent desires along manative
3:32:03
Speaker 1: lines of creation, which are ever crying out for satisfaction.
3:32:07
Speaker 1: The strong men and women of the world have this
3:32:10
Speaker 1: desire force highly developed, and its effort toward expression is
3:32:13
Speaker 1: what causes these people to accomplish things. Now, do not
3:32:17
Speaker 1: mistake me. This desire is not always in the direction
3:32:21
Speaker 1: of owning things, but rather in the direction of doing things.
3:32:26
Speaker 1: It is true that when one's desires are along the
3:32:28
Speaker 1: line of accumulation, the force will be bent in that direction,
3:32:31
Speaker 1: but it may be less along these lines, and in
3:32:34
Speaker 1: that case the accumulation will be a mere incident of
3:32:36
Speaker 1: the doing. Our dynamic individual has a great deal of
3:32:40
Speaker 1: desire force within him. He wants to do certain things,
3:32:45
Speaker 1: and he wants to do them very much. He wishes
3:32:48
Speaker 1: to accomplish certain ends, and the desire becomes an ardent,
3:32:52
Speaker 1: glowing force that stirs up the desires in those around him,
3:32:55
Speaker 1: and at the same time incites his own will interaction,
3:32:59
Speaker 1: his desire for combines with his will, and wonderful things
3:33:02
Speaker 1: are accomplished. When you come into contact with a man
3:33:06
Speaker 1: of intense desire, you can fairly feel the force emanating
3:33:09
Speaker 1: from him. Our dynamic individual has learned to concentrate his
3:33:13
Speaker 1: desire force when he wants some particular thing. He forgets
3:33:18
Speaker 1: about the minor things and focuses his desire upon the
3:33:21
Speaker 1: particular thing craved by him, and thus draws it toward
3:33:24
Speaker 1: him with intense energy. The will drives, forces, impels, and
3:33:29
Speaker 1: compels with a push. The desire force draws, induces, pulls
3:33:33
Speaker 1: toward one with an irresistible pull. When our dynamic individual
3:33:38
Speaker 1: meets you and wants you to do something, you can
3:33:41
Speaker 1: feel the pull of his desire force, drawing, coaxing, inducing, alluring,
3:33:46
Speaker 1: and attracting you toward him and his objects. One who
3:33:50
Speaker 1: wishes to do things should keep the flame of his
3:33:52
Speaker 1: desire burning bright. He should continually pour upon it the
3:33:56
Speaker 1: oil of suggestion, and place before it the lantern slides
3:34:00
Speaker 1: the mental images of the thing desired. If you will
3:34:03
Speaker 1: study the man of strong desire, you will see that
3:34:06
Speaker 1: he draws everything toward him that he wants. He has
3:34:09
Speaker 1: a pull upon things and leaves nothing undone in the
3:34:12
Speaker 1: direction of his want. He is hungry and thirsty with desire,
3:34:17
Speaker 1: and he seeks satisfaction wherever it may be found, his
3:34:20
Speaker 1: wits being sharpened by the intensity of the desire, and
3:34:23
Speaker 1: he draws people to him by the very strength of
3:34:26
Speaker 1: his desire force. You will find that people will instinctively
3:34:30
Speaker 1: fall in with the suggestions and urgings of the strong
3:34:33
Speaker 1: desire man. People as a rule are drawn, rather than
3:34:38
Speaker 1: pushed or forced into a thing. The seductive, drawing, charming,
3:34:43
Speaker 1: fascinating force of men is that of desire force, not
3:34:46
Speaker 1: of will power. Yes, again, I say to you that
3:34:50
Speaker 1: he who would succeed must, of necessity keep his fire
3:34:53
Speaker 1: of desire burning bright and fierce, else it will not
3:34:56
Speaker 1: awaken into action his own will, nor stir the desire
3:34:59
Speaker 1: in others. We talk much about will power and its possession,
3:35:04
Speaker 1: but the majority of men fail because they do not
3:35:06
Speaker 1: desire things hard enough. They must want things the worst way,
3:35:11
Speaker 1: and then they will bend everything toward getting them. This
3:35:14
Speaker 1: is true in the case of both good and evil desires.
3:35:17
Speaker 1: The law is the same in both cases and operates
3:35:20
Speaker 1: along the same line. We are acquainted with the disastrous
3:35:24
Speaker 1: consequences attendant upon the possession of evil desires, and have
3:35:28
Speaker 1: seen many instances of the harm wrought upon others. By
3:35:30
Speaker 1: reason thereof. But did you ever stop to think that
3:35:34
Speaker 1: the same degree and intensity of desire turned in the
3:35:37
Speaker 1: right direction would accomplish wonders of good works. If you
3:35:41
Speaker 1: will put into your plans of proper attainment and aspiration
3:35:44
Speaker 1: the same degree of energy that the evil man puts
3:35:47
Speaker 1: into his schemes of selfish gratification, you will be able
3:35:50
Speaker 1: to move mountains of difficulties. This desire force in the
3:35:53
Speaker 1: dynamic individual is that which causes us to feel that
3:35:56
Speaker 1: he wants this thing and is going to have it.
3:36:00
Speaker 1: You know the feeling if you have come into contact
3:36:02
Speaker 1: with strong men and they draw their own to them
3:36:05
Speaker 1: by the exercise of this elementary force of nature, they
3:36:10
Speaker 1: learn that by mentally drawing to themselves a supply of
3:36:12
Speaker 1: the universal energy, they are enabled to transform it into
3:36:15
Speaker 1: desire force. As well as willpower. The emotive pole is
3:36:19
Speaker 1: charged as well as the motive pole. Both draw from
3:36:23
Speaker 1: the same source, and both have a constant source of supply,
3:36:27
Speaker 1: and both may manifest a wonderful degree of this transformed
3:36:30
Speaker 1: energy in the shape of will power and desire force.
3:36:34
Speaker 1: In our dynamic individual. Both poles are fully charged and
3:36:38
Speaker 1: in active operation. Now I have said enough about the
3:36:42
Speaker 1: theory of the dynamic individual. I shall ask you to
3:36:46
Speaker 1: read over what I have said above several times, in fact,
3:36:49
Speaker 1: reread it until you thoroughly understand it. And then I
3:36:52
Speaker 1: shall take you on to the practical work and exercises
3:36:55
Speaker 1: calculated to develop in you the qualities of that individual.
3:36:59
Speaker 1: Taking it for great granted that you have carefully considered
3:37:01
Speaker 1: what I have just said, I shall ask you to
3:37:03
Speaker 1: perform the following exercises et cetera. Exercise one, In order
3:37:10
Speaker 1: to realize the reality of the statement that you are
3:37:12
Speaker 1: a center of mind power, you must first enter into
3:37:15
Speaker 1: a realization of the existence of a great ocean of
3:37:17
Speaker 1: mind power itself. Do not pass over this lightly, for
3:37:21
Speaker 1: it is most important. You must begin to create a
3:37:25
Speaker 1: mental picture of the universe as a great ocean of
3:37:27
Speaker 1: living mind power, vibrating with life and force and power.
3:37:32
Speaker 1: Endeavor to make this mental picture so clear that you
3:37:35
Speaker 1: can see it with your mind's eye, and until it
3:37:37
Speaker 1: becomes a reality to you. Picture yourself as alone in
3:37:41
Speaker 1: the universe and surrounded on all sides with a vibrating,
3:37:44
Speaker 1: pulsating sea of energy or power. See that power is
3:37:48
Speaker 1: locked up in that ocean, and that the ocean exists everywhere.
3:37:52
Speaker 1: Shut out from your mental field all other persons, things,
3:37:56
Speaker 1: or conditions. Imagine yourself as alone in the great ocean power.
3:38:02
Speaker 1: You must practice frequently upon this mental picture until you
3:38:05
Speaker 1: are able to visualize it distinctly. This does not mean
3:38:09
Speaker 1: that you have to actually see it, just as you
3:38:11
Speaker 1: do this printed page, but that you should be able
3:38:13
Speaker 1: to actually feel it. You will begin to understand just
3:38:17
Speaker 1: what I mean after you have practiced this a little.
3:38:20
Speaker 1: This great ocean of mind power must become real to you,
3:38:23
Speaker 1: and you must practice until it does so become. The
3:38:27
Speaker 1: importance of the above exercise may be understood when I
3:38:30
Speaker 1: tell you that it will be impossible for you to
3:38:32
Speaker 1: manifest more than a moderate degree of power until you
3:38:34
Speaker 1: are able to realize yourself as a real center. And
3:38:38
Speaker 1: it will be impossible for you to realize yourself as
3:38:40
Speaker 1: such a center until you realize the existence of the
3:38:43
Speaker 1: ocean of power itself. For how can you think of
3:38:46
Speaker 1: yourself as a center of power in an ocean of
3:38:49
Speaker 1: power until you realize the existence of the ocean itself.
3:38:53
Speaker 1: The universal ocean of mind power contains within itself all
3:38:57
Speaker 1: the mind power force, an energy that there is. It
3:39:01
Speaker 1: is the source from which all forms of energy arise.
3:39:04
Speaker 1: It is filled with an infinite number of tiny centers
3:39:07
Speaker 1: of energy, of which you are one. And in the
3:39:10
Speaker 1: degree that you draw upon it for strength, so will
3:39:13
Speaker 1: you receive strength by all means. Endeavor to clearly visualize
3:39:17
Speaker 1: this great mind power ocean, for it is the source
3:39:20
Speaker 1: of all the force with which you are filled and
3:39:22
Speaker 1: which you hope to acquire. Enter into this great realization, friends,
3:39:27
Speaker 1: for it is the first step to power Exercise two.
3:39:31
Speaker 1: The second exercise, which will tend to increase your vibration
3:39:35
Speaker 1: as a center of power, is as follows. Picture yourself
3:39:38
Speaker 1: clearly as a center of power in the medative ocean.
3:39:42
Speaker 1: While seeing the ocean on all sides of you. You
3:39:45
Speaker 1: must see yourself as the center of it. Do not
3:39:48
Speaker 1: be frightened at this idea, for it is based on
3:39:50
Speaker 1: the truth. The highest occult teaching informs us that the
3:39:54
Speaker 1: great menative ocean has its center everywhere, and its circumference nowhere.
3:39:58
Speaker 1: That is that be being infinite in space, there is
3:40:01
Speaker 1: no finite spot that is really its center. And yet
3:40:04
Speaker 1: on the other hand, every point of activity may be
3:40:07
Speaker 1: called its center, being extended in every direction infinitely, its
3:40:12
Speaker 1: circumference is nonexistent. Therefore, you are most certainly justified in
3:40:17
Speaker 1: considering yourself as a center of the ocean of mind power.
3:40:20
Speaker 1: Each dynamic individual is such a center, and each has
3:40:24
Speaker 1: his world circling and revolving around him. Some have a
3:40:27
Speaker 1: small world, and some have mighty ones. There are centers
3:40:32
Speaker 1: so mighty and exalted that the human mind cannot grasp
3:40:35
Speaker 1: their importance. But even the tiniest point of activity is
3:40:38
Speaker 1: a center in itself. So hesitate not but begin to
3:40:43
Speaker 1: form a mental picture of yourself as a center of power.
3:40:47
Speaker 1: Practice this exercise until you can clearly feel yourself as
3:40:50
Speaker 1: a center of power. You must learn to think of
3:40:53
Speaker 1: yourself as a focal point of force in the great
3:40:55
Speaker 1: ocean of mind power. Just as the great body of
3:40:59
Speaker 1: electricity manifests itself in tiny points of activity, so does
3:41:03
Speaker 1: mind power express itself in you, who are a point
3:41:05
Speaker 1: of activity within itself. In urging you to perfect yourself
3:41:10
Speaker 1: in this realization, I would impress upon you the fact
3:41:13
Speaker 1: known to all advanced occultists, that in the measure of
3:41:15
Speaker 1: your realization of this mighty quality of the ego will
3:41:18
Speaker 1: be the measure of the power possessed by you. All
3:41:21
Speaker 1: of the strong men of our times and of all
3:41:24
Speaker 1: ages have had this realization intuitively or instinctively. That is,
3:41:30
Speaker 1: although they may not have known the philosophy or science
3:41:33
Speaker 1: of the matter, they have felt this sense of the
3:41:35
Speaker 1: power of the ego in themselves, which gave them the
3:41:37
Speaker 1: confidence to do things, and the will, power and desire
3:41:40
Speaker 1: for us to carry out their undertakings. It is this
3:41:43
Speaker 1: feeling of inherent strength that makes men strong and successful
3:41:47
Speaker 1: and positive. And this feeling and realization may be developed
3:41:51
Speaker 1: and unfolded within anyone, providing he wants it sufficiently by
3:41:56
Speaker 1: the exercise of your desire. And while you may build
3:41:59
Speaker 1: up this realization of power, and in the building up
3:42:01
Speaker 1: there will come to you a constantly increasing stream of
3:42:04
Speaker 1: desire and will. In the measure of your expression will
3:42:07
Speaker 1: be the measure of your impression from the source of
3:42:09
Speaker 1: all positive impression. Exercise three. The third exercise, consists in
3:42:15
Speaker 1: the realization of the nature of the power. This force,
3:42:20
Speaker 1: energy or power with which you are being filled and
3:42:22
Speaker 1: which you are now attracting towards your center. Consists of
3:42:25
Speaker 1: the electrical manifestation of will power and the magnetic manifestation
3:42:29
Speaker 1: of desire force. These two constitute the dual phases of
3:42:33
Speaker 1: the one force mind power. And therefore you must begin
3:42:38
Speaker 1: to realize that these qualities are within you, in order
3:42:41
Speaker 1: that you may be able to express them and thus
3:42:43
Speaker 1: gain the additional and increased power that comes to those
3:42:46
Speaker 1: who do express them. You must begin to realize that
3:42:50
Speaker 1: you have a will which is capable of impressing itself
3:42:52
Speaker 1: on the things, persons, and circumstances of your world. And
3:42:56
Speaker 1: you must begin to realize that you have a desire
3:42:58
Speaker 1: which attracts to you the things, people, and circumstances of
3:43:01
Speaker 1: your world, and which in fact draws to you the
3:43:04
Speaker 1: very material from which your world is made. When you
3:43:08
Speaker 1: realize this dual force within you, it will begin to
3:43:11
Speaker 1: express itself automatically. The act of realization causes the mental
3:43:16
Speaker 1: machinery to begin to work smoothly and effectively. Therefore, picture
3:43:20
Speaker 1: to yourself this dual force within you. See yourself as
3:43:24
Speaker 1: influencing and acting upon the world around you. See yourself
3:43:29
Speaker 1: as a power in the land, and also see yourself
3:43:32
Speaker 1: as an attracting force drawing to you that which you
3:43:35
Speaker 1: need and want and require. Consciously and unconsciously, picture yourself
3:43:40
Speaker 1: as a dynamic individual. You are an individual because you
3:43:44
Speaker 1: are a center of power. You are dynamic because you
3:43:48
Speaker 1: possess the electric will and the magnetic desire, the twin
3:43:51
Speaker 1: poles of mind power. Carry with you this thought constantly
3:43:55
Speaker 1: and repeat it often to yourself, and you will find
3:43:57
Speaker 1: it a source of power. You will find the power
3:43:59
Speaker 1: pouring in to you when you say or think it.
3:44:02
Speaker 1: When you feel weak, or when you feel the need
3:44:04
Speaker 1: of additional power. Use this statement of power. I am dynamic,
3:44:10
Speaker 1: And when you say it or think it, you must
3:44:13
Speaker 1: picture to yourself just what you mean by the statement.
3:44:15
Speaker 1: Hence the importance of knowing just what is meant. Do
3:44:19
Speaker 1: not pass over this statement of power as unimportant, but
3:44:22
Speaker 1: try it an actual practice, and you will realize what
3:44:24
Speaker 1: a battery of power you have become. Those around you
3:44:28
Speaker 1: will soon become aware of a new sense of power
3:44:30
Speaker 1: within you. Keep this statement of power to yourself. Do
3:44:35
Speaker 1: not invite the ridicule of those around you by telling
3:44:38
Speaker 1: them the source of your power. Do not bother about them.
3:44:42
Speaker 1: If they are individuals themselves, they will understand without being told.
3:44:45
Speaker 1: And if they are not, all the telling in the
3:44:47
Speaker 1: world would not make it clear to them. Hoe your
3:44:50
Speaker 1: own row and mind your own business, and let them
3:44:53
Speaker 1: do the same. No one can build up his individuality
3:44:56
Speaker 1: except from within, and each must work out his own
3:45:00
Speaker 1: own salvation and climb the ladder of attainment for himself.
3:45:04
Speaker 1: And the sooner that people learn this, the better will
3:45:06
Speaker 1: it be for all. Don't be a leaner or a
3:45:09
Speaker 1: leaning post. Don't lean on anyone else, and don't let
3:45:13
Speaker 1: anyone lean on you. There has been too much of
3:45:16
Speaker 1: this foolish business about living other people's lives for them,
3:45:20
Speaker 1: or letting other people live your life for you. Each
3:45:23
Speaker 1: man or woman must grow into an individual by his
3:45:26
Speaker 1: or her own work in life. There is no such
3:45:29
Speaker 1: thing as vicarious individuality. Don't be afraid to assert the
3:45:33
Speaker 1: eye to claim your rightful heritage and birthright to be
3:45:38
Speaker 1: an individual and not a parasite. And don't be afraid
3:45:41
Speaker 1: to shake off and trim off the parasitic persons that
3:45:44
Speaker 1: have encumbered your own unfoldment toward individuality. Let the parasites
3:45:49
Speaker 1: take root in the earth just as you have done.
3:45:51
Speaker 1: Let them fasten their roots in a great body of
3:45:54
Speaker 1: strength and power instead of in the mental body of
3:45:56
Speaker 1: someone else. Let them stop their secondhand nourishment and learn
3:45:59
Speaker 1: to draw from the first source. This is the only way,
3:46:04
Speaker 1: and the lack of the knowledge of it is filling
3:46:06
Speaker 1: the world with weaklings instead of with individuals. Therefore, think
3:46:10
Speaker 1: of these things, hold them well in mind when you
3:46:12
Speaker 1: make your statement of power. I am dynamic in considering
3:46:17
Speaker 1: the qualities that go to make up the person in
3:46:19
Speaker 1: whom dynamic mentation is likely to be strongly developed, I
3:46:22
Speaker 1: may mention the following one physical well being, For there
3:46:28
Speaker 1: is a certain strength about a man or woman in strong,
3:46:31
Speaker 1: robust health that must be taken into consideration. It is
3:46:35
Speaker 1: true that some persons not physically well but unhealthy have
3:46:39
Speaker 1: exercised strong powers, but this was in spite of their
3:46:42
Speaker 1: lack of physical health, and owing to a strong will
3:46:45
Speaker 1: which allowed them to master even this obstacle. But all
3:46:49
Speaker 1: else being equal, there is a power about a strong, healthy,
3:46:52
Speaker 1: vigorous person that makes itself felt. Two. Belief in one's self.
3:46:59
Speaker 1: For without this known oh one manifests positivity. Believe in
3:47:03
Speaker 1: your own power and ability, and you impress others with
3:47:06
Speaker 1: the same belief. Confidence is contagious. Cultivate the I can
3:47:11
Speaker 1: and I will. Three poise, For the calm, well poised,
3:47:16
Speaker 1: imperturbable man has an enormous advantage over one lacking these qualities.
3:47:21
Speaker 1: The man who meets any emergency without losing his head
3:47:24
Speaker 1: has something about him that makes him looked up to
3:47:26
Speaker 1: as a natural leader. He has one of the qualities
3:47:29
Speaker 1: of positivity. Cultivate the calm, masterful mood Q fearlessness, For
3:47:36
Speaker 1: fear is the most negative emotion in the being of man.
3:47:40
Speaker 1: Fearlessness is a most positive quality, just as fear is
3:47:43
Speaker 1: the most negative. Cultivate the I dare I do five
3:47:49
Speaker 1: concentration For this one pointedness focuses the will power upon
3:47:53
Speaker 1: the object. Do one thing at a time, and do
3:47:56
Speaker 1: it with all the power that there is in you.
3:47:59
Speaker 1: SI fixity of purpose, for you must learn to know
3:48:02
Speaker 1: what you want to do and then stick to it
3:48:05
Speaker 1: until it is done. Cultivate the bulldog quality. It is
3:48:10
Speaker 1: needed to those who recognize the need of the above
3:48:13
Speaker 1: mentioned qualities but who lack them. I would recommend the
3:48:16
Speaker 1: careful study and determine application of the principles stated in
3:48:19
Speaker 1: the chapters of this book entitled Mental Architecture, making over
3:48:23
Speaker 1: Oneself and mind building respectively. Chapter twelve Mental Atmosphere. Our
3:48:31
Speaker 1: dynamic individual places himself in a receptive attitude only toward
3:48:35
Speaker 1: the great universal will and in a positive attitude toward
3:48:38
Speaker 1: all else. In this way, he really becomes a most
3:48:42
Speaker 1: active center of power, which becomes manifest to all with
3:48:45
Speaker 1: whom he comes in contact. He may not realize just
3:48:49
Speaker 1: what he is doing, and may know nothing of the
3:48:51
Speaker 1: truth herein stated, but still he feels that he is
3:48:55
Speaker 1: in touch with something that aids and assists him, and
3:48:57
Speaker 1: which gives him strength and dynamic force. He may talk
3:49:01
Speaker 1: about his luck or his lucky star, or he may
3:49:04
Speaker 1: secretly believe himself specially favored by providence. This is a
3:49:08
Speaker 1: secret belief of the majority of successful men. But the
3:49:12
Speaker 1: fact remains that every positive and successful man feels, underneath
3:49:16
Speaker 1: it all that he has something back of him, and
3:49:19
Speaker 1: this belief takes form in action and causes him to
3:49:22
Speaker 1: manifest that air of calm, positive power, and self confidence
3:49:26
Speaker 1: noticeable in such men. In every instance. You will readily
3:49:30
Speaker 1: see from what has been said that the personal atmospheres
3:49:34
Speaker 1: of persons depend upon the character of their mental states,
3:49:37
Speaker 1: and are the result of the mental currents emanating from them.
3:49:41
Speaker 1: Every person has his or her own menative aura or
3:49:44
Speaker 1: body of radiant menative energy, which flows from them in
3:49:47
Speaker 1: all directions. These menative atmospheres affect the people with whom
3:49:51
Speaker 1: one comes in contact. You know, people who seem to
3:49:55
Speaker 1: carry with them an atmosphere of feeling which affects a
3:49:58
Speaker 1: roomful of people or even a building. This atmosphere may
3:50:02
Speaker 1: be positive or negative in its effect, that is, stimulating
3:50:06
Speaker 1: or depressing. All of these things arise in the way
3:50:09
Speaker 1: which I have mentioned. It is related of Rachel, the
3:50:13
Speaker 1: great French actress, that although she was not beautiful in
3:50:16
Speaker 1: form or face, still she had that indescribable charm of
3:50:19
Speaker 1: personality about her that caused everyone to consider her a
3:50:22
Speaker 1: beautiful woman. So great was her fascinating charm, that which
3:50:27
Speaker 1: so many call personal magnetism, as distinguished from personal force,
3:50:31
Speaker 1: consists of this menative atmosphere or radiant menative energy, which
3:50:35
Speaker 1: induces in all within its field a feeling of similar
3:50:38
Speaker 1: emotion or vibration. The charm of the fascinating person is
3:50:43
Speaker 1: accounted for in the same way. It is all a
3:50:46
Speaker 1: matter of the menative currents inducing feeling in others. The
3:50:50
Speaker 1: power called fascination, which has been known in all times
3:50:53
Speaker 1: and countries, arises from the same cause. It operates by
3:50:58
Speaker 1: the strong menative currents pouring from all one's mind and
3:51:01
Speaker 1: inducing mental states in others. The menative force emanating from
3:51:05
Speaker 1: each individual creates a mental atmosphere around him which often
3:51:09
Speaker 1: extends a considerable distance from his body, especially in the
3:51:12
Speaker 1: case of strong individuals, whose mental atmosphere is felt when
3:51:15
Speaker 1: they enter a room or public place. Persons whose personality
3:51:20
Speaker 1: is weaker have a mental atmosphere extending only a few
3:51:22
Speaker 1: inches from their bodies, and which is scarcely perceptible to
3:51:25
Speaker 1: those coming in contact with them. The man who feels
3:51:29
Speaker 1: himself to be a dynamic individual carries with him an
3:51:32
Speaker 1: aura of mental atmosphere of positive strength, which is plainly
3:51:36
Speaker 1: felt by those coming in contact with him. People say
3:51:39
Speaker 1: about such a man that he has something about him
3:51:42
Speaker 1: which impresses them, but which they fail to understand. It
3:51:46
Speaker 1: will be worth your while to study this mental atmosphere
3:51:49
Speaker 1: of some strong man with whom you come in contact,
3:51:51
Speaker 1: for now that you have the secret of the matter,
3:51:53
Speaker 1: you may take some valuable lessons from him. I cannot
3:51:57
Speaker 1: very well describe this heir to you, for unless you
3:52:00
Speaker 1: have met a man of this kind, you will not
3:52:02
Speaker 1: understand it. But it is a very different thing from
3:52:05
Speaker 1: the pompous, self sufficient, self important, fussy air and demeanor
3:52:09
Speaker 1: manifested by the cheap imitators of these great men. The
3:52:13
Speaker 1: dynamic individual does not tell you how great or smart
3:52:17
Speaker 1: or important he is. He leaves that for his cheap imitators.
3:52:20
Speaker 1: He makes you feel his strength by his very manner
3:52:23
Speaker 1: and atmosphere, without saying a word. He has that something
3:52:27
Speaker 1: about him that people notice and wonder at, and that
3:52:31
Speaker 1: something comes from his conscious or unconscious relation to the
3:52:35
Speaker 1: universal will. The little fellow who thinks he is one
3:52:39
Speaker 1: of the big ones believes that his strength comes from
3:52:41
Speaker 1: his personality, and sooner or later he stumbles because of
3:52:44
Speaker 1: this error. But the real big ones of life know better.
3:52:50
Speaker 1: They may not understand at all, but some way they
3:52:53
Speaker 1: feel that there is a something back of them from
3:52:55
Speaker 1: which they are able to draw strength and power, and
3:52:57
Speaker 1: believing this, they are filled with courage and daring and
3:53:00
Speaker 1: radiate their power on all sides. They may talk of
3:53:04
Speaker 1: their lucky star or special providence, or else believe themselves
3:53:08
Speaker 1: to be specially favored of God, as is the case
3:53:11
Speaker 1: with at least one of the big men of modern finance.
3:53:16
Speaker 1: But no matter what may be their special interpretations of
3:53:18
Speaker 1: this something, they all recognize its existence and trust to it.
3:53:23
Speaker 1: And this conviction and realization gives to the strong individuals
3:53:27
Speaker 1: that aer of calm, positive power, and self confidence that
3:53:30
Speaker 1: impresses those with whom they come in contact, and which
3:53:32
Speaker 1: forms their mental atmosphere. And in giving you instructions in
3:53:37
Speaker 1: the art of building for yourselves a positive mental atmosphere,
3:53:40
Speaker 1: I can do no better than to refer you back
3:53:41
Speaker 1: to first principles and again bid you to realize that
3:53:44
Speaker 1: you are a dynamic focus, a center of power in
3:53:47
Speaker 1: the great universal will, having the dual attribute of will
3:53:50
Speaker 1: power and desire force. In short, that you are a
3:53:54
Speaker 1: living dynamo. If you will but get this realization firmly
3:53:58
Speaker 1: fixed in your mind, you will automatically create for yourself
3:54:01
Speaker 1: a most positive mental atmosphere that will be felt by
3:54:03
Speaker 1: all with whom you come in contact. So, first, last,
3:54:07
Speaker 1: and all the time, build up this realization. Say to yourself,
3:54:12
Speaker 1: I am dynamic. Then think it out, dream it out,
3:54:16
Speaker 1: act it out, and of course always realize what all
3:54:20
Speaker 1: this means. You are the channel through which is pouring
3:54:24
Speaker 1: the universal will power, and in the degree that you
3:54:26
Speaker 1: allow the current to so flow through you, so will
3:54:29
Speaker 1: be the power you are able to manifest when you
3:54:32
Speaker 1: wish to manifest a special degree of power. Just let
3:54:35
Speaker 1: this statement I am dynamic, flame out in vivid letters
3:54:38
Speaker 1: in your mind. When you feel that you are being
3:54:41
Speaker 1: approached by some other person of strong will whom you
3:54:44
Speaker 1: do not wish to influence you, just bring this statement
3:54:47
Speaker 1: into effect, and you will actually see the effect of
3:54:49
Speaker 1: it upon the other person. He will feel your strong
3:54:53
Speaker 1: mental atmosphere and will cease trying to affect you. And
3:54:57
Speaker 1: even when there is no special need for making the
3:54:59
Speaker 1: statement power, it will be well for you to keep
3:55:01
Speaker 1: it burning bright within you, for by so doing you
3:55:04
Speaker 1: strengthen your realization, and your mental atmosphere reflects the inner
3:55:07
Speaker 1: mental state, so much for the general mental atmosphere. As
3:55:12
Speaker 1: we proceed, we shall see that the dynamic individual creates
3:55:15
Speaker 1: special mental atmosphere around him by his mental states, depending
3:55:19
Speaker 1: upon his will or desire at the time. Not only
3:55:23
Speaker 1: does his will and desire affect other persons directly by
3:55:26
Speaker 1: means of mental currents, but menative induction is also set
3:55:29
Speaker 1: up by the mental atmosphere without any special effort on
3:55:32
Speaker 1: his part. In this place, I wish to call your
3:55:35
Speaker 1: attention to the importance of always maintaining your positivity as
3:55:38
Speaker 1: a means of mental training. Do not allow yourself to
3:55:42
Speaker 1: become negative to others, even where there is nothing lost
3:55:45
Speaker 1: by so doing. For by this neglect you create a
3:55:48
Speaker 1: negative habit which will cause you trouble to overcome. Later.
3:55:51
Speaker 1: If a person comes into your presence and his personality
3:55:54
Speaker 1: seems likely to dominate or overpower yours by all means,
3:55:58
Speaker 1: interpose a mental resistance right there in there. It is
3:56:01
Speaker 1: not necessary for you to manifest the same in words,
3:56:04
Speaker 1: for that would make you ridiculous in many cases. Nor
3:56:09
Speaker 1: is it necessary for you to give any special physical
3:56:11
Speaker 1: expression to your mental state. Simply look the person in
3:56:15
Speaker 1: the eye, carelessly and without any special effort, at the
3:56:18
Speaker 1: same time making the mental statement I am dynamic, and
3:56:22
Speaker 1: you will find that your positivity will rise until it
3:56:24
Speaker 1: is equal with his, and your feeling of negativity will disappear.
3:56:28
Speaker 1: In exceptional cases, you may add mentally, I am more
3:56:32
Speaker 1: dynamic than you. It will be well for you to
3:56:35
Speaker 1: practice the creation of special mental atmospheres in order to
3:56:38
Speaker 1: establish the habit and thus render it easier to avail
3:56:41
Speaker 1: yourself of the same on special occasions. Opportunities of all
3:56:45
Speaker 1: kinds will present themselves to you in everyday life. The
3:56:49
Speaker 1: gist of the matter is to surround yourself with a
3:56:51
Speaker 1: mental aura of such a nature that people will act
3:56:54
Speaker 1: towards you as you wish them to do. A few
3:56:57
Speaker 1: examples may help you to get a clearer idea of
3:56:59
Speaker 1: what I mean, so I herewith give you the same.
3:57:03
Speaker 1: I know a lady living in Chicago who was constantly
3:57:06
Speaker 1: complaining that people were always running over her on State Street,
3:57:09
Speaker 1: the crowded retail street of the great Western metropolis. She
3:57:13
Speaker 1: said that they were always crowding her off the sidewalk
3:57:16
Speaker 1: and pushing, bumping, and jostling her in a most annoying manner.
3:57:21
Speaker 1: She asked me for instructions as to what thought she
3:57:23
Speaker 1: should use to prevent individuals from so acting. I answered
3:57:27
Speaker 1: that I did not think it was necessary to consider
3:57:29
Speaker 1: the separate individuals in the case, but that she should
3:57:32
Speaker 1: treat the crowd as a whole by means of a
3:57:35
Speaker 1: protective mental atmosphere. I then advised her to build up
3:57:39
Speaker 1: a mental atmosphere around this statement, people respect my rights,
3:57:43
Speaker 1: they will not unduly impose on me in the street.
3:57:45
Speaker 1: I deny the power of the crowd to impose on me.
3:57:49
Speaker 1: And she followed this advice and in a short time
3:57:52
Speaker 1: had built up a protective mental atmosphere which acted almost
3:57:55
Speaker 1: magically upon the crowd, who stepped aside and gave her
3:57:58
Speaker 1: a full right of way on the pavement. She would
3:58:01
Speaker 1: simply go on her way, calmly, serenely and undisturbed, and
3:58:05
Speaker 1: the crowd let her alone. I must add that I
3:58:08
Speaker 1: think that the original trouble arose from a subconscious dislike
3:58:11
Speaker 1: of crowds and an extreme shrinking from people, the result
3:58:14
Speaker 1: being that this dislike acted almost as does fear, and
3:58:17
Speaker 1: really attracted to her the interference of people, the new
3:58:21
Speaker 1: mental atmosphere dispelled the old one and gave her an
3:58:24
Speaker 1: additional positivity. Besides, in this connection, I would call your
3:58:28
Speaker 1: attention to that remarkable psychological fact that fear acts as
3:58:31
Speaker 1: an attracting force in a negative way. If you want
3:58:35
Speaker 1: a thing very much, you attracted to you, and if
3:58:38
Speaker 1: you fear it very much, you do Likewise. This apparent
3:58:42
Speaker 1: contradiction has bothered many students of the subject, but it
3:58:45
Speaker 1: seems very plain to me. I think the explanation is
3:58:48
Speaker 1: that in both cases, a vivid mental picture is held
3:58:51
Speaker 1: and the attraction results along the line of visualization, which
3:58:54
Speaker 1: always tends to materialize the mental image. Another case from
3:58:59
Speaker 1: actually experience, another lady, also a resident of Chicago, complained
3:59:05
Speaker 1: that the clerks in the great department stores would not
3:59:07
Speaker 1: treat her courteously, but would keep her waiting without paying
3:59:10
Speaker 1: her any attention, and in other ways would treat her
3:59:13
Speaker 1: like a human doormat. She said she would not have
3:59:17
Speaker 1: minded this so much if other women were treated likewise,
3:59:20
Speaker 1: but that while she was ignored, others would receive the
3:59:22
Speaker 1: greatest attention, the clerks falling over themselves to wait upon them.
3:59:28
Speaker 1: I told her that she had gradually built up around
3:59:30
Speaker 1: her a mental atmosphere of expectancy, that she had fallen
3:59:33
Speaker 1: into the habit of expecting such treatment, and consequently she
3:59:36
Speaker 1: got what she expected. I think that in the beginning
3:59:40
Speaker 1: she had manifested a timid, humble, meek worm of the
3:59:43
Speaker 1: dust state of mind when she entered the big stores,
3:59:46
Speaker 1: which somewhat overawed her, and then after this drew upon
3:59:50
Speaker 1: her the neglect of the clerks, who seemed very ready
3:59:53
Speaker 1: to wipe their feet on human doormats. She grew to
3:59:56
Speaker 1: regularly expect the shabby treatment. It was not a matter
3:59:59
Speaker 1: of dress or anything of that kind, for she dressed
4:00:03
Speaker 1: well and for that matter, I know women who dress
4:00:06
Speaker 1: poorly who never get any such treatment, for they understand
4:00:09
Speaker 1: the underlying mental laws too well. For that it was
4:00:12
Speaker 1: simply a matter of a negative mental atmosphere. I told
4:00:17
Speaker 1: her to brace up and create a new mental atmosphere
4:00:20
Speaker 1: around this general statement. The clerks like me. They liked
4:00:23
Speaker 1: to wait on me. They give me every attention. They
4:00:26
Speaker 1: do this because they like me, and also because I
4:00:28
Speaker 1: insist upon it as my right. The charm worked in
4:00:32
Speaker 1: a short time, and now the good lady reports that
4:00:34
Speaker 1: the clerks not only treat her well, but even take
4:00:37
Speaker 1: the trouble to call her attention to desirable selections, special bargains,
4:00:41
Speaker 1: and all the rest of it. The cure was perfect.
4:00:45
Speaker 1: I call your attention to the above statement. Please note
4:00:48
Speaker 1: that the first part of it operated along the lines
4:00:51
Speaker 1: of desire force, and the latter part along the lines
4:00:53
Speaker 1: of will power. The statement of the first mentioned lady,
4:00:57
Speaker 1: the one who objected to street crowding, was altogether along
4:01:00
Speaker 1: the lines of will power. I ask the students to
4:01:04
Speaker 1: study and analyze each of these cases, because by so
4:01:07
Speaker 1: doing they will be able to apply the principles in
4:01:10
Speaker 1: cases coming under their own observation. And also in their
4:01:13
Speaker 1: own cases. I once directed a lady who complained that
4:01:17
Speaker 1: she was unpopular and that nobody loved her, et cetera,
4:01:20
Speaker 1: et cetera, to apply a similar method. She created a
4:01:24
Speaker 1: new mental atmosphere around her along the lines of the
4:01:27
Speaker 1: general statement, people like me, they find me attractive, they
4:01:32
Speaker 1: love me, and like to be in my company. After
4:01:35
Speaker 1: a time, she reported that, from a state of wallflower dom,
4:01:38
Speaker 1: she had become quite a favorite, and in fact was
4:01:41
Speaker 1: at a loss to adjust herself to the changed conditions,
4:01:44
Speaker 1: finding somewhat of an embarrassment of likings and lovings. This
4:01:49
Speaker 1: was a case of desire, force, pure and simple. Now,
4:01:53
Speaker 1: do not imagine for a moment that in the above cases,
4:01:56
Speaker 1: and hundreds of others known to me personally, the desired
4:01:59
Speaker 1: result was obtained aimed merely from repeating, parrot like or
4:02:02
Speaker 1: like a phonograph, the words of the statement. This talk
4:02:06
Speaker 1: of the power of mere words, and all the rest
4:02:08
Speaker 1: of such talk has wearied me greatly. I have seen
4:02:13
Speaker 1: and heard so much of this nonsense since I have
4:02:15
Speaker 1: become acquainted with certain people who consider themselves in the
4:02:18
Speaker 1: new thought that I dislike to use the words statement
4:02:21
Speaker 1: or affirmation. These people have imagined that by the mere
4:02:25
Speaker 1: repetition of words they could work miracles. Pshaw, what nonsense.
4:02:32
Speaker 1: They remind me of the Chinese and certain other people
4:02:35
Speaker 1: who write long prayers on slips of paper and allow
4:02:38
Speaker 1: them to flutter in the breeze, hoping that the gods
4:02:40
Speaker 1: will accept their prayers at face value, while the prey
4:02:43
Speaker 1: makers are amusing themselves elsewhere. Sometimes they attach little bells
4:02:47
Speaker 1: to the prayers in order to attract the attention of
4:02:50
Speaker 1: the gods. Others paste the prayers on water wheels turned
4:02:54
Speaker 1: by the streams, thereby claiming credit for a prayer at
4:02:57
Speaker 1: each turn of the wheel, praying that, Oh, don't laugh,
4:03:03
Speaker 1: some of you are just as foolish. You have been
4:03:06
Speaker 1: making your statements and affirmations in the same spirit, and
4:03:09
Speaker 1: now feel disappointed because nothing happened. Of course, nothing happened.
4:03:14
Speaker 1: How could it be otherwise? I have said over and
4:03:17
Speaker 1: over again, and now say it over again another time,
4:03:21
Speaker 1: that the words of themselves are nothing. The real virtue
4:03:24
Speaker 1: lies in the feeling behind the words. If there is
4:03:27
Speaker 1: no feeling, there is no result. In order to get
4:03:31
Speaker 1: the results, you must erect the framework of words and
4:03:34
Speaker 1: then build around it the structure of feeling and expectation
4:03:37
Speaker 1: and visualization. That's the way to do it. The words
4:03:41
Speaker 1: are merely the skeleton. The flesh and blood are the
4:03:44
Speaker 1: feelings and materialized visualizations. The ladies mentioned above, whom I
4:03:49
Speaker 1: have used as typical cases to illustrate the principle, did
4:03:53
Speaker 1: not rest content with words, for I wouldn't allow them
4:03:56
Speaker 1: to do so. I kept after them in insisting upon
4:04:00
Speaker 1: their using the proper mental exercises and methods. That's what
4:04:04
Speaker 1: did the work. And now I shall give you the
4:04:06
Speaker 1: same instruction and directions that I gave them, adapt them
4:04:10
Speaker 1: to your own cases, and you will be likewise successful.
4:04:13
Speaker 1: The kernel of the process of creating the mental atmosphere
4:04:16
Speaker 1: lies in what is called visualization. Visualization is simply the
4:04:21
Speaker 1: creation of a strong mental image of the thing desired,
4:04:24
Speaker 1: the perfecting it each day until it becomes almost as
4:04:27
Speaker 1: clear as an existing material thing. Then the visualization tends
4:04:31
Speaker 1: to materialize itself, that is, it begins to build around
4:04:35
Speaker 1: itself actual material conditions corresponding with the mental framework. The
4:04:40
Speaker 1: statement of words is the pattern around which the visualized
4:04:43
Speaker 1: mental images form themselves, and the mental image is the
4:04:47
Speaker 1: framework around which the actual material conditions form themselves. The
4:04:52
Speaker 1: lady above mentioned made her mental image of the street
4:04:55
Speaker 1: conduct of the crowd, and the people unconsciously felt it
4:04:58
Speaker 1: and built themselves around it. So in the case of
4:05:01
Speaker 1: the lady in the department store and the others mentioned,
4:05:05
Speaker 1: the mental image manifested itself as a mental atmosphere and
4:05:09
Speaker 1: gradually materialized. The thing to do in visualizing is to
4:05:13
Speaker 1: bring the positive imagination to see and feel the thing
4:05:16
Speaker 1: as actually existent. Then, by constant practice and meditation, the
4:05:21
Speaker 1: mental atmosphere becomes formed, and the rest is all a
4:05:24
Speaker 1: matter of time. See yourself as you wish to be,
4:05:28
Speaker 1: see others as you wish them to be, See conditions
4:05:32
Speaker 1: as you wish them to be, think them out, dream
4:05:35
Speaker 1: them out, act them out, and materialization will follow upon visualization,
4:05:40
Speaker 1: even as visualization followed upon the statement. In this connection, however,
4:05:46
Speaker 1: I must call your attention to the fact that the
4:05:48
Speaker 1: degrees of receptivity of other people to your mental atmospheres
4:05:51
Speaker 1: and mental pictures depend entirely upon their degree of positivity.
4:05:56
Speaker 1: They respond only in the degree that they respond to
4:05:58
Speaker 1: other menative influences. The strong avoid influences to which the
4:06:03
Speaker 1: wek yield. In this, as in every other phase of
4:06:06
Speaker 1: the phenomena. But do not let that cause fear on
4:06:09
Speaker 1: your part. You may make yourself positive. You have had
4:06:14
Speaker 1: the instructions given you, and it is now your own
4:06:16
Speaker 1: work to do the rest. I might write a whole
4:06:19
Speaker 1: book on this subject of visualization in the phase of
4:06:22
Speaker 1: forming mental atmospheres. But I have herein given you the
4:06:25
Speaker 1: underlying principles, and have also given you a few illustrative examples.
4:06:29
Speaker 1: You must do the rest yourselves. If you have carefully
4:06:33
Speaker 1: read this book and have studied between the lines as
4:06:36
Speaker 1: well as the lines themselves, you will have grasped the
4:06:38
Speaker 1: little details of the matter which will not be apparent
4:06:41
Speaker 1: to those who have not done so. Each will find
4:06:44
Speaker 1: in this book that for which he or she is ready,
4:06:46
Speaker 1: and not a bit more. I think the careful students
4:06:50
Speaker 1: among you will readily understand just what I mean by this.
4:06:53
Speaker 1: If you do not understand, then I cannot help you out,
4:06:56
Speaker 1: and you must wait until you unfold an understanding. But
4:07:00
Speaker 1: I would say that a rereading of this work is
4:07:02
Speaker 1: advisable several re readings. In fact, each time that you
4:07:07
Speaker 1: reread it you will find something new that you had
4:07:09
Speaker 1: previously overlooked, and each reading will discover many hidden meanings
4:07:13
Speaker 1: now suddenly made plain. The man who wishes to be
4:07:16
Speaker 1: successful in his dealings with his fellow men must surround
4:07:19
Speaker 1: himself with a positive mental atmosphere. He must create an
4:07:24
Speaker 1: atmosphere of self reliance and positivity that will overcome the
4:07:27
Speaker 1: negativity of those with whom he comes in contact. This
4:07:31
Speaker 1: positive mental atmosphere is that subtle influence that emanates from
4:07:34
Speaker 1: the strong men of affairs, and which affects, influences, and
4:07:38
Speaker 1: controls people to a greater degree than the flow of words,
4:07:41
Speaker 1: which many affect, believing it to be the key of success.
4:07:45
Speaker 1: When you come in contact with one having a mental
4:07:48
Speaker 1: atmosphere of this kind, you are affected by it consciously
4:07:51
Speaker 1: and unconsciously. And if it has this effect on you
4:07:54
Speaker 1: in the case of other persons, why should you not
4:07:57
Speaker 1: reach out and possess this power yourself? Why should you
4:08:00
Speaker 1: not be a positive instead of a negative? The directions
4:08:04
Speaker 1: and exercises given in this chapter, coupled with the instruction
4:08:07
Speaker 1: given in other chapters of the book, should enable you
4:08:10
Speaker 1: to develop around yourself a most positive mental atmosphere that
4:08:13
Speaker 1: will make you a power. But it all depends upon yourself.
4:08:17
Speaker 1: You must exercise your will and desire just as you
4:08:20
Speaker 1: would do were they muscles that you wished to develop.
4:08:23
Speaker 1: The rule operates in the mental as well as in
4:08:25
Speaker 1: the physical world. In addition to the exercises given in
4:08:30
Speaker 1: preceding chapters, would suggest that the following may prove useful
4:08:33
Speaker 1: to some of you in special cases. In forming the
4:08:36
Speaker 1: positive mental atmosphere. I shall merely give you the verbal framework,
4:08:41
Speaker 1: and you must build around it the mental picture, which
4:08:44
Speaker 1: in turn produces the mental atmosphere. But remember, even in
4:08:48
Speaker 1: practicing these exercises, never lose sight of the main statement
4:08:51
Speaker 1: of power. I am dynamic, for that statement will impart life, vitality,
4:08:57
Speaker 1: and energy to the other mental images and state statements.
4:09:01
Speaker 1: Here are the statements referred to the verbal framework around
4:09:04
Speaker 1: which you are to build your mental picture that you
4:09:06
Speaker 1: wish to materialize on the objective plane. You will find
4:09:10
Speaker 1: them useful in many cases. Mental framework One I surround
4:09:15
Speaker 1: myself with an atmosphere of success. Two I am positive.
4:09:21
Speaker 1: I have a strong will I make a positive impression
4:09:25
Speaker 1: on those coming into my mental atmosphere. Three I am fearless,
4:09:31
Speaker 1: absolutely fearless. Nothing can harm me, for I kill out
4:09:36
Speaker 1: all worry and discouragement. I radiate hope, cheerfulness, and good nature.
4:09:41
Speaker 1: I am bright, cheerful, and happy and make all around
4:09:44
Speaker 1: me feel the same way. Five. I am well, poised, calm,
4:09:49
Speaker 1: and self controlled. Six. I have a perfect mastery over
4:09:53
Speaker 1: my temper, emotions, and passions, and all recognize this to
4:09:57
Speaker 1: be a fact. Seven I am at ease here and
4:10:01
Speaker 1: all bashfulness and timidity has departed. I am calm, at ease,
4:10:06
Speaker 1: and feel at home. Eight people like me. I am
4:10:11
Speaker 1: surrounded with a mental atmosphere that causes people to like me. Nine.
4:10:16
Speaker 1: I am master of my surroundings. Nothing disturbs me, nothing
4:10:20
Speaker 1: affects me adversely, I am master. Ten. I am surrounded
4:10:24
Speaker 1: with a mental atmosphere of protection. No one's adverse thoughts, currents,
4:10:29
Speaker 1: or suggestions can penetrate this protective armor. I am safe
4:10:33
Speaker 1: from mental attacks. I am safe, strong, and positive. In
4:10:39
Speaker 1: using any of the above statements, be sure to follow
4:10:42
Speaker 1: my advice and instructions regarding the mental images, et cetera,
4:10:46
Speaker 1: which put flesh on these verbal skeletons and make a
4:10:49
Speaker 1: living force out of the dry bones of words. Remember
4:10:53
Speaker 1: the importance of mental imaging and visualization in this matter
4:10:56
Speaker 1: of creating mental atmospheres channels of influence in the last
4:11:04
Speaker 1: chapter one spoke of the effect of mental atmospheres with
4:11:07
Speaker 1: which people surround themselves. You will notice that in my
4:11:10
Speaker 1: discussion of that part of the subject, I spoke only
4:11:13
Speaker 1: of the general influence exerted upon others, and not of
4:11:16
Speaker 1: the direct personal influence exerted by one man upon another
4:11:19
Speaker 1: in personal intercourse. Let us now consider the channels of
4:11:23
Speaker 1: direct personal influence. As I have told you elsewhere. Every
4:11:28
Speaker 1: time two people meet, there ensues a silent mental conflict
4:11:31
Speaker 1: or struggle for supremacy, from which one or the other
4:11:34
Speaker 1: emerges a victor, and which victory is fully recognized by
4:11:37
Speaker 1: both of the parties. To the preceding. This mental struggle
4:11:41
Speaker 1: is usually the combat between the general mental powers of
4:11:44
Speaker 1: the two, without regard to special mental states induced at
4:11:47
Speaker 1: the time. But the man who is skilled in the
4:11:50
Speaker 1: art of dynamic mentation goes further than this, for he
4:11:53
Speaker 1: recognizes that he may concentrate his menative energy into definite
4:11:57
Speaker 1: shape and form, and focus the force of his mental
4:11:59
Speaker 1: imagery direct upon the other person with such force and
4:12:02
Speaker 1: power that the second person will feel the dynamic strength exerted.
4:12:06
Speaker 1: This direct personal influence operates along the lines of both desire, force,
4:12:10
Speaker 1: and will power. Of course, I have explained elsewhere how
4:12:15
Speaker 1: the will power may be used to awaken desire in another,
4:12:18
Speaker 1: and how it may also capture the will of the
4:12:20
Speaker 1: second person. I have also explained how desire force induces
4:12:24
Speaker 1: a similar desire in the second person, and also how
4:12:27
Speaker 1: it is often used to captivate the will of the
4:12:29
Speaker 1: other person. It is not necessary for me to repeat
4:12:33
Speaker 1: these things. You are supposed to be fully acquainted with
4:12:35
Speaker 1: them from your study of this book, and so I
4:12:39
Speaker 1: shall proceed to a consideration of the channels of expression
4:12:42
Speaker 1: of personal influence and the methods usually employed by those
4:12:46
Speaker 1: using it. The instruments of expression. These channels of influence
4:12:51
Speaker 1: may be classified as follows. One suggestive channels, consisting of
4:12:56
Speaker 1: a the suggestive manner and b the suggestive tone and
4:13:02
Speaker 1: see the suggestive word. Two the instrument of the eye,
4:13:07
Speaker 1: Three the instrument of the touch. And all of these
4:13:12
Speaker 1: three forms are of course merely the channels or instruments
4:13:15
Speaker 1: by which and through which the mind power expresses itself
4:13:19
Speaker 1: the channel through which pours the menative energy. Let us
4:13:23
Speaker 1: consider them in the above order. In the chapters on
4:13:27
Speaker 1: mental suggestion, you will find stated the active principles of
4:13:30
Speaker 1: that phase of the subject with which you should thoroughly
4:13:33
Speaker 1: familiarize yourself. You will see there that suggestion is the
4:13:37
Speaker 1: outward symbol of the inward mental state, and that it
4:13:40
Speaker 1: is the inner state that gives vitality to the suggestion.
4:13:43
Speaker 1: Get this idea fixed firmly in your mind, and always
4:13:47
Speaker 1: think of the force behind the suggestion. I have explained
4:13:50
Speaker 1: to you also that when one receives a suggestion through
4:13:53
Speaker 1: a physical agent, there is induced in him the mental
4:13:56
Speaker 1: state corresponding to the one originating that physical suggestion. For example,
4:14:02
Speaker 1: if you feel yourself filled with confidence, energy, and fearlessness,
4:14:06
Speaker 1: your outward appearance will reflect that inner state, and the
4:14:08
Speaker 1: outer appearance will become a suggestion to others. These others
4:14:13
Speaker 1: will instinctively feel that your inner state is as I
4:14:15
Speaker 1: have stated, and this being so, a physical suggestion made
4:14:20
Speaker 1: stronger than usual will produce a deeper impression on others
4:14:23
Speaker 1: than would any ordinary suggestion. In view of the above,
4:14:27
Speaker 1: you will see why it is that those familiar with
4:14:29
Speaker 1: the subject deem it important to cultivate the suggestive channel instruments.
4:14:34
Speaker 1: Beginning with a the suggestive manner, you will see why
4:14:38
Speaker 1: it is that we are impressed with the manner of
4:14:39
Speaker 1: a man who manifests energy, self confidence, and power in
4:14:43
Speaker 1: every motion. And also why we have confidence in a
4:14:47
Speaker 1: man whose manner indicates that he is a person used
4:14:50
Speaker 1: to being trusted by others, accustomed to having confidence reposed
4:14:53
Speaker 1: in him. And so I might mention hundreds of examples
4:14:57
Speaker 1: tending to show that if a man's manner conveys them depression,
4:15:00
Speaker 1: that he is used to being treated in a certain way,
4:15:02
Speaker 1: and that he is accustomed to acting in a certain way,
4:15:05
Speaker 1: we are very apt to accept the suggestion of manner
4:15:08
Speaker 1: and fall into line with the rest of people. And
4:15:11
Speaker 1: if the man happens to be a good actor, we
4:15:13
Speaker 1: may be imposed upon and fooled by his suggestive manner.
4:15:18
Speaker 1: Not only does this law hold good in the case
4:15:20
Speaker 1: of the manner and appearance of success, strength, confidence, et cetera,
4:15:24
Speaker 1: but it also operates along the lines of the appearance
4:15:27
Speaker 1: and manner of failure, weakness, and distrust. Do you not
4:15:31
Speaker 1: know of cases wherein you have felt that certain persons
4:15:34
Speaker 1: were not worthy of confidence, or were not to be
4:15:36
Speaker 1: depended upon, where strength of character was required, or were
4:15:40
Speaker 1: not likely to succeed. Of course you have, and you
4:15:43
Speaker 1: acted upon the suggestion too. In illustrating this point, I
4:15:48
Speaker 1: have frequently used the illustration of the two dogs, the
4:15:51
Speaker 1: one carrying himself in a manner betokening self respect and
4:15:54
Speaker 1: an ability to prevent and resent undue liberties, and the
4:15:57
Speaker 1: other carrying his tail between his legs in a manner
4:16:00
Speaker 1: and appearance indicating that he expected to be kicked and cuffed.
4:16:04
Speaker 1: The first dog is almost invariably treated with respect, even
4:16:08
Speaker 1: by the most mischievous youngsters, while the second one almost
4:16:12
Speaker 1: always invites to himself the kicks, tin cans, and brick
4:16:16
Speaker 1: bats of the young hoodlums of the neighborhood. And this
4:16:19
Speaker 1: illustration is as true in the case of people as
4:16:22
Speaker 1: in the case of dogs. Better take the hint. But
4:16:26
Speaker 1: you may say, how is one to acquire the proper
4:16:29
Speaker 1: suggestive manner? My answer is that there is but one
4:16:32
Speaker 1: sure way, and that is to begin to think out
4:16:35
Speaker 1: the part, visualize it, and act it out. In other words,
4:16:40
Speaker 1: if you wish to convey a suggestive manner of confidence,
4:16:43
Speaker 1: you must begin to think confidence from morning until night.
4:16:47
Speaker 1: And you must also begin to visualize confidence when you
4:16:50
Speaker 1: have the chance to do so. That is, you must
4:16:53
Speaker 1: make a mental picture of yourself as manifesting confidence, and
4:16:57
Speaker 1: you must also begin to act out the part. Now,
4:17:01
Speaker 1: about this acting out, I would say that I mean
4:17:03
Speaker 1: not only the playing the part in your interviews with people,
4:17:07
Speaker 1: but I also mean an actual series of rehearsals in private,
4:17:10
Speaker 1: just as you would perform if you were preparing to
4:17:12
Speaker 1: play a part on the stage in public. You must
4:17:15
Speaker 1: form a mental image of how you would look and
4:17:17
Speaker 1: act if you were filled with confidence and were approaching people.
4:17:22
Speaker 1: You will find that practice will improve you very much
4:17:24
Speaker 1: in this way, and that you will soon acquire a
4:17:27
Speaker 1: manner that will be like second nature and will really
4:17:29
Speaker 1: serve to give the suggestion of your manner to others
4:17:31
Speaker 1: with whom you come in contact. And more than this,
4:17:35
Speaker 1: it will actually tend to build up confidence in yourself.
4:17:39
Speaker 1: Imagine yourself as approaching strange people, and then act out
4:17:42
Speaker 1: the part the best you know how, improving a little
4:17:45
Speaker 1: in ease and smoothness of action. Each day. Think of
4:17:49
Speaker 1: how the actor on the stage impresses you, and then
4:17:52
Speaker 1: remember that the manner was acquired by constant practice and work,
4:17:57
Speaker 1: and you may do the same and may manage to
4:17:59
Speaker 1: impress other people just as the actor does you. And
4:18:02
Speaker 1: what is true in the case of confidence is true
4:18:05
Speaker 1: regarding any character that you wish to play. Any in
4:18:08
Speaker 1: all characters may be played out in this way, and
4:18:11
Speaker 1: an appearance and manner acquired which will give the suggestion
4:18:14
Speaker 1: to others. I wish I could make you realize how
4:18:18
Speaker 1: much there is in this method. If you could realize
4:18:21
Speaker 1: how some men have used it to acquire qualities that
4:18:23
Speaker 1: have enabled them to prey upon the public, you would
4:18:26
Speaker 1: realize how important it might be for you for legitimate
4:18:28
Speaker 1: and honorable use. In this acting out, you must remember
4:18:32
Speaker 1: that the practice will make you so perfect that the
4:18:35
Speaker 1: part will appear natural when you play it in public.
4:18:38
Speaker 1: But without practice, an attempt to play it in public
4:18:41
Speaker 1: will make one ridiculous. Remember the illustration of the real actor,
4:18:46
Speaker 1: and you will have the secret of acting out. And
4:18:49
Speaker 1: also remember this that in the measure that you throw
4:18:52
Speaker 1: your mind into the part, so will be your success.
4:18:55
Speaker 1: When you practice. You must throw your mind into the acting,
4:18:59
Speaker 1: just as you would if you were in earnest. It
4:19:02
Speaker 1: is the mind back of it all. Remember the second
4:19:05
Speaker 1: suggestive channel or instrument is the suggestive tone. This too
4:19:10
Speaker 1: may be acquired by acting out. You must practice until
4:19:14
Speaker 1: you are able to express your meaning with feeling that
4:19:17
Speaker 1: all who here may be impressed. You should begin your
4:19:20
Speaker 1: practice by choosing some simple words in every day use
4:19:24
Speaker 1: good morning, for instance. Try it now and see how roughly,
4:19:29
Speaker 1: clumsily and crudely you give the morning greeting. Then try
4:19:33
Speaker 1: to imagine that you are full of good, cheer, energy,
4:19:35
Speaker 1: and brightness, and then throw your feeling into your good morning,
4:19:39
Speaker 1: and see how different it seems. Practice this a while,
4:19:43
Speaker 1: and you will soon acquire a natural, cheery, bright and
4:19:46
Speaker 1: invigorating tone when you say good morning. You will not
4:19:50
Speaker 1: need a teacher in elocution to tell you how to
4:19:52
Speaker 1: do this. Try to feel the part, and you will
4:19:56
Speaker 1: express it naturally. Make your feelings more flexible, and your
4:20:00
Speaker 1: tones will reflect them. After you have mastered the simpler
4:20:04
Speaker 1: terms of expression, work up to larger sentences and speeches.
4:20:09
Speaker 1: Try them on the chairs in your room, imagining that
4:20:11
Speaker 1: people are seated therein speak to them feelingly and with expression.
4:20:16
Speaker 1: Until you acquire the art, you will not realize how
4:20:20
Speaker 1: much you may gain by such practice until you actually
4:20:22
Speaker 1: try it. I wish that you could hear the testimony
4:20:25
Speaker 1: of some people who have acquired this art. There is
4:20:29
Speaker 1: nothing more important in personal influence than a good suggestive tone.
4:20:33
Speaker 1: Think of the people whom you know, and then remember
4:20:36
Speaker 1: what an influence their voices have on you, not only
4:20:39
Speaker 1: the quality of the voice, but the tone. You readily
4:20:43
Speaker 1: recognize the difference between the tone of the hesitating, timid,
4:20:47
Speaker 1: self doubting person and that of the confident, self reliant individual.
4:20:52
Speaker 1: There is a subtle vibration about the tone of the
4:20:54
Speaker 1: latter that causes one to feel confidence and respect, and
4:20:57
Speaker 1: which exacts obedience in a quiet, calm way, devoid of
4:21:01
Speaker 1: bluster or rant. If you will but think a moment,
4:21:05
Speaker 1: you will see that much depends upon the tone. You
4:21:08
Speaker 1: will see that when you say to a person you can,
4:21:10
Speaker 1: the tone in which you say can goes a long
4:21:14
Speaker 1: way toward producing the response. And so it is with
4:21:18
Speaker 1: the suggestive tone. No matter what it is made to express,
4:21:22
Speaker 1: it always impresses upon one that the speaker using it
4:21:25
Speaker 1: means what he says. And that is why many public
4:21:28
Speaker 1: men practice year after year in mastering this instrument of influence,
4:21:32
Speaker 1: the suggestive tone. Again, would I refer you to the
4:21:36
Speaker 1: example of the actor. See how he manages to throw
4:21:39
Speaker 1: feeling into his tone, and you may do likewise if
4:21:43
Speaker 1: you will but practice in earnest and throw your mind
4:21:46
Speaker 1: into the work. Think of the thing you wish to express,
4:21:49
Speaker 1: visualize it, and then act it out in your tone.
4:21:53
Speaker 1: You will be surprised at the rapid progress that you
4:21:55
Speaker 1: will make. Remember always, though the tone is but the
4:22:00
Speaker 1: instrument of expression of the mind. Back of it. Many
4:22:03
Speaker 1: people make the mistake of speaking with the muscles instead
4:22:06
Speaker 1: of with their nerves, as one writer has expressed it.
4:22:10
Speaker 1: In other words, they seem to throw muscular force into
4:22:13
Speaker 1: their tones instead of nervous energy, and in so doing
4:22:16
Speaker 1: they make a great mistake, for the former has a dull,
4:22:19
Speaker 1: non penetrating effect, whereas the latter vibrates subtly and reaches
4:22:23
Speaker 1: the feeling part of one's mind. Feel feel, feel when
4:22:28
Speaker 1: you wish to speak impressively, and your tones will reflect
4:22:31
Speaker 1: the same and induce a corresponding feeling in others. The
4:22:35
Speaker 1: voice is a mighty indicator of the mental state within,
4:22:39
Speaker 1: accepting the eye, no outward form of expression of character
4:22:43
Speaker 1: responds so quickly and fully to the inner mental state
4:22:45
Speaker 1: as the voice. The voice and I are the two
4:22:49
Speaker 1: principal outward avenues of expression of the mental states within,
4:22:52
Speaker 1: and both register the subtle changes and degrees of the
4:22:55
Speaker 1: inner state. If you will stop to think for a
4:22:58
Speaker 1: moment and consider the difference voices of the people you know,
4:23:01
Speaker 1: you will see that, in nearly every case, the voice
4:23:04
Speaker 1: gives one a clue to the character or prevailing mental
4:23:06
Speaker 1: states of the speaker. Not alone the quality of the voice,
4:23:10
Speaker 1: but the tone. Every reader knows the difference between the
4:23:13
Speaker 1: tones of the hesitating, timid, self doubting person and that
4:23:17
Speaker 1: of the confident, self reliant individual. In the tone of
4:23:22
Speaker 1: the latter, there is noticeable that peculiar, something that denotes
4:23:25
Speaker 1: power and authority and inspires attention, interest, and respect without
4:23:29
Speaker 1: need of vulgar self assertion or blustering speech. Let us
4:23:33
Speaker 1: listen to the tones of our dynamic individual. First, it
4:23:38
Speaker 1: is under the control of his will. It is loud
4:23:41
Speaker 1: or soft as he wills it to be. It never
4:23:43
Speaker 1: runs away from him. If the person to whom he
4:23:46
Speaker 1: is talking raises his voice to a strident pitch, our
4:23:49
Speaker 1: individual does not follow suit. On the contrary, he puts
4:23:54
Speaker 1: a little more force into his tone, but keeps the
4:23:56
Speaker 1: pitch the same, and before long, by his will, in
4:23:59
Speaker 1: old is evenly pitched tone, he will actually force down
4:24:02
Speaker 1: the pitch of the other to a normal degree. I
4:24:05
Speaker 1: have seen many instances of this fact, and have noticed
4:24:08
Speaker 1: that the temper of the other person is toned down
4:24:10
Speaker 1: in accord with his decreasing pitch of voice. A calm,
4:24:15
Speaker 1: even positive tone in which the will is apparent in
4:24:18
Speaker 1: self control and in forceful effect will master the tones
4:24:21
Speaker 1: of others pitched in a fiercer key, And in the
4:24:23
Speaker 1: mastery of the voice of the other you will often
4:24:25
Speaker 1: affect a mastery of his will. By making captive the
4:24:29
Speaker 1: outer expression, you often capture the inner man. There are
4:24:32
Speaker 1: two very good reasons for one studying the voice of
4:24:35
Speaker 1: the dynamic individual as follows. One because it is by
4:24:40
Speaker 1: his voice that he manages to make some of the
4:24:42
Speaker 1: most powerful suggestions upon others. And two because by the
4:24:46
Speaker 1: expression in his voice, or rather the inner impulse causing
4:24:50
Speaker 1: the vocal expression, he causes to flow out strong menative
4:24:53
Speaker 1: currents which affect and influence the other person. So, in
4:24:57
Speaker 1: its inner an outer aspects, the cultivation of the voice
4:25:00
Speaker 1: is quite desirable. You will find that the dynamic individual,
4:25:04
Speaker 1: particularly if he is engaged in an occupation necessitating his
4:25:08
Speaker 1: giving orders and directions or advice to others, has developed
4:25:12
Speaker 1: a voice resembling in many details that suggestive voice habitual
4:25:16
Speaker 1: to the practitioner of mental suggestive therapeutics. The reason is plain.
4:25:22
Speaker 1: Both the men of business, affairs and force and the
4:25:25
Speaker 1: suggestionist have accustomed themselves to speaking in a forceful, firm,
4:25:29
Speaker 1: positive manner, and thus fairly driving home their ideas expressed
4:25:33
Speaker 1: in words. The man of affairs does not know just
4:25:37
Speaker 1: why he does this, but his tone is the outward
4:25:39
Speaker 1: expression of his forceful mental state. And this is likewise
4:25:43
Speaker 1: true of the suggestionist, although he may have deliberately cultivated
4:25:47
Speaker 1: the suggestive tone at the beginning of his practice. It
4:25:51
Speaker 1: is somewhat difficult to correctly define and explain the suggestive tone,
4:25:55
Speaker 1: although if one once hears it, he will never forget it.
4:25:58
Speaker 1: But I will try my best to make it plain
4:26:00
Speaker 1: to you here. In the first place, the suggestive tone
4:26:04
Speaker 1: is fairly charged with the mental idea back of the words.
4:26:08
Speaker 1: Each word has an inner meaning, and the suggestive tone
4:26:11
Speaker 1: carries this idea with it, so that the hearer gets
4:26:13
Speaker 1: the full menative benefit and influence of it. Do not
4:26:17
Speaker 1: imagine that this tone is theatrical, or tragic or unnatural.
4:26:22
Speaker 1: It is none of these. It is a forceful, natural tone.
4:26:27
Speaker 1: Its expression is that of being in earnest and meaning
4:26:30
Speaker 1: just what you are saying. You know, how you would
4:26:33
Speaker 1: speak if you were earnestly telling someone to do some
4:26:35
Speaker 1: important thing upon which much depended. Well, that's the tone,
4:26:40
Speaker 1: modified of course by the particular circumstances and necessities of
4:26:44
Speaker 1: each case. It must be in earnest, must be more
4:26:47
Speaker 1: or less intense, must have focused in it the feeling
4:26:52
Speaker 1: behind it in such a way as to awaken in
4:26:55
Speaker 1: the mind of the hearer the feeling back of the words.
4:26:58
Speaker 1: The voice of the dynamic individual is flexible and adaptable
4:27:01
Speaker 1: to any mood or phase of feeling that he wishes
4:27:04
Speaker 1: to induce in his hearers. It may be positive and
4:27:07
Speaker 1: masterful along the lines of suggestion by direct command or authority,
4:27:13
Speaker 1: or it may be subtle and insinuating along the lines
4:27:16
Speaker 1: of suggestion by association or imitation. Or it may assume
4:27:20
Speaker 1: a teacher like tone along the lines of suggestion by repetition,
4:27:24
Speaker 1: in which the statement is made in a quiet, convincing way,
4:27:28
Speaker 1: as a teacher makes his statements to his class, the
4:27:30
Speaker 1: repetition of which brings conviction to the mind of the hearer.
4:27:34
Speaker 1: Or it may take on that peculiar caressing tone which
4:27:37
Speaker 1: is noticed in magnetic men of a certain type who allure, charm, fascinate,
4:27:42
Speaker 1: and draw to them other people by reason of their
4:27:44
Speaker 1: subtle power of charming. This power, which finds its expression
4:27:48
Speaker 1: largely in the voice, always reminds me of a female
4:27:51
Speaker 1: leopard or tiger, for the feline is mingled with the
4:27:54
Speaker 1: feminine in a peculiar way. This tone of the voice
4:27:57
Speaker 1: can be best described as caressing. When it is exhibited
4:28:01
Speaker 1: by one well versed in its use, every word seems
4:28:03
Speaker 1: to be a soft caress and has a peculiar soothing
4:28:06
Speaker 1: effect upon the hearer, lulling his will to sleep and
4:28:08
Speaker 1: opening his emotive mentality to the suggestions and manative currents
4:28:12
Speaker 1: of the speaker. In short, the dynamic individual, in his
4:28:16
Speaker 1: use of the voice, has acquired to a certain degree
4:28:19
Speaker 1: the art of the actor and orator. He is able
4:28:22
Speaker 1: to express feeling real or assumed by his voice, so
4:28:26
Speaker 1: that a corresponding mental state is set up in the
4:28:28
Speaker 1: minds of his hearers, and one may acquire this art
4:28:33
Speaker 1: by practice. A vibrant, resonant, expressive voice may be cultivated
4:28:37
Speaker 1: and used too, with the greatest effect. In personal magnetism.
4:28:42
Speaker 1: As an instance, of this, let me cite you the
4:28:44
Speaker 1: case of Nathan Shephard, the well known lecturer and authority
4:28:48
Speaker 1: on public speaking. Mister Shephard relates that when he first
4:28:51
Speaker 1: made up his mind to devote himself to public speaking,
4:28:54
Speaker 1: he was told by his tutors that he would be
4:28:56
Speaker 1: a perfect failure in such a profession, because, as he says,
4:28:59
Speaker 1: my articulation was feeble, my organs of speech were inadequate.
4:29:03
Speaker 1: If I would screw up my little mouth, it could
4:29:05
Speaker 1: be put into my mother's thimble. These facts were enough
4:29:09
Speaker 1: to discourage any man, but Shepherd rose above them and
4:29:12
Speaker 1: determined to apply his will to the task of conquering
4:29:15
Speaker 1: these disadvantages and mastering the subject of public speaking. And
4:29:19
Speaker 1: he succeeded marvelously by pure will power. He, as he says,
4:29:25
Speaker 1: increased my voice tenfold, doubled my chest, and brought my
4:29:28
Speaker 1: unratorical organ somewhat in subjection to my will. He became
4:29:33
Speaker 1: one of the best public speakers of his time. So
4:29:36
Speaker 1: there is hope for all of you, if you will
4:29:38
Speaker 1: but manifest persistency and earnestness in your application of the will.
4:29:43
Speaker 1: The third suggestive channel is the suggestive word. I may
4:29:47
Speaker 1: be able to explain this more clearly when I call
4:29:50
Speaker 1: your attention to the fact that each word is a
4:29:52
Speaker 1: crystallized thought. In every word, there is an imprisoned thought,
4:29:57
Speaker 1: and when you lodge a word in the mind of
4:29:58
Speaker 1: another person, the crystal covering is dissolved and the released
4:30:02
Speaker 1: thought manifests itself. And this being so, it becomes important
4:30:07
Speaker 1: for one to carefully choose the crystallized thoughts or words
4:30:11
Speaker 1: which he wishes to implant in the mind of another.
4:30:14
Speaker 1: You should study words until you are able to distinguish
4:30:17
Speaker 1: between those which carry alive, active feeling thought and those
4:30:21
Speaker 1: less strong. Take the word strong, for instance, does it
4:30:26
Speaker 1: not make you feel strength when you hear it forcibly
4:30:29
Speaker 1: and feelingly pronounced. Take the word kind and see what
4:30:33
Speaker 1: feelings it arouses in you. Pronounce the words lion and
4:30:37
Speaker 1: lamb and see the different feelings you experience from the
4:30:40
Speaker 1: differing sounds. Take the word crash and see how it
4:30:45
Speaker 1: suggests the crashing, crunching, tearing, startling thing for which it stands.
4:30:50
Speaker 1: Compare the sound of the words rough and smooth, and
4:30:53
Speaker 1: you will see what I mean. The only way that
4:30:57
Speaker 1: I can point out to you to acquire the use
4:30:59
Speaker 1: of suggestive words is to study words themselves. Listen to
4:31:03
Speaker 1: the words used by others and note their effect on you.
4:31:07
Speaker 1: Take a small dictionary and run over its pages, and
4:31:10
Speaker 1: you will soon have a collection of good, strong, effective
4:31:13
Speaker 1: terms for handy use when occasion demands. A man does
4:31:17
Speaker 1: not have to be highly educated in the usual sense
4:31:20
Speaker 1: of that term in order to use strong suggestive words.
4:31:25
Speaker 1: Some instinctively choose vital words charged with feeling, and such
4:31:29
Speaker 1: make their words felt. Think over this matter. In the
4:31:34
Speaker 1: use of all the three suggestive instruments or channels, remember
4:31:37
Speaker 1: that the object is to make others feel the mental
4:31:40
Speaker 1: state you are expressing. This is the whole thing in
4:31:43
Speaker 1: a nutshell, Chapter fourteen, Instruments of Expression. Next in order
4:31:50
Speaker 1: in our list of instruments of channels of menative expression
4:31:52
Speaker 1: is the eye, that most wonderful of all the human organs,
4:31:56
Speaker 1: and which is as much an instrument for the expression
4:31:58
Speaker 1: of mind power as it is an instrument for receiving
4:32:00
Speaker 1: the sense impression of sight. Let us consider it in
4:32:04
Speaker 1: its former aspect. In the first place, the eye is
4:32:08
Speaker 1: one of the most potent and effective instruments of suggestion,
4:32:11
Speaker 1: although I have not included it in that class. The
4:32:15
Speaker 1: expression of the eye will induce mental conditions in others
4:32:17
Speaker 1: along the lines of suggestion, and those who understand and
4:32:21
Speaker 1: have mastered this art of using the eyes have at
4:32:23
Speaker 1: their disposal a wonderful instrument of suggestive influence. Those of
4:32:27
Speaker 1: us who have ever met a very magnetic man or
4:32:30
Speaker 1: a charming and fascinating woman have carried away with us
4:32:34
Speaker 1: a lively recollection of the expression of the eyes of
4:32:37
Speaker 1: such a person. Actors and public speakers, as well as
4:32:41
Speaker 1: those whose business it is to meet and impress people,
4:32:44
Speaker 1: often make a close study of eye expression in order
4:32:46
Speaker 1: to produce a heightened effect along these lines, And what
4:32:50
Speaker 1: kind of an eye has our dynamic individual? Need you
4:32:54
Speaker 1: ask this question? What would you expect of all the
4:32:58
Speaker 1: physical avenues of expression? I the mental state within the
4:33:01
Speaker 1: eye is the most potent and nearest to the soul within.
4:33:05
Speaker 1: The eyes have well been called the windows of the soul,
4:33:08
Speaker 1: and they give a clearer idea of the inner man
4:33:11
Speaker 1: than all else combined. And therefore we may expect our
4:33:15
Speaker 1: magnetic man to have an eye that reflects the power
4:33:18
Speaker 1: within him, and we are not disappointed, for even a
4:33:21
Speaker 1: hasty glance will show that he has what people call
4:33:24
Speaker 1: an expressive eye. It manifests every mental state at the
4:33:28
Speaker 1: will of its owner, now stern, now tender, now commanding,
4:33:33
Speaker 1: now loving, now masterful, now caressing. It is an obedient
4:33:38
Speaker 1: instrument of the will operating it, and it produces the
4:33:42
Speaker 1: most wonderful suggestive effect upon those coming under its spell.
4:33:46
Speaker 1: As an inducer of mental states, the eye has no
4:33:49
Speaker 1: equal among the physical agents, even the voice. Wonderfully potent,
4:33:53
Speaker 1: though it be, must yield precedence to it. It is
4:33:56
Speaker 1: more than a physical agent. It is a direct avenue
4:33:59
Speaker 1: for the passage of menative currents. Very dynamic people, when
4:34:03
Speaker 1: aroused by deep interest, emotion, or desire combined with will,
4:34:09
Speaker 1: seem to have a constant stream of menative energy flowing
4:34:12
Speaker 1: from their eyes, which is felt by those within their
4:34:14
Speaker 1: field of influence. I need not call your attention to
4:34:18
Speaker 1: the wonderful power of eye, for you are fully acquainted
4:34:21
Speaker 1: with it from personal experience. You know how power shows
4:34:25
Speaker 1: itself in the eyes of people in cases where the
4:34:29
Speaker 1: will has been developed to a very high degree. It
4:34:31
Speaker 1: is true that the menative energy can be so concentrated
4:34:34
Speaker 1: by a very earnest and powerful glance that an actual
4:34:36
Speaker 1: physical effect may be produced. I have known and heard
4:34:40
Speaker 1: of cases in which a powerful glance halted people in
4:34:43
Speaker 1: their tracks. Cases of this kind are told of Napoleon
4:34:47
Speaker 1: and others of developed will power. Andrew Jackson is said
4:34:51
Speaker 1: to have so paralyzed the will of a noted desperado
4:34:54
Speaker 1: by his glance that he surrendered meekly and accompanied his captor,
4:34:57
Speaker 1: although fully armed, and heretofore deemed ap resolutely fearless and dangerous.
4:35:02
Speaker 1: The desperado afterwards said that he could not understand just
4:35:05
Speaker 1: why he had not killed Jackson where he stood. It
4:35:08
Speaker 1: is related in some of the ancient histories or tales
4:35:12
Speaker 1: that one of the old Greeks paralyzed an enemy by
4:35:14
Speaker 1: a single burning glance. You have all seen people flinch
4:35:19
Speaker 1: and quail before the masterful glance of one possessed of
4:35:22
Speaker 1: a developed will power. You personally know how this feels.
4:35:27
Speaker 1: Father Gill says, the steady conflict of the eye is
4:35:30
Speaker 1: familiar to many of us. The boy looks at his
4:35:33
Speaker 1: mother to see if she is in earnest in her threat.
4:35:36
Speaker 1: When older, he likewise looks at his schoolmaster to read
4:35:39
Speaker 1: his purpose. Two men or women look at each other steadily.
4:35:44
Speaker 1: No word is said, yet the conflict is over soon
4:35:47
Speaker 1: and one walks ahead of the other ever after. Oliver
4:35:50
Speaker 1: Wendelholmes describes an eye battle as follows. The coinor's face
4:35:55
Speaker 1: turned so white with rage that his blue black mustache
4:35:57
Speaker 1: and beard looked fearful scene against it. He grinned with wrath,
4:36:02
Speaker 1: and caught at a tumbler as if he would have
4:36:04
Speaker 1: thrown its contents at the speaker. The young Marylander fixed
4:36:08
Speaker 1: his clear, steady eye upon him, and laid his hand
4:36:11
Speaker 1: on his arm carelessly almost but the jewel felt it
4:36:14
Speaker 1: was held so that he could not move it. It
4:36:17
Speaker 1: was of no use. The youth was his master and muscle.
4:36:20
Speaker 1: And in that deadly Indian hug in which men wrestle
4:36:23
Speaker 1: with their eyes over in five seconds, but breaks one
4:36:26
Speaker 1: of their two backs, and is good for threescore years
4:36:29
Speaker 1: and ten one trial enough settles the whole matter. Just
4:36:34
Speaker 1: as when two feathered songsters of the barn Yard Game
4:36:37
Speaker 1: and Dunghill come together. After a jump or two at
4:36:40
Speaker 1: each other and a few sharp kicks, there is an
4:36:43
Speaker 1: end of it, and it is a pre vous monsieur
4:36:46
Speaker 1: with the beaten party in all the social relations for
4:36:49
Speaker 1: all the rest of his days. The following rules for
4:36:52
Speaker 1: the cultivation of eye expression were obtained from one of
4:36:55
Speaker 1: the leading authorities in this line in America. I herewith
4:36:59
Speaker 1: give them in detail for those who may desire to
4:37:01
Speaker 1: practice them. I know of none better for the purpose.
4:37:06
Speaker 1: Exercises in eye expression begin by studying your eyes in
4:37:11
Speaker 1: a mirror. You will see that in the center of
4:37:13
Speaker 1: the eyeball there is a black spot. This is called
4:37:16
Speaker 1: the pupil of the eye. The larger circle surrounding the
4:37:20
Speaker 1: pupil is called the thyris. The white of the eye
4:37:23
Speaker 1: surrounds the iris. The upper eyelid moving over the eyeball
4:37:27
Speaker 1: produces a variety of expressions, each giving to the face
4:37:30
Speaker 1: a totally different appearance or expression of suggestive meaning. All
4:37:35
Speaker 1: recognize the meaning of these different expressions, but very few
4:37:39
Speaker 1: of us understand the mechanism producing the impression. Standing before
4:37:43
Speaker 1: your mirror, study these various expressions. The following exercises may
4:37:48
Speaker 1: help you. One hold the upper lid in such a
4:37:52
Speaker 1: position that its edge rests half way between the pupil
4:37:55
Speaker 1: and top of the iris. This gives an expression of calmness. Two,
4:38:00
Speaker 1: rest the edge of the upper eyelid at the top
4:38:02
Speaker 1: of the pupil. This gives an expression of indifference. Three,
4:38:09
Speaker 1: the edge of the eyelid resting at the top of
4:38:11
Speaker 1: the iris gives an expression of strong interest. Four the
4:38:15
Speaker 1: edge of the eyelid resting halfway over the pupil gives
4:38:18
Speaker 1: an expression of deep thought. Five the edge of the
4:38:21
Speaker 1: elid resting just above the edge of the iris, and
4:38:24
Speaker 1: thus showing a narrow strip of white between the edge
4:38:27
Speaker 1: of the lid and the edge of the iris, gives
4:38:29
Speaker 1: an expression of emotional activity. Six The above position exaggerated
4:38:36
Speaker 1: so as to show as much of the white as
4:38:38
Speaker 1: possible between the edge of the iris and the edge
4:38:40
Speaker 1: of the lid, will give an expression of emotional excitement.
4:38:44
Speaker 1: Practice the above expressions and positions with a little practice.
4:38:48
Speaker 1: Nearly everyone may easily acquire the art of expression in
4:38:51
Speaker 1: the first four exercises, but the last two are more
4:38:54
Speaker 1: difficult of acquirement. The last exercise, emotional excitement, especially, is
4:39:02
Speaker 1: found to be quite difficult of attainment, and but a
4:39:05
Speaker 1: small percentage are able to produce the expression without considerable practice.
4:39:09
Speaker 1: Practice these movements until you can reproduce them without the
4:39:12
Speaker 1: aid of the mirror, just as a man may learn
4:39:15
Speaker 1: to shave without a mirror by constant practice. Before one
4:39:19
Speaker 1: The exercises will not only enable you to express the
4:39:22
Speaker 1: different mental states easily and freely, but will also tend
4:39:25
Speaker 1: to strengthen the muscles and nerves of the eyes themselves.
4:39:28
Speaker 1: Providing that you proceed gradually and do not overtask the
4:39:31
Speaker 1: eyes at the beginning, do not scowl or contract the
4:39:35
Speaker 1: brows in the practices, a few minutes at a time
4:39:38
Speaker 1: is all that you should use in practicing. When you
4:39:41
Speaker 1: have mastered the above exercises, especially nose five and six,
4:39:47
Speaker 1: you may try the following, which is the most difficult
4:39:50
Speaker 1: of all. Seven. Rest the eyelet in the position of
4:39:54
Speaker 1: strong interest number three, and then, at the same time
4:39:57
Speaker 1: lift the edge of the underlid to the lower edge
4:39:59
Speaker 1: of the pupil. This position gives the expression of close scrutiny.
4:40:04
Speaker 1: You will be surprised at the added power of expression
4:40:07
Speaker 1: that the careful practice of the above exercises will give you.
4:40:11
Speaker 1: You will be able to manifest more suggestive feeling, and
4:40:14
Speaker 1: will induce emotional states of feeling in others. A little
4:40:18
Speaker 1: practice will give you such convincing proof of this that
4:40:21
Speaker 1: you will not need urging to further perfect yourself In them.
4:40:24
Speaker 1: The expressions of emotional activity and emotional excitement especially, will
4:40:28
Speaker 1: produce a startling result if used on appropriate occasions when
4:40:31
Speaker 1: you wish to exhibit the appearance of the deepest emotional
4:40:34
Speaker 1: excitement and force development exercises. The following development exercises are
4:40:41
Speaker 1: highly recommended by the same teacher who has devoted years
4:40:44
Speaker 1: to study and experiment along these lines. One open the
4:40:48
Speaker 1: eyes quite widely, but not so widely as to strain them,
4:40:52
Speaker 1: and hold them in that position for a few seconds,
4:40:54
Speaker 1: gazing into your mirror, which must be directly in front
4:40:57
Speaker 1: of you, on a level with your eyes. While gazing,
4:41:00
Speaker 1: open them a trifle wider still without straining, and throw
4:41:04
Speaker 1: an intense expression into them. Do not move the eyebrows,
4:41:08
Speaker 1: but allow them to remain normal. Two. Resume the above
4:41:13
Speaker 1: position and then change to the expression of strong interest
4:41:16
Speaker 1: see previous exercises looking at yourself in the glass, just
4:41:19
Speaker 1: as you would in looking at another person with that expression.
4:41:23
Speaker 1: Three resume position one, and then gradually change to the
4:41:27
Speaker 1: expression of emotional activity see previous exercises gazing at yourself
4:41:31
Speaker 1: in the mirror. Four resume position one, and then gradually
4:41:37
Speaker 1: change to the expression of emotional excitement See previous exercises
4:41:42
Speaker 1: gazing at yourself in the mirror. Five Resume position one,
4:41:47
Speaker 1: and then gradually change to the expression of close scrutiny.
4:41:50
Speaker 1: See previous exercises gazing at yourself in the mirror. In
4:41:54
Speaker 1: the above exercises, you must act as if the reflection
4:41:57
Speaker 1: of yourself in the mirror were in reality another person
4:42:00
Speaker 1: whom you wish to influence. The better you act this out,
4:42:04
Speaker 1: the better will your results be. Six. Practice the expression
4:42:08
Speaker 1: of strong interest on persons to whom you are listening
4:42:11
Speaker 1: until you feel that you have awakened a response in them.
4:42:14
Speaker 1: I may add that the expression of deep interest consists
4:42:16
Speaker 1: of but the same expression, heightened by more feeling behind it,
4:42:20
Speaker 1: and the expression of loving interest is the same, only
4:42:22
Speaker 1: more so. This more feeling may be either real or assumed,
4:42:27
Speaker 1: as in the case of the good actor. Seven. Practice
4:42:32
Speaker 1: the expression of close scrutiny upon other persons upon appropriate
4:42:35
Speaker 1: occasions in which you desire to appear as taking a
4:42:38
Speaker 1: deep critical interest in some proposition, undertaking theory, et cetera.
4:42:43
Speaker 1: Many persons have built up a reputation for being good
4:42:46
Speaker 1: listeners and keen observers by this practice. I mention it
4:42:51
Speaker 1: for what it may be worth to you. I am
4:42:54
Speaker 1: merely giving you the rules of the game, not necessarily
4:42:57
Speaker 1: advising you to play it. And now I have reached
4:43:00
Speaker 1: that part of my subject in which I must speak
4:43:03
Speaker 1: of the power of the eye to convey menative force.
4:43:06
Speaker 1: Owing to some law of nervous mechanism not fully understood
4:43:09
Speaker 1: as yet, the eye is one of the most effective
4:43:11
Speaker 1: mediums for the passage of menative currents from one person
4:43:14
Speaker 1: to another. I shall not attempt to indulge in any
4:43:18
Speaker 1: special theory on the subject, but shall proceed to the
4:43:20
Speaker 1: description of the facts of the case. I may add, however,
4:43:25
Speaker 1: that advanced occultists inform us that portions of the human
4:43:28
Speaker 1: brain during a manifestation of strong emotional effort or exercise
4:43:32
Speaker 1: of will, resembles an incandescent surface, glowing and phosphorescent, and
4:43:38
Speaker 1: that also there are seen great beams of this incandescent
4:43:40
Speaker 1: energy streaming out from the eyes of the person and
4:43:43
Speaker 1: reaching the mind of other persons. And more than this,
4:43:47
Speaker 1: these beams of energy transmit mental states, thoughts, et cetera
4:43:53
Speaker 1: of the person, just as scientists have found that beams
4:43:56
Speaker 1: of light will carry waves of electricity, and have thus
4:43:59
Speaker 1: been able to send telegraphic and even telephonic messages over
4:44:03
Speaker 1: such beams of light. One who has mastered the fascination
4:44:07
Speaker 1: of the eye is able to convey most readily to
4:44:09
Speaker 1: others the menative currents, which tend to produce similar mental
4:44:12
Speaker 1: states by menative induction, as explained elsewhere in this book.
4:44:17
Speaker 1: If you will but remember the above illustration of the
4:44:19
Speaker 1: beam of light belong which the electric and magnetic currents travel,
4:44:23
Speaker 1: and will form a mental picture of these menative beams
4:44:25
Speaker 1: from the eye, you will understand the process much better,
4:44:28
Speaker 1: and you will, at the same time, tend to give
4:44:30
Speaker 1: to your own menative beams a substantial reality along the
4:44:33
Speaker 1: lines of visualization. That is, when you wish to use
4:44:37
Speaker 1: these menative beams, you should imagine them as actually existing
4:44:42
Speaker 1: in full force and reality. This will have a tendency
4:44:45
Speaker 1: to give them a material reality and thus render them
4:44:48
Speaker 1: a highly efficient medium for the passage of your menative currents.
4:44:52
Speaker 1: And now right here is the best place to instruct
4:44:54
Speaker 1: you in the proper use of the eye in what
4:44:56
Speaker 1: has been called the magnetic gaze, but which would be
4:44:59
Speaker 1: more proper styled the dynamic gaze. There has been much
4:45:04
Speaker 1: nonsense written on this subject, and in some of my
4:45:06
Speaker 1: own earlier writings. I gave directions along these lines, which
4:45:09
Speaker 1: I am now able to replace with more approved methods
4:45:12
Speaker 1: and later discoveries coming from the study and experimentation of
4:45:15
Speaker 1: myself and others along these lines. I am willing to
4:45:19
Speaker 1: improve upon my own methods as well as upon those
4:45:22
Speaker 1: of others. I have no false pride upon this subject,
4:45:26
Speaker 1: and if tomorrow I find that I can improve upon
4:45:29
Speaker 1: my work of to day, I shall do so and
4:45:31
Speaker 1: give my students the benefit of the change, instead of
4:45:33
Speaker 1: stubbornly sticking to it just because I had once stated
4:45:37
Speaker 1: a theory, fact or result. There is no standing still
4:45:41
Speaker 1: in scientific work. He who stands still really goes backward.
4:45:46
Speaker 1: The former instructions regarding the magnetic gaze told the student
4:45:50
Speaker 1: to concentrate his gaze at the root of the nose
4:45:52
Speaker 1: of the other person, that is right between his two eyes.
4:45:57
Speaker 1: Now this was all very well, but there is a
4:45:59
Speaker 1: far better plan this. Focusing the gaze between the eyes
4:46:03
Speaker 1: of the other person really results in crossing your gaze
4:46:07
Speaker 1: and thus robbing it of a portion of the direct
4:46:09
Speaker 1: electromagnetic power that it possesses. You may prove this by
4:46:14
Speaker 1: holding up a pencil before your eyes and focusing your
4:46:17
Speaker 1: eyes upon it as you draw it nearer and nearer
4:46:19
Speaker 1: to your eyes. The nearer you get to the pencil
4:46:23
Speaker 1: or to the other person, the more will your gaze
4:46:25
Speaker 1: be crossed, and the effect impaired. A gaze from a
4:46:29
Speaker 1: pair of crossed eyes is not nearly so dynamic as
4:46:32
Speaker 1: one from a pair of straight eyes, giving out a direct,
4:46:35
Speaker 1: forceful impression. The new dynamic gaze is performed as follows.
4:46:41
Speaker 1: You do not focus your gaze at a point between
4:46:44
Speaker 1: the two eyes of the other person, but instead you
4:46:47
Speaker 1: gaze directly and straightly into his two eyes with your
4:46:50
Speaker 1: two eyes. You will find this difficult and tiring if
4:46:54
Speaker 1: you perform it in the ordinary way. And herein lies
4:46:57
Speaker 1: the secret. Instead of folks fusing your eyes upon his
4:47:01
Speaker 1: as if you really wish to see the color of
4:47:03
Speaker 1: his eyes, you must so focus your eyes that you
4:47:06
Speaker 1: are really gazing through him, as if you were transparent
4:47:09
Speaker 1: and you wish to see something beyond him. A little
4:47:12
Speaker 1: practice before a mirror will show you what I mean
4:47:14
Speaker 1: better than I can explain it to you in words.
4:47:17
Speaker 1: Practice at gazing through objects will aid you in acquiring
4:47:21
Speaker 1: this gaze. Try, for instance, focusing your eyes upon the
4:47:25
Speaker 1: wall opposite you, as you raise your eyes from this page,
4:47:28
Speaker 1: then as you look at the wall, slowly pass your
4:47:31
Speaker 1: hand before your eyes at a distance of about two feet,
4:47:34
Speaker 1: but don't change your focus. Don't see the hand plainly,
4:47:37
Speaker 1: but keep your gaze focused on the wall as if
4:47:39
Speaker 1: you could see it through the hand. This gaze must
4:47:42
Speaker 1: not consist of a blank, vacant, stupid stare, but must
4:47:46
Speaker 1: be intense and earnest. Practice on objects as above stated,
4:47:51
Speaker 1: and with your mirror will aid you in perfecting the gaze.
4:47:55
Speaker 1: It will help you if you have some friend with
4:47:56
Speaker 1: whom you can practice it. The other person will not
4:48:00
Speaker 1: be aware that you are not seeing him and are
4:48:02
Speaker 1: gazing through him. To him, it will appear that you
4:48:05
Speaker 1: are giving him a very deep, intense, steady, earnest glance.
4:48:10
Speaker 1: He will see your pupils dilate, as they always do
4:48:12
Speaker 1: when looking at a distant object, and your expression will
4:48:15
Speaker 1: be one of calm, serene power. And another important point
4:48:20
Speaker 1: about this gaze is that you may maintain it a
4:48:22
Speaker 1: long time without tiring the eyes, and without the eyes
4:48:25
Speaker 1: watering or blinking. You may outstair another person or animal
4:48:30
Speaker 1: in this way without fatigue, while the other's eyes grow
4:48:34
Speaker 1: tired and weak. So much is this true that the
4:48:37
Speaker 1: results of my own investigation of the subject have convinced
4:48:40
Speaker 1: me that the animals who manifest fascination really focus their
4:48:44
Speaker 1: eyes beyond the object in just this way. If ever,
4:48:48
Speaker 1: you get a chance to observe an animal fascinating another,
4:48:51
Speaker 1: you will see that I am right in this theory.
4:48:53
Speaker 1: This gazing through the other person is accomplished by a
4:48:57
Speaker 1: certain accommodation of the eye, as oculis and opticians call it.
4:49:01
Speaker 1: And while you are performing it, you cannot examine distinctly
4:49:04
Speaker 1: or see distinctly the eyes of the other person, because
4:49:08
Speaker 1: your focus is different. To show you why you are
4:49:11
Speaker 1: able to maintain this gaze such a long time without
4:49:14
Speaker 1: tiring your eyes, I would remind you of the ease
4:49:17
Speaker 1: with which you may maintain the expression of being wrapped
4:49:19
Speaker 1: in thought, daydreaming, lost in a brown study, just thinking
4:49:23
Speaker 1: about things, et cetera, with which you all are familiar.
4:49:27
Speaker 1: In such a mental state, you are able to gaze
4:49:29
Speaker 1: into space for a long time without the slightest fatigue,
4:49:33
Speaker 1: while a few seconds focussing your eyes upon a nearby
4:49:35
Speaker 1: object will tire them very much. Indeed, and then again
4:49:40
Speaker 1: you know how long you are able to gaze at
4:49:42
Speaker 1: an object far out at sea, or far across the desert,
4:49:45
Speaker 1: or far down or across the mountain without tiring your eyes.
4:49:50
Speaker 1: The whole secret is that short range focusing upon an
4:49:53
Speaker 1: object tires the eyes much more than does long range
4:49:56
Speaker 1: gazing into space. This being the case, it will tire
4:50:00
Speaker 1: you far less seeing through a person than gazing at
4:50:04
Speaker 1: him and seeing him at short range. In practicing the
4:50:08
Speaker 1: maintaining of the gaze for a long time, I would
4:50:10
Speaker 1: advise against tiring the eyes by gazing at short range objects.
4:50:15
Speaker 1: Better practice at gazing at distant objects until you are
4:50:18
Speaker 1: able to maintain the gaze a long time, as you
4:50:20
Speaker 1: will be able to do after a little practice. In fact,
4:50:24
Speaker 1: I advise you to practice that gazing into space, because
4:50:28
Speaker 1: proficiency in that will enable you to perfect the dynamic gaze.
4:50:32
Speaker 1: After you have practiced this gazing through method a bit,
4:50:35
Speaker 1: you will be able to look at an object a
4:50:37
Speaker 1: couple of feet away and gaze right through it. That is,
4:50:41
Speaker 1: you will not consciously see it objectively, although apparently staring
4:50:45
Speaker 1: hard at it. Avoid all exercises tiring to the eyes,
4:50:49
Speaker 1: and proceed slowly working from trifling successes to more important ones.
4:50:55
Speaker 1: You will be surprised how a little intelligent practice along
4:50:57
Speaker 1: these lines will give you a penetrating glance, firm, earnest,
4:51:01
Speaker 1: and full of magnetism and fascination, without the slightest sense
4:51:05
Speaker 1: of strain, fatigue, or effort. You have long wished for
4:51:09
Speaker 1: such an expression. Here it is for you Chapter fifteen.
4:51:15
Speaker 1: Using the menative instruments. In the use of the eyes
4:51:18
Speaker 1: for the purpose of conveying menative currents, he should always
4:51:21
Speaker 1: remember that the feeling is the real power behind these
4:51:24
Speaker 1: currents of power, and that the brain is the dynamo
4:51:26
Speaker 1: from which the currents originate. The brain, you know, is
4:51:30
Speaker 1: the great transformer or converter of the menative energy, and
4:51:34
Speaker 1: acts just as does a dynamo, in the direction of
4:51:36
Speaker 1: sending forth great waves of power. Consequently, if you wish
4:51:41
Speaker 1: to send out menative currents for the purpose of inducing
4:51:44
Speaker 1: feeling in others, you must first of feeling generated in
4:51:47
Speaker 1: your mental dynamo. It will be well for two people
4:51:50
Speaker 1: to practice the eye exercises together, but in the absence
4:51:53
Speaker 1: of a friend in whom you have confidence, you may
4:51:55
Speaker 1: obtain excellent results by practicing before your friendly mirror it.
4:52:00
Speaker 1: In either case, you must first arouse in your mind
4:52:02
Speaker 1: the feeling that you wish to express in menative currents.
4:52:06
Speaker 1: Put your feeling into your glance and it will be felt.
4:52:10
Speaker 1: Exercise one, look into the eyes of your friend or
4:52:14
Speaker 1: your own in the mirror, and then say mentally, I
4:52:17
Speaker 1: am stronger than you. Throw into your glance as much
4:52:20
Speaker 1: of the feeling of strength as you can. Exercise two,
4:52:25
Speaker 1: say mentally, I am more positive than you. I am
4:52:28
Speaker 1: out gazing you, throwing as much positivity as possible into
4:52:32
Speaker 1: your gaze, the same being inspired, of course by our feeling.
4:52:37
Speaker 1: Exercise three, say and feel you are afraid of me,
4:52:43
Speaker 1: I am making you feel my strength, throwing the feeling
4:52:46
Speaker 1: into your gaze. After you have acquired the faculty of
4:52:49
Speaker 1: making your strength felt by above exercises, you may use
4:52:52
Speaker 1: the same upon other people when the occasion renders it advisable.
4:52:56
Speaker 1: If you are addressed by some person whom you think
4:52:59
Speaker 1: is trying to master you menatively, or whose strong influence
4:53:02
Speaker 1: you wish to ward off, you may use the above
4:53:04
Speaker 1: method on him. As a rule, the person who is
4:53:08
Speaker 1: doing the talking has a slight advantage over the listener,
4:53:10
Speaker 1: all else being equal, the speaker is the more positive
4:53:14
Speaker 1: because he is expressing more power. But you may counteract
4:53:18
Speaker 1: this if you are the listener by simply sending him
4:53:21
Speaker 1: a glance accompanied by the feeling of I scatter your
4:53:24
Speaker 1: force into bits. You cannot affect me in resisting an
4:53:29
Speaker 1: attack of this sort. Keep your mouth closed with the
4:53:32
Speaker 1: jaws tight. For this by denote strength and firmness, and
4:53:36
Speaker 1: brings into play the parts of the brain manifesting these qualities,
4:53:39
Speaker 1: and thus charges your menative currents with these feelings. At
4:53:43
Speaker 1: the same time, gaze firmly and steadily into the eyes
4:53:46
Speaker 1: of the other using the dynamic gaze. I would bid you.
4:53:50
Speaker 1: Remember that the person standing has an advantage over the
4:53:52
Speaker 1: one sitting. Avoid the sitting position when the other person
4:53:57
Speaker 1: is standing. Do not give him this advantage, but take
4:53:59
Speaker 1: it yourself if you can. In speaking to persons and
4:54:03
Speaker 1: requesting them to do something, you should accompany the verbal
4:54:06
Speaker 1: request by a mental command. For instance, if you say
4:54:10
Speaker 1: you will do this for me, won't you? This is
4:54:13
Speaker 1: the suggestive form of questioning. Remember he should accompany the
4:54:17
Speaker 1: question with the command made mentally with the proper glance.
4:54:21
Speaker 1: You shall do this if you are the person requested
4:54:24
Speaker 1: to do something that you do not wish to do.
4:54:27
Speaker 1: You should answer no, I do not care to do this,
4:54:30
Speaker 1: or I do not see my way clear to do it,
4:54:32
Speaker 1: or I am unable to oblige you, et cetera, et cetera.
4:54:36
Speaker 1: But at the same time you must send the mental
4:54:38
Speaker 1: answer with its accompanying glance. I will not do it,
4:54:41
Speaker 1: and you cannot make me. A well known teacher along
4:54:45
Speaker 1: these lines, several years ago, taught his pupils to gaze
4:54:48
Speaker 1: into the eyes of persons whom they wished to affect,
4:54:51
Speaker 1: at the same time saying mentally, I am looking at you.
4:54:54
Speaker 1: I am looking through your eyes into your brain. My
4:54:58
Speaker 1: will power is stronger than yours. You are under my control.
4:55:03
Speaker 1: I will compel you to do what I wish. You
4:55:06
Speaker 1: must do what I say. You shall do this, Do
4:55:10
Speaker 1: it at once. It will readily be seen that this
4:55:14
Speaker 1: will generate a powerful menative current if there is a
4:55:16
Speaker 1: sufficiently strong feeling, will and desire behind it. But right
4:55:21
Speaker 1: here I shall give you an antidote for this kind
4:55:23
Speaker 1: of influence. In all cases where you are attacked mentally
4:55:27
Speaker 1: in this way, you may dissolve the force by a
4:55:29
Speaker 1: positive denial. The positive denial is the powerful force that
4:55:34
Speaker 1: scatters into tiny bits. The force directed against one. It
4:55:38
Speaker 1: is a destructive agent, just as is the positive statement
4:55:41
Speaker 1: a constructive or creative one. One who understands the scientific
4:55:45
Speaker 1: use of this destructive force may undo the menative work
4:55:48
Speaker 1: of others to a surprising degree. By a strong positive denial,
4:55:53
Speaker 1: you may scatter and disintegrate any menative influence directed against you.
4:55:58
Speaker 1: This formula will give you a general idea of it.
4:56:02
Speaker 1: Suppose that you are repelling a statement such as given above.
4:56:06
Speaker 1: In that case, you should say, mentally accompanying it with
4:56:09
Speaker 1: the proper glance, with feeling back of it, I deny
4:56:12
Speaker 1: positively your power over me. I deny it out of existence.
4:56:17
Speaker 1: I will not do your bidding, and I deny your
4:56:19
Speaker 1: right and power to command me. I deny your power,
4:56:23
Speaker 1: and I affirm my own. You may cultivate this power
4:56:27
Speaker 1: to use the positive denial by practicing on an imaginary
4:56:30
Speaker 1: person whom you may suppose is trying to influence you.
4:56:34
Speaker 1: Imagine the strong positive person before you trying to influence you,
4:56:38
Speaker 1: and then start in to practice the positive denial on
4:56:41
Speaker 1: him until you feel that you have beaten him off
4:56:43
Speaker 1: and have sent him flying away in retreat. These imaginary
4:56:47
Speaker 1: mental battles will develop a great power of menative resistance
4:56:50
Speaker 1: in you, and I advise you strengthen yourselves along these lines.
4:56:54
Speaker 1: If you feel that you are weak, you may improve
4:56:57
Speaker 1: on the above exercise by imagining that, after your enemy
4:57:01
Speaker 1: is in full retreat, you follow him up in poor
4:57:03
Speaker 1: statement after statement into him, changing your position from a
4:57:06
Speaker 1: defender into an attacking force. These imaginary rehearsals will do
4:57:10
Speaker 1: more for one than people think possible. They are like
4:57:14
Speaker 1: stage rehearsals that make perfect the actors. They are the
4:57:18
Speaker 1: fencing lessons from which the swordsman gains skill and strength. Practice, practice,
4:57:24
Speaker 1: practice makes perfect in everything in menative work as well
4:57:28
Speaker 1: as physical There are good psychological and occult reasons behind
4:57:33
Speaker 1: this method and practice, but I shall not enter upon
4:57:35
Speaker 1: that feel at present. This book is intended to give
4:57:38
Speaker 1: you the how of the subject, rather than of why.
4:57:42
Speaker 1: In personal conversation with another you will find it of
4:57:45
Speaker 1: the greatest value to see as clearly as possible a
4:57:47
Speaker 1: mental picture charter map of what you are saying to him.
4:57:52
Speaker 1: By so doing, you will impress most forcibly upon his
4:57:55
Speaker 1: mind at which you wish him to see and feel.
4:57:58
Speaker 1: In this statement is compressed this secret of effective speaking
4:58:02
Speaker 1: in the degree that you see and feel. The thought
4:58:04
Speaker 1: that you are expressing in words will be the degree
4:58:07
Speaker 1: of impression made upon and menative induction produced in the
4:58:10
Speaker 1: other person. The secret, of course, lies in the power
4:58:14
Speaker 1: of visualization. You may find an evidence of your increasing
4:58:18
Speaker 1: menative influence by trying the psychological experiment of willing people
4:58:22
Speaker 1: to move this way or that way by gazing intently
4:58:25
Speaker 1: at them. In this experiment, it is not necessary for
4:58:29
Speaker 1: you to gaze into their eyes. Gazing at their back,
4:58:32
Speaker 1: preferably at the upper part of the neck at the
4:58:35
Speaker 1: base of the brain, will answer. You may try willing
4:58:39
Speaker 1: persons to look around on the street or in public places,
4:58:42
Speaker 1: et cetera. Or you may will that they turn to
4:58:46
Speaker 1: the right or left of you when approaching each other
4:58:49
Speaker 1: on the street or in stores. You may will that
4:58:52
Speaker 1: a certain clerk from out of a number will step
4:58:55
Speaker 1: forward to wait upon you. These and many similar experiments
4:58:59
Speaker 1: have an interest to the majority of students, and are
4:59:01
Speaker 1: accomplished with comparative ease after sufficient practice. The whole theory
4:59:07
Speaker 1: and practice consists of a steady gaze and the mental
4:59:10
Speaker 1: command and will that the person will act so and so,
4:59:13
Speaker 1: together with the earnest expectation that he will obey the
4:59:16
Speaker 1: command and the mental picture of his doing. So that
4:59:20
Speaker 1: is all there is to it. In the use of
4:59:23
Speaker 1: the eye as a menative instrument, remember first, last, and
4:59:26
Speaker 1: all the time that desire and will are the phases
4:59:29
Speaker 1: of the menative energy, and that in the degree that
4:59:32
Speaker 1: desire is kindled and will is exerted, so will be
4:59:35
Speaker 1: the power expressed by yourself and impressed upon others. Read
4:59:39
Speaker 1: this book over a number of times until you have
4:59:42
Speaker 1: fully grasped the underlying principles. Then commit its exercises and
4:59:46
Speaker 1: instructions to memory. Then practice frequently and perfect yourself in
4:59:51
Speaker 1: the methods pointed out until you render them second nature.
4:59:56
Speaker 1: You will be conscious of a gradual growth and development
4:59:59
Speaker 1: along the lines of menative power and influence. The flame
5:00:03
Speaker 1: of dynamic mentation, once lighted, it will never die out.
5:00:06
Speaker 1: Tend the flame carefully, keep the wick trimmed clean, and
5:00:10
Speaker 1: fill the lamp with oil, and it will ever burn
5:00:12
Speaker 1: bright and emit heat and light and power. The last
5:00:16
Speaker 1: menative instrument mentioned in a previous chapter is the touch.
5:00:20
Speaker 1: There was a time in my early stages of experimentation
5:00:23
Speaker 1: and psychological research when I laughed at the idea of
5:00:27
Speaker 1: the touch playing any real part in the work of
5:00:29
Speaker 1: mental influence. Of course, I saw the effect of the
5:00:32
Speaker 1: touch in certain phases of psychological work, but I believe
5:00:36
Speaker 1: that it was all merely suggestion. But I soon learned
5:00:39
Speaker 1: that the touch was really a most potent instrument of
5:00:41
Speaker 1: menative energy. I now explain it by the idea of
5:00:45
Speaker 1: the nerves being like the wires upon which the electric
5:00:48
Speaker 1: current travels. The brain is the dynamo or converter of
5:00:52
Speaker 1: the energy. And while the latter travels in waves and
5:00:55
Speaker 1: currents without any wires, just as do the waves of
5:00:57
Speaker 1: the wireless telegraph. Still, if there is a wire to
5:01:00
Speaker 1: be had, than it follows the lines of least resistance
5:01:03
Speaker 1: and takes advantage of the nerve wire. Certain parts of
5:01:07
Speaker 1: the body have nerve cells very highly developed in them,
5:01:10
Speaker 1: are in fact miniature brains. In the cases of some
5:01:14
Speaker 1: persons of sensitive and trained touch, there exist little clusters
5:01:17
Speaker 1: of nerve cells at the ends of the fingers that
5:01:20
Speaker 1: act like miniature brains. The lips are also highly developed
5:01:24
Speaker 1: in this respect, as the well known phenomena of kissing evidences.
5:01:29
Speaker 1: The fingers in hand are excellent polar mediums for conveying
5:01:32
Speaker 1: the menative energy. That pours down over the nerves from
5:01:34
Speaker 1: the brain and through which it passes to the other person.
5:01:39
Speaker 1: The use of the touch of the hands as a
5:01:40
Speaker 1: channel for conveying menative energy depends greatly upon the development
5:01:44
Speaker 1: of the hands by the individual. Those who understand this
5:01:47
Speaker 1: matter develop the conductivity of the hands by treating them
5:01:51
Speaker 1: as follows. Think of your hands as excellent conductors of
5:01:54
Speaker 1: menative energy, and imagine that you can feel the energy
5:01:57
Speaker 1: pouring down the nerves of your arms and out of
5:02:00
Speaker 1: your hands obeying your will. When you shake hands with people,
5:02:04
Speaker 1: you will soon develop your hands to such a degree
5:02:07
Speaker 1: that some sensitive persons will actually feel the current passing
5:02:10
Speaker 1: into them. Always accompany the passage of the current with
5:02:14
Speaker 1: the thought or feeling that you wish to induce in
5:02:16
Speaker 1: the other person, just as you do when you use
5:02:18
Speaker 1: the dynamic gaze. In fact, the gaze and the hand
5:02:22
Speaker 1: clasp should be used together when possible, for by so
5:02:26
Speaker 1: doing you double the effect. When you shake hands with
5:02:29
Speaker 1: a person, throw mind and feeling into it, and do
5:02:32
Speaker 1: not fall into the mechanical lifeless methods so common among people.
5:02:37
Speaker 1: Throw your feeling down to your hand, and at the
5:02:39
Speaker 1: same time make a mental command or statement appropriate to
5:02:42
Speaker 1: the case. For instance, grasp the person's hand with feeling
5:02:47
Speaker 1: and interest, saying mentally at the same time, you like me. Then,
5:02:53
Speaker 1: when you draw your hand away, if possible, let your
5:02:56
Speaker 1: fingers slide over the palm of his hand in a
5:02:58
Speaker 1: caressing manner, allowing his first finger to pass between your
5:03:01
Speaker 1: thumb and forefinger close up in the crotch of the thumb.
5:03:05
Speaker 1: Practice this well until you can perform it without thinking
5:03:08
Speaker 1: of it, that is, make it your natural way of
5:03:11
Speaker 1: shaking hands. You will find that this method of shaking
5:03:14
Speaker 1: hands will open up a new interest in people toward you,
5:03:17
Speaker 1: and in other ways you will discover its advantage. You
5:03:21
Speaker 1: never knew a fascinating person who did not have a
5:03:24
Speaker 1: good hand clasp. It is a part of the fascinating personality.
5:03:29
Speaker 1: There are many persons well grounded on the psychological principles
5:03:33
Speaker 1: underlying the subject, who use the hands as a medium
5:03:36
Speaker 1: for menative energy without shaking hands. For instance, they sit
5:03:40
Speaker 1: near the other person and place their hands so that
5:03:43
Speaker 1: their fingers will point toward him at the same time,
5:03:45
Speaker 1: willing that the current flow through the fingers and toward
5:03:47
Speaker 1: the other. They also use their hands in conversation so
5:03:52
Speaker 1: as to have the tips of their fingers pointing toward
5:03:54
Speaker 1: the other. This last plan becomes highly effective when used
5:03:58
Speaker 1: with the appropriate gestures, for it is akin to the
5:04:01
Speaker 1: mesmeric pass of the hands. In this connection, I would say,
5:04:05
Speaker 1: beware of the person who is always trying to put
5:04:07
Speaker 1: his hands on you. Beware of the pawing over process.
5:04:12
Speaker 1: Avoid it in the ordinary way if possible, or else
5:04:15
Speaker 1: deliberately practice the positive denial toward the person holding the
5:04:19
Speaker 1: idea and mental statement that I deny the power of
5:04:22
Speaker 1: your magnetism. I scatter it by my denial. In concluding
5:04:26
Speaker 1: this chapter, I would especially caution young women and older
5:04:29
Speaker 1: ones for that matter, against allowing men to be familiar
5:04:32
Speaker 1: with them in the direction of holding hands or similar practices.
5:04:37
Speaker 1: Not only does this familiarity breed contempt, but there are
5:04:41
Speaker 1: good psychological reasons why the practice is to be condemned.
5:04:45
Speaker 1: You have seen what part the hands play in magnetizing,
5:04:48
Speaker 1: as it is called, and is it not clearly discernible
5:04:51
Speaker 1: how one may use the hands in this petting and
5:04:53
Speaker 1: all that sort of thing in order to psychologically affect
5:04:56
Speaker 1: another person. I am not speaking now of the caress
5:05:00
Speaker 1: is indulged in by honorable, true lovers. For all the
5:05:03
Speaker 1: talk in the world would not change that sort of thing.
5:05:06
Speaker 1: But I am alluding to the indiscriminate pawing over on
5:05:09
Speaker 1: the part of strange men that some young girls allow.
5:05:13
Speaker 1: There is a danger in this sort of thing, and
5:05:15
Speaker 1: I want you to know it. If you have daughters
5:05:18
Speaker 1: or young female relatives, warn them against this thing and
5:05:21
Speaker 1: tell them the reason why. And the same thing is
5:05:25
Speaker 1: true of the man who is always patting other men
5:05:27
Speaker 1: on the shoulder, or resting his arm around them, or
5:05:30
Speaker 1: else taking hold of them in a friendly, caressing way
5:05:33
Speaker 1: during a conversation. Such men may not know the psychology
5:05:37
Speaker 1: of the thing, but they have found out that this
5:05:39
Speaker 1: sort of padding up makes other men more impressible and
5:05:42
Speaker 1: amenable to their influence, and so they practice it. Make
5:05:46
Speaker 1: them stop it, either by moving away or by positive denial.
5:05:51
Speaker 1: Now once more, remember the power of this positive denial
5:05:54
Speaker 1: as a disperser and disintegrator of adverse influence. If this
5:05:59
Speaker 1: book taught you nothing else, it would still be worth
5:06:02
Speaker 1: while to you because of this. One point of instruction
5:06:06
Speaker 1: for this positive denial is a menative armour that will
5:06:09
Speaker 1: protect you, a manative sword that will defend you, a
5:06:12
Speaker 1: menative lightning flash that will clear the mental atmosphere. Learn
5:06:16
Speaker 1: the secret of positive statement and positive denial, and you
5:06:19
Speaker 1: are clad in an invulnerable armour, and are armed with
5:06:22
Speaker 1: the weapon of power. And so you may, like the
5:06:25
Speaker 1: warrior bold, go gaily to the fray. But after all,
5:06:29
Speaker 1: the secret of influence in our dynamic individual lies in
5:06:32
Speaker 1: his mental states. The outer forms are but reflections of
5:06:37
Speaker 1: the inner. If you will cultivate the connection between your
5:06:40
Speaker 1: mind and the great universal will, the universal mind power,
5:06:44
Speaker 1: then your will become so strong that the outward expressions
5:06:47
Speaker 1: will come of themselves. But in mounting the first steps
5:06:50
Speaker 1: of attainment, it becomes important for the student to pay
5:06:53
Speaker 1: attention to the outward characteristics, because by so doing he
5:06:56
Speaker 1: makes a clearer mental path for the acquisition of the
5:06:59
Speaker 1: desired mental sins. By the very laws of mental suggestion,
5:07:03
Speaker 1: he is able to imitate these outward expressions and thus
5:07:07
Speaker 1: induce in himself the mental states which in time become habitual.
5:07:12
Speaker 1: I do not mean that one should allow the suggestion
5:07:14
Speaker 1: of the other's appearance to move him in this way.
5:07:17
Speaker 1: This is not the idea. What I mean is that
5:07:20
Speaker 1: one may, by auto suggestion so reproduce the outward characteristics
5:07:24
Speaker 1: associated with a desired mental state or quality, and by
5:07:27
Speaker 1: acting them out, actually materialize into reality the mental states themselves.
5:07:32
Speaker 1: Remember the rule mental states take form in action, and
5:07:36
Speaker 1: action reproduces their associated mental states. It is a rule
5:07:40
Speaker 1: that works both ways. The voice makes the phonographic record,
5:07:45
Speaker 1: and the latter reproduces the sound. Remember this illustration, for
5:07:50
Speaker 1: it will help you to get the right conception of
5:07:52
Speaker 1: the psychological law underlying the phenomenon. There is a certain
5:07:56
Speaker 1: point to which I would direct your attention at this stage.
5:08:00
Speaker 1: I refer to the well known psychological fact that mental
5:08:03
Speaker 1: states express themselves in physical action. Every mental state has
5:08:07
Speaker 1: its associated physical action, and these actions, when perceived by
5:08:12
Speaker 1: another person, are apt to induce similar mental states in
5:08:16
Speaker 1: that person along the lines of mental suggestion. But there
5:08:19
Speaker 1: is another law, less understood by the public, and that
5:08:23
Speaker 1: is that the manifestation of physical action tends to induce
5:08:26
Speaker 1: in the mind of the person performing it the mental
5:08:28
Speaker 1: states generally associated with the production of the action. Let
5:08:33
Speaker 1: us take a common example to illustrate the operation of
5:08:36
Speaker 1: these two related laws. Let us suppose that you are
5:08:40
Speaker 1: holding a mental state of anger, fight, combativeness, et cetera.
5:08:45
Speaker 1: In that case, you will find that your brows will frown,
5:08:48
Speaker 1: your jaws will be fixed in a savage bite and
5:08:50
Speaker 1: slightly protruded, and your hands will be clenched. The mental
5:08:54
Speaker 1: state has taken form in physical action. Very well, then
5:08:58
Speaker 1: you all recognize this fact. But there is the law reversed.
5:09:03
Speaker 1: If you will frown, deeply, clench your fists savagely, fix
5:09:07
Speaker 1: your jaws in a fighting trim, et cetera, and will
5:09:11
Speaker 1: maintain that physical attitude for five minutes at the same
5:09:14
Speaker 1: time allowing it to manifest in your walk et cetera,
5:09:17
Speaker 1: as it surely will without interference, you will find yourself
5:09:21
Speaker 1: growing into a mental state of annoyance, combativeness, et cetera.
5:09:25
Speaker 1: And if you keep it up long enough, you will
5:09:27
Speaker 1: be mad in earnest. So true is this that if
5:09:30
Speaker 1: you carry the thing far enough and run into someone else,
5:09:34
Speaker 1: you will be very apt to get into a row
5:09:36
Speaker 1: with him. And still more remarkable is the fact the
5:09:40
Speaker 1: person that you run into will be very apt to
5:09:43
Speaker 1: take up the mental suggestion of your manner, and will
5:09:46
Speaker 1: also feel fighty. It would not take much to stir
5:09:49
Speaker 1: up trouble between the two of you. And still more remarkable,
5:09:54
Speaker 1: if you continue this physical attitude until it produces the
5:09:57
Speaker 1: mental state. You will find that you are inducing similar
5:09:59
Speaker 1: mental states in those around you by the agency of
5:10:02
Speaker 1: manative currents. So you see the close connection between physical action,
5:10:07
Speaker 1: mental states, suggestion, and telementation. They act and react upon
5:10:13
Speaker 1: each other. What has been said of the mental state
5:10:16
Speaker 1: of anger applies equally to any intense feeling or mental
5:10:19
Speaker 1: state like begets like along all the lines mentioned. Now,
5:10:25
Speaker 1: all this means that the man who is possessed of
5:10:27
Speaker 1: a strong mental state will manifest unconsciously the physical actions
5:10:31
Speaker 1: which will affect others along the lines of mental suggestion.
5:10:36
Speaker 1: He will not have to study the question of what
5:10:38
Speaker 1: suggestions to use, providing he feels sufficiently strong to automatically
5:10:42
Speaker 1: manifest the actions. But when a man does not feel
5:10:46
Speaker 1: sufficiently strong to manifest the suggestive actions, he may produce
5:10:51
Speaker 1: the same effect by acting the part without being actually
5:10:54
Speaker 1: involved in it, by first reproducing the physical actions which
5:10:59
Speaker 1: will thus induce it's a sufficiently strong mental state to
5:11:01
Speaker 1: manifest itself, both along the line of suggestion and also
5:11:05
Speaker 1: along the line of personal magnetism. Every good actor induces
5:11:09
Speaker 1: feeling in you in this way along both these lines,
5:11:13
Speaker 1: and you may do the same if you want to.
5:11:15
Speaker 1: Many dynamic people are doing it every day on this subject.
5:11:20
Speaker 1: So far as I have gone, I have given you
5:11:22
Speaker 1: a most important secret of psychological influence in a plain,
5:11:26
Speaker 1: practical way, so simple in fact, that there is a
5:11:29
Speaker 1: risk of many of you entirely overlooking its importance. Better
5:11:33
Speaker 1: go back over this part of the lesson again many
5:11:35
Speaker 1: times until you are able to catch its inner meaning
5:11:38
Speaker 1: and are able to read between its lines. It's quite
5:11:42
Speaker 1: worth while, I assure you. Of course, some of my
5:11:46
Speaker 1: kind critics will take me to task for teaching this
5:11:49
Speaker 1: acting out idea. They will call it inculcating principles of deceit,
5:11:54
Speaker 1: et cetera, et cetera, and will then go on their
5:11:57
Speaker 1: way admiring magnetic personalities and regrets rereading the absence of
5:12:01
Speaker 1: tact in other persons who have rubbed them the wrong way.
5:12:04
Speaker 1: I have noticed that these hypercritical people are generally hypocritical
5:12:08
Speaker 1: as well. I have known many good men who were
5:12:12
Speaker 1: not dynamic, and the world turned them down and often
5:12:15
Speaker 1: jumped all over them. And I have known quite a
5:12:18
Speaker 1: number not quite so good, who possessed quite a goodly
5:12:22
Speaker 1: degree of dynamic force, and the world received them with
5:12:25
Speaker 1: open arms and showered its praises and rewards upon them.
5:12:29
Speaker 1: But this does not mean that one cannot be good
5:12:31
Speaker 1: and dynamic at the same time. There are plenty of
5:12:35
Speaker 1: good men who are highly dynamic, and there are plenty
5:12:39
Speaker 1: of bad men equally so. And there are plenty both
5:12:43
Speaker 1: good and bad who lack dynamic force. But note this fact.
5:12:48
Speaker 1: Please that the good men and the bad men who
5:12:51
Speaker 1: are highly dynamic generally managed to get there along their
5:12:55
Speaker 1: own line of life, and both the good and bad
5:12:58
Speaker 1: who lack dynamic force are generally stranded along the wayside.
5:13:03
Speaker 1: Dynamic force is neither good nor bad. It is a
5:13:06
Speaker 1: natural force and is used by all. In this respect,
5:13:10
Speaker 1: it is like any other natural force. And then again,
5:13:14
Speaker 1: this book is not for the purpose of teaching the
5:13:17
Speaker 1: bad use of dynamic force rather than the good. It
5:13:21
Speaker 1: states the principles and the law as they are. It
5:13:25
Speaker 1: is true that the bad man may take advantage of
5:13:27
Speaker 1: the law and use it for bad purposes, but so
5:13:29
Speaker 1: may the good man take advantage of it and make
5:13:32
Speaker 1: himself a greater power for good. Dynamic force is just
5:13:35
Speaker 1: as effective in a preacher as it is in the
5:13:37
Speaker 1: confidence man, and just as effective in the salesman and
5:13:42
Speaker 1: business man an everyday person, as it is in either
5:13:45
Speaker 1: the preacher or the confidence man. It is a natural
5:13:48
Speaker 1: quality and has nothing to do with good and bad
5:13:51
Speaker 1: any more than has elocution, oratorical ability, or personal appearance.
5:13:56
Speaker 1: If the good folk prefer to leave this important subject
5:13:59
Speaker 1: for the bad way, that is their own concern, not mine. Personally,
5:14:04
Speaker 1: I feel like the old preacher who was remonstrated with
5:14:07
Speaker 1: by some high bound old parishioner regarding certain musical innovations
5:14:11
Speaker 1: that have been introduced in the church service. The old
5:14:14
Speaker 1: preacher looked kindly at the old veteran conservative of the
5:14:17
Speaker 1: flock and said, well, brother, it may strike you in
5:14:21
Speaker 1: a different way, but to me, it seems wrong to
5:14:23
Speaker 1: allow the devil to monopolize all the good music. I
5:14:26
Speaker 1: believe in giving the Lord his share of it, and
5:14:29
Speaker 1: I say amen to this idea. If dynamic mentation was
5:14:35
Speaker 1: as much used to further the interests of right as
5:14:37
Speaker 1: it has been to further the interests of wrong, the
5:14:40
Speaker 1: old world would get down to a little easier motion.
5:14:43
Speaker 1: If the preacher would make his talks as dynamic as
5:14:46
Speaker 1: the actor does his plays and the lawyer does his
5:14:48
Speaker 1: appeals to the jury, there would surely be something doing
5:14:52
Speaker 1: in church work, and the prevailing emptiness of the pews
5:14:55
Speaker 1: would be cured. If goodness was made as attractive as badness,
5:15:00
Speaker 1: the devil would be placed on the retired list.